Document:

EX-4.3

 Exhibit 4.3 

VOLUME SUBMITTER 

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN 

FIDELITY BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT NO. 17 

Fidelity Management & Research Company and its affiliates do not provide tax or legal advice. Nothing herein or in any attachments hereto should
be construed, or relied upon, as tax or legal advice. 
 IRS CIRCULAR 230 DISCLOSURE: To the extent this document (including attachments), mentions
or references any tax matter, it is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used by the recipient or any other person, for the purpose of (1) avoiding penalties under the Internal Revenue Code or (2) promoting, marketing or
recommending to another party the matter addressed herein. Please consult an independent tax advisor for advice on your particular circumstances. 
  

					
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  		  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 

 VOLUME SUBMITTER 

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN 

 

							
	PREAMBLE	  	 	1	 
	 ARTICLE 1.
	 	ADOPTION AGREEMENT	  	 	1	 
			
	 ARTICLE 2.
	 	DEFINITIONS	  	 	1	 
			
	 2.1.
	 	DEFINITIONS	  	 	1	 
	 2.2.
	 	INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF TERMS	  	 	9	 
	 2.3.
	 	SPECIAL EFFECTIVE DATES	  	 	9	 
			
	 ARTICLE 3.
	 	SERVICE	  	 	10	 
			
	 3.1.
	 	CREDITING OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE	  	 	10	 
	 3.2.
	 	RE-CREDITING OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE FOLLOWING TERMINATION OF
EMPLOYMENT	  	 	10	 
	 3.3.
	 	CREDITING OF VESTING SERVICE	  	 	10	 
	 3.4.
	 	APPLICATION OF VESTING SERVICE TO A PARTICIPANT’S ACCOUNT FOLLOWING
A BREAK IN VESTING SERVICE	  	 	10	 
	 3.5.
	 	SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER	  	 	10	 
	 3.6.
	 	CHANGE IN SERVICE CREDITING	  	 	11	 
			
	 ARTICLE 4.
	 	PARTICIPATION	  	 	11	 
			
	 4.1.
	 	DATE OF PARTICIPATION	  	 	11	 
	 4.2.
	 	TRANSFERS OUT OF COVERED EMPLOYMENT	  	 	11	 
	 4.3.
	 	TRANSFERS INTO COVERED EMPLOYMENT	  	 	11	 
	 4.4.
	 	RESUMPTION OF PARTICIPATION FOLLOWING REEMPLOYMENT	  	 	11	 
			
	 ARTICLE 5.
	 	CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	12	 
			
	 5.1.
	 	CONTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS	  	 	12	 
	 5.2.
	 	COMPENSATION TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT IN DETERMINING CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	12	 
	 5.03
	 	DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	12	 
	 5.4.
	 	EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	14	 
	 5.5.
	 	NO DEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	14	 
	 5.6.
	 	ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	14	 
	 5.7.
	 	QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	15	 
	 5.8.
	 	MATCHING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	15	 
	 5.9.
	 	QUALIFIED MATCHING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	16	 
	 5.10.
	 	NONELECTIVE EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	16	 
	 5.11.
	 	VESTED INTEREST IN CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	17	 
	 5.12.
	 	TIME FOR MAKING CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	18	 
	 5.13.
	 	RETURN OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	18	 
	 5.14.
	 	FROZEN PLAN	  	 	18	 
			
	 ARTICLE 6.
	 	LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	18	 
			
	 6.1.
	 	SPECIAL DEFINITIONS	  	 	18	 
	 6.2.
	 	CODE SECTION 402(G) LIMIT ON DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	24	 
	 6.3.
	 	ADDITIONAL LIMIT ON DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS (“ADP” TEST)	  	 	25	 
	 6.4.
	 	ALLOCATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF “EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS”	  	 	25	 
	 6.5.
	 	REDUCTIONS IN DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS TO MEET CODE REQUIREMENTS	  	 	26	 
	 6.6.
	 	LIMIT ON MATCHING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS (“ACP”
TEST).	  	 	26	 
	 6.7.
	 	ALLOCATION, DISTRIBUTION, AND FORFEITURE OF “EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS”	  	 	27	 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 iiii 

							
	 6.8.
	 	INCOME OR LOSS ON DISTRIBUTABLE CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	27	 
	 6.9.
	 	DEEMED SATISFACTION OF “ADP” TEST	  	 	28	 
	 6.10.
	 	DEEMED SATISFACTION OF “ACP” TEST WITH RESPECT TO MATCHING EMPLOYER
CONTRIBUTIONS.	  	 	29	 
	 6.11.
	 	CHANGING TESTING METHODS	  	 	30	 
	 6.12.
	 	CODE SECTION 415 LIMITATIONS	  	 	31	 
			
	 ARTICLE 7.
	 	PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS	  	 	32	 
			
	 7.1.
	 	INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS	  	 	32	 
	 7.2.
	 	VALUATION OF ACCOUNTS	  	 	32	 
			
	 ARTICLE 8.
	 	INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	33	 
			
	 8.1.
	 	MANNER OF INVESTMENT	  	 	33	 
	 8.2.
	 	INVESTMENT DECISIONS	  	 	33	 
	 8.3.
	 	PARTICIPANT DIRECTIONS TO TRUSTEE	  	 	34	 
			
	 ARTICLE 9.
	 	PARTICIPANT LOANS	  	 	34	 
			
	 9.1.
	 	SPECIAL DEFINITION	  	 	34	 
	 9.2.
	 	PARTICIPANT LOANS	  	 	34	 
	 9.3.
	 	SEPARATE LOAN PROCEDURES	  	 	34	 
	 9.4.
	 	AVAILABILITY OF LOANS	  	 	34	 
	 9.5.
	 	LIMITATION ON LOAN AMOUNT	  	 	34	 
	 9.6.
	 	INTEREST RATE	  	 	34	 
	 9.7.
	 	LEVEL AMORTIZATION	  	 	35	 
	 9.8.
	 	SECURITY	  	 	35	 
	 9.9.
	 	LOAN REPAYMENTS	  	 	35	 
	 9.10.
	 	DEFAULT	  	 	35	 
	 9.11.
	 	EFFECT OF TERMINATION WHERE PARTICIPANT HAS OUTSTANDING LOAN BALANCE	  	 	35	 
	 9.12.
	 	DEEMED DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER CODE SECTION 72(P)	  	 	36	 
	 9.13.
	 	DETERMINATION OF VESTED INTEREST UPON DISTRIBUTION WHERE PLAN LOAN IS
OUTSTANDING	  	 	36	 
			
	 ARTICLE 10.
	 	IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS	  	 	36	 
			
	 10.1.
	 	AVAILABILITY OF IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS	  	 	36	 
	 10.2.
	 	WITHDRAWAL OF EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	36	 
	 10.3.
	 	WITHDRAWAL OF ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	36	 
	 10.4.
	 	AGE 59 1/2 WITHDRAWALS	  	 	37	 
	 10.5.
	 	HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS	  	 	37	 
	 10.6.
	 	ADDITIONAL IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWAL RULES	  	 	38	 
	 10.7.
	 	RESTRICTIONS ON IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS	  	 	38	 
	 10.08
	 	QUALIFIED DISASTER DISTRIBUTIONS	  	 	38	 
	 10.9.
	 	QUALIFIED RESERVIST DISTRIBUTIONS	  	 	39	 
	 10.10.
	 	AGE 62 DISTRIBUTION OF MONEY PURCHASE BENEFITS	  	 	39	 
			
	 ARTICLE 11.
	 	RIGHT TO BENEFITS	  	 	39	 
			
	 11.1.
	 	NORMAL OR EARLY RETIREMENT	  	 	39	 
	 11.2.
	 	LATE RETIREMENT	  	 	39	 
	 11.3.
	 	DISABILITY RETIREMENT	  	 	39	 
	 11.4.
	 	DEATH	  	 	39	 
	 11.5.
	 	OTHER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT	  	 	40	 
	 11.6.
	 	APPLICATION FOR DISTRIBUTION	  	 	40	 
	 11.7.
	 	APPLICATION OF VESTING SCHEDULE FOLLOWING PARTIAL DISTRIBUTION	  	 	40	 
	 11.8.
	 	FORFEITURES	  	 	40	 
	 11.9.
	 	APPLICATION OF FORFEITURES	  	 	41	 
	 11.10.
	 	REINSTATEMENT OF FORFEITURES	  	 	41	 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 iiiii 

							
	 11.11.
	 	ADJUSTMENT FOR INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE	  	 	41	 
			
	 ARTICLE 12.
	 	DISTRIBUTIONS	  	 	41	 
			
	 12.1.
	 	RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS	  	 	41	 
	 12.2.
	 	TIMING OF DISTRIBUTION FOLLOWING RETIREMENT OR TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT	  	 	42	 
	 12.3.
	 	PARTICIPANT CONSENT TO DISTRIBUTION	  	 	42	 
	 12.4.
	 	REQUIRED COMMENCEMENT OF DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANTS	  	 	43	 
	 12.5.
	 	REQUIRED COMMENCEMENT OF DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARIES	  	 	43	 
	 12.6.
	 	WHEREABOUTS OF PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES	  	 	44	 
			
	 ARTICLE 13.
	 	FORM OF DISTRIBUTION	  	 	44	 
			
	 13.1.
	 	NORMAL FORM OF DISTRIBUTION UNDER PROFIT SHARING PLAN	  	 	44	 
	 13.2.
	 	CASH OUT OF SMALL ACCOUNTS	  	 	44	 
	 13.3.
	 	MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS	  	 	45	 
	 13.4.
	 	DIRECT ROLLOVERS	  	 	47	 
	 13.5.
	 	NOTICE REGARDING TIMING AND FORM OF DISTRIBUTION	  	 	48	 
	 13.6.
	 	DETERMINATION OF METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION	  	 	48	 
	 13.7.
	 	NOTICE TO TRUSTEE	  	 	49	 
			
	 ARTICLE 14.
	 	SUPERSEDING ANNUITY DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS	  	 	49	 
			
	 14.1.
	 	SPECIAL DEFINITIONS	  	 	49	 
	 14.2.
	 	APPLICABILITY	  	 	49	 
	 14.3.
	 	ANNUITY FORM OF PAYMENT	  	 	49	 
	 14.4.
	 	“QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY” AND “QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT
SURVIVOR ANNUITY” REQUIREMENTS	  	 	50	 
	 14.5.
	 	WAIVER OF THE “QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY” AND/OR
“QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY” RIGHTS	  	 	50	 
	 14.6.
	 	SPOUSE’S CONSENT TO WAIVER	  	 	51	 
	 14.7.
	 	NOTICE REGARDING “QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY”	  	 	51	 
	 14.8.
	 	NOTICE REGARDING “QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY”	  	 	51	 
	 14.9.
	 	FORMER SPOUSE	  	 	52	 
			
	 ARTICLE 15.
	 	TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS	  	 	52	 
			
	 15.1.
	 	DEFINITIONS	  	 	52	 
	 15.2.
	 	APPLICATION	  	 	53	 
	 15.3.
	 	MINIMUM CONTRIBUTION	  	 	53	 
	 15.4.
	 	DETERMINATION OF MINIMUM REQUIRED CONTRIBUTION	  	 	54	 
	 15.5.
	 	ACCELERATED VESTING	  	 	54	 
	 15.6.
	 	EXCLUSION OF COLLECTIVELY-BARGAINED EMPLOYEES	  	 	54	 
			
	 ARTICLE 16.
	 	AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION	  	 	55	 
			
	 16.1.
	 	AMENDMENTS BY THE EMPLOYER THAT DO NOT AFFECT VOLUME SUBMITTER
STATUS	  	 	55	 
	 16.2.
	 	AMENDMENTS BY THE EMPLOYER ADOPTING PROVISIONS NOT INCLUDED IN VOLUME
SUBMITTER SPECIMEN PLAN	  	 	55	 
	 16.3.
	 	AMENDMENT BY THE VOLUME SUBMITTER SPONSOR	  	 	55	 
	 16.4.
	 	AMENDMENTS AFFECTING VESTED INTEREST AND/OR ACCRUED BENEFITS	  	 	55	 
	 16.5.
	 	RETROACTIVE AMENDMENTS MADE BY VOLUME SUBMITTER SPONSOR	  	 	55	 
	 16.6.
	 	TERMINATION AND DISCONTINUATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	56	 
	 16.7.
	 	DISTRIBUTION UPON TERMINATION OF THE PLAN	  	 	56	 
	 16.8.
	 	MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF PLAN; TRANSFER OF PLAN ASSETS	  	 	56	 
			
	 ARTICLE 17.
	 	AMENDMENT AND CONTINUATION OF PRIOR PLAN; TRANSFER OF FUNDS TO OR FROM OTHER QUALIFIED PLANS	  	 	56	 
			
	 17.1.
	 	AMENDMENT AND CONTINUATION OF PRIOR PLAN	  	 	56	 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 iiiiii 

							
	 17.2.
	 	TRANSFER OF FUNDS FROM AN EXISTING PLAN	  	 	57	 
	 17.3.
	 	ACCEPTANCE OF ASSETS BY TRUSTEE	  	 	58	 
	 17.4.
	 	TRANSFER OF ASSETS FROM TRUST	  	 	58	 
			
	 ARTICLE 18.
	 	MISCELLANEOUS	  	 	59	 
			
	 18.1.
	 	COMMUNICATION TO PARTICIPANTS	  	 	59	 
	 18.2.
	 	LIMITATION OF RIGHTS	  	 	59	 
	 18.3.
	 	NONALIENABILITY OF BENEFITS	  	 	59	 
	 18.4.
	 	QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS PROCEDURES	  	 	59	 
	 18.5.
	 	APPLICATION OF PLAN PROVISIONS FOR MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLANS	  	 	60	 
	 18.6.
	 	VETERANS REEMPLOYMENT RIGHTS	  	 	60	 
	 18.7.
	 	FACILITY OF PAYMENT	  	 	61	 
	 18.8.
	 	INFORMATION BETWEEN EMPLOYER AND/OR ADMINISTRATOR AND TRUSTEE	  	 	61	 
	 18.9.
	 	EFFECT OF FAILURE TO QUALIFY UNDER CODE	  	 	61	 
	 18.10.
	 	DIRECTIONS, NOTICES AND DISCLOSURE	  	 	61	 
	 18.11.
	 	GOVERNING LAW	  	 	61	 
	 18.12.
	 	DISCHARGE OF DUTIES BY FIDUCIARIES	  	 	61	 
			
	 ARTICLE 19.
	 	PLAN ADMINISTRATION	  	 	61	 
			
	 19.1.
	 	POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR	  	 	61	 
	 19.2.
	 	NONDISCRIMINATORY EXERCISE OF AUTHORITY	  	 	62	 
	 19.3.
	 	CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES	  	 	62	 
	 19.4.
	 	NAMED FIDUCIARY	  	 	62	 
	 19.5.
	 	COSTS OF ADMINISTRATION	  	 	62	 
			
	 ARTICLE 20.
	 	TRUST AGREEMENT	  	 	62	 
			
	 20.1.
	 	ACCEPTANCE OF TRUST RESPONSIBILITIES	  	 	62	 
	 20.2.
	 	ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST FUND	  	 	62	 
	 20.3.
	 	EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT	  	 	62	 
	 20.4.
	 	POWERS OF TRUSTEE	  	 	62	 
	 20.5.
	 	ACCOUNTS	  	 	63	 
	 20.6.
	 	APPROVAL OF ACCOUNTS	  	 	64	 
	 20.7.
	 	DISTRIBUTION FROM TRUST FUND	  	 	64	 
	 20.8.
	 	TRANSFER OF AMOUNTS FROM QUALIFIED PLAN	  	 	64	 
	 20.9.
	 	TRANSFER OF ASSETS FROM TRUST	  	 	64	 
	 20.10.
	 	SEPARATE TRUST OR FUND	  	 	64	 
	 20.11.
	 	SELF-DIRECTED BROKERAGE OPTION	  	 	65	 
	 20.12.
	 	EMPLOYER STOCK INVESTMENT OPTION	  	 	66	 
	 20.13.
	 	VOTING; DELIVERY OF INFORMATION	  	 	70	 
	 20.14.
	 	COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF TRUSTEE	  	 	70	 
	 20.15.
	 	RELIANCE BY TRUSTEE ON OTHER PERSONS	  	 	70	 
	 20.16.
	 	INDEMNIFICATION BY EMPLOYER	  	 	70	 
	 20.17.
	 	CONSULTATION BY TRUSTEE WITH COUNSEL	  	 	70	 
	 20.18.
	 	PERSONS DEALING WITH THE TRUSTEE	  	 	71	 
	 20.19.
	 	RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE	  	 	71	 
	 20.20.
	 	FISCAL YEAR OF THE TRUST	  	 	71	 
	 20.21.
	 	AMENDMENT	  	 	71	 
	 20.22.
	 	PLAN TERMINATION	  	 	71	 
	 20.23.
	 	PERMITTED REVERSION OF FUNDS TO EMPLOYER	  	 	71	 
	 20.24.
	 	GOVERNING LAW	  	 	71	 
	 20.25.
	 	ASSIGNMENT AND SUCCESSORS	  	 	72	 
		
	ADDENDA	  	 	73	 

  

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 iviii 

 Preamble. 

This volume submitter plan consists of three parts: (1) an Adoption Agreement that is a separate document incorporated by reference into this Basic Plan
Document; (2) this Basic Plan Document; and (3) a Trust Agreement that is a part of this Basic Plan Document and is found in Article 20. Each part of the volume submitter plan contains substantive provisions that are integral to the
operation of the plan. The Adoption Agreement is the means by which an adopting Employer elects the optional provisions that shall apply under its plan. The Basic Plan Document describes the standard provisions elected in the Adoption Agreement. The
Trust Agreement describes the powers and duties of the Trustee with respect to plan assets. 
 The volume submitter plan is intended to qualify under Code
Section 401(a). Depending upon the Adoption Agreement completed by an adopting Employer, the volume submitter plan may be used to implement a profit sharing plan with or without a cash or deferred arrangement intended to qualify under Code
Section 401(k). Provisions appearing on the Additional Provisions Addendum of the Adoption Agreement, if present, supplement or alter provisions appearing in the Adoption Agreement and Basic Plan Document in the manner described within that
Addendum. Provisions appearing on the Plan Superseding Provisions Addendum of the Adoption Agreement, if present, supersede any conflicting provisions appearing in the Adoption Agreement, Basic Plan Document (other than Article 20) or any addendum
to either in the manner described therein. Provisions appearing on the Trust Superseding Provisions Addendum of the Adoption Agreement, if present, supersede any conflicting provisions appearing in Article 20 of the Basic Plan Document in the manner
described therein. 
  

	Article 1.	Adoption Agreement. 

  

	Article 2.	Definitions. 

 2.1. Definitions. Wherever used herein, the following
terms have the meanings set forth below, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context: 
 (a) “Account”
means an account established for the purpose of recording any contributions made on behalf of a Participant and any income, expenses, gains, or losses incurred thereon. The Administrator shall establish and maintain sub-accounts within a Participant’s Account as necessary to depict accurately a Participant’s interest under the Plan. 

(b) “Active Participant” means any Eligible Employee who has met the requirements of Article 4 to participate in the Plan and
who may be entitled to receive allocations under the Plan. 
 (c) “Administrator” means the Employer adopting this Plan, as
listed in Subsection 1.02(a) of the Adoption Agreement, or another person or entity designated by the Employer in Subsection 1.01(c) of the Adoption Agreement. 

(d) “Adoption Agreement” means Article 1, under which the Employer establishes and adopts, or amends the Plan and Trust and
designates the optional provisions selected by the Employer, and the Trustee accepts its responsibilities under Article 20. The provisions of the Adoption Agreement shall be an integral part of the Plan. 

(e) “Annuity Starting Date” means the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable as an annuity or in any
other form permitted under the Plan. 
 (f) “Basic Plan Document” means this Fidelity volume submitter plan document,
qualified with the Internal Revenue Service as Basic Plan Document No. 17. 
 (g) “Beneficiary” means the person or
persons (including a trust) entitled under Section 11.04 or 14.04 to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death of a Participant. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 1 

 (h) “Break in Vesting Service” means a
12-consecutive-month period beginning on an Employee’s Severance Date or any anniversary thereof in which the Employee is not credited with an Hour of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following
special rules apply in determining whether an Employee who is on leave has incurred a Break in Vesting Service: 
 (1) If an individual is
absent from work because of maternity/paternity leave on the first anniversary of his Severance Date, the 12-consecutive-month period beginning on the individual’s Severance Date shall not constitute a
Break in Vesting Service. For purposes of this paragraph, “maternity/paternity leave” means a leave of absence (i) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (ii) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual,
(iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by the individual, or (iv) for purposes of caring for a child for the period beginning immediately following such birth or
placement. 
 (2) If an individual is absent from work because of FMLA leave and returns to employment with the Employer or a Related
Employer following such FMLA leave, he shall not incur a Break in Vesting Service due to such FMLA leave. For purposes of this paragraph, “FMLA leave” means an approved leave of absence pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993.

 (i) “Catch-Up Contribution” means any Deferral Contribution made to the Plan by
the Employer in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 5.03(a). 
 (j) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended from time to time. 
 (k) “Compensation” means wages as defined in Code Section 3401(a) (for purposes of
income tax withholding at the source) plus amounts that would be included in wages but for an election under Code Section 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b) and all other payments of compensation to an Eligible
Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for services to the Employer while employed as an Eligible Employee for which the Employer is required to furnish the Eligible Employee a written statement under Code
Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052. In addition, Compensation includes all amounts listed in paragraph (2) of this Subsection (k) below as exceptions to the definition of “severance amounts” therein. Compensation must be
determined without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code
Section 3401(a)(2)). 
 (1) Self-Employed Individuals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Self-Employed Individual,
Compensation means Earned Income; provided, however, that if the Employer elects to exclude specified items from Compensation, such Earned Income shall be adjusted in a similar manner so that it is equivalent under regulations issued under Code
Section 414(s) to Compensation for Participants who are not Self- Employed Individuals. “Earned Income” means the net earnings of a Self-Employed Individual derived from the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is
established and for which the personal services of such individual are a material income-providing factor, excluding any items not included in gross income and the deductions allocated to such items, except that net earnings shall be determined with
regard to the deduction allowed under Code Section 164(f), to the extent applicable to the Employer. Net earnings shall be reduced by contributions of the Employer to any qualified plan, to the extent a deduction is allowed to the Employer for
such contributions under Code Section 404. 
 (2) Exclusions. Compensation excludes any amounts elected by the Employer in
Subsection 1.05(a) or (b), as applicable, of the Adoption Agreement and any severance amounts. For purposes of this Section 2.01(k), “severance amounts” are any amounts paid after severance from employment, except the following: 

(A) a payment of regular compensation for services during the Eligible Employee’s regular working hours, or compensation for services
outside the Eligible Employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments to the extent such payment would have been made prior to a severance from employment if the Eligible
Employee had continued in employment with the Employer, provided such amounts are paid within the post-severance period described below; 

(B) payments for “unused leave” (i.e., unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if the Eligible Employee
would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued) that are paid within the post-severance period described below; 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 2 

 (C) payments received by a Participant within the post-severance period described below pursuant
to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid to the Participant at the same time if the Participant had not severed employment and only to the extent that the payment is includible in the
Participant’s gross income; and 
 (D) Differential Wages as defined below. 

For purposes of this Section, the following terms have the following meanings: 

(E) An Eligible Employee has a “severance from employment” when (i) the employee ceases to be an employee of an employer
(applying the aggregation rules in Code Section 414) maintaining a plan and (ii) in connection with a change of employment, the individual’s new employer does not maintain such plan with respect to the individual. The determination of
whether an Eligible Employee ceases to be an employee of an employer maintaining a plan is based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. 

(F) “Differential Wages” means Compensation paid to an Employee by the Employer with regard to military service meeting the
definition of differential wage payment found in Code Section 3401(h)(2). 
 (G) The “post-severance period” means the period
beginning on the Eligible Employee’s severance from employment and ending on the later of (i) 2-1/2 months after or (ii) the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of the Eligible
Employee’s severance from employment. 
 (3) Timing Rules. Compensation shall generally be based on the amount actually paid to
the Eligible Employee during the Plan Year or, for purposes of Article 5, if so elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.05(b) of the Adoption Agreement, during that portion of the Plan Year during which the Eligible Employee is an Active
Participant. Compensation is treated as paid on a date if it is actually paid on that date or it would have been paid on that date but for an election under Code Section 125, 132(f)(4), 401(k), 403(b), 408(k), 408(p)(2)(A)(i), or 457(b). 

(4) Short Plan Years. If the initial Plan Year of a new plan consists of fewer than 12 months, calculated from the Effective Date listed
in Subsection 1.01(g)(1) of the Adoption Agreement through the end of such initial Plan Year, Compensation for such initial Plan Year shall be determined from such Effective Date through the end of the initial Plan Year. If selected in Subsection
1.05 of the Adoption Agreement, for purposes of allocating Nonelective Employer Contributions under Section 1.12 of the Adoption Agreement (other than 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions), Compensation for the initial Plan
Year shall be determined by using the 12-month period ending on the last day of the Plan Year. 
 (5)
Annual Compensation Limit (Code Section 401(a)(17) Limit). The annual Compensation of each Active Participant taken into account for determining benefits provided under the Plan for any
12-month determination period shall not exceed the annual Compensation limit under Code Section 401(a)(17) as in effect on the first day of the determination period (e.g., $255,000 for determination
periods beginning in 2013). A “determination period” means the Plan Year or other 12-consecutive-month period over which Compensation is otherwise determined for purposes of the Plan (e.g., the
Limitation Year). 
 The annual Compensation limit under Code Section 401(a)(17) shall be adjusted by the Secretary to reflect increases
in the cost of living, as provided in Code Section 401(a)(17)(B); provided, however, that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year is effective for determination periods beginning in such calendar year. If a Plan
determines Compensation over a determination period that contains fewer than 12 calendar months (a “short determination period”), then the Compensation limit for such “short determination period” is equal to the Compensation
limit for the calendar year in which the “short determination period” begins multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the “short determination period” by 12; provided, however, that such proration
shall not apply if there is a “short determination period” due to the Employer’s election in Subsection 1.05(b) of the Adoption Agreement to determine contributions based only on Compensation paid during the portion of the Plan Year
during which an individual was an Active Participant. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 3 

 In lieu of requiring an Active Participant to cease making Deferral Contributions for a Plan Year
after his Compensation has reached the annual Compensation limit under Code Section 401(a)(17), the annual Compensation limit shall be applied with respect to Deferral Contributions by limiting the total Deferral Contributions an Active
Participant may make for a Plan Year to the product of (i) such Active Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year up to the annual Compensation limit multiplied by (ii) the deferral limit specified in Subsection 1.07(a)(1)(A) of the
Adoption Agreement or Subsection 5.03(a), as applicable. 
 (l) “Contribution Period” means the period for which Matching
Employer and Nonelective Employer Contributions are made and calculated. The Contribution Period for Matching Employer Contributions described in Subsection 1.11 of the Adoption Agreement is the period specified by the Employer in Subsection 1.11(d)
of the Adoption Agreement. 
 The Contribution Period for Nonelective Employer Contributions is the Plan Year, unless the
Employer designates a different Contribution Period in Subsection 1.12(c) of the Adoption Agreement. 
 (m) “Deferral
Contribution” means any contribution made to the Plan by the Employer in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.03. 
 (n)
“Early Retirement Age” means the early retirement age specified in Subsection 1.14(b) of the Adoption Agreement, if any. 

(o) “Effective Date” means the effective date specified by the Employer in Subsection 1.01(g)(1). The Employer may select
special Effective Dates with respect to specified Plan provisions, as set forth in Section (a) of the Special Effective Dates Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. In the event that another plan is merged into and made a part of the Plan, the
effective date of the merger shall be reflected in the Plan Mergers Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. 
 (p) “Eligibility
Computation Period” means each 12-consecutive-month period beginning with an Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and each anniversary thereof. 

(q) “Eligibility Service” means an Employee’s service that is taken into account in determining his eligibility to
participate in the Plan as may be required under Subsection 1.04(b) of the Adoption Agreement. Eligibility Service shall be credited in accordance with Article 3. 

(r) “Eligible Employee” means any Employee of the Employer who is in the class of Employees eligible to participate in the
Plan. The Employer must specify in Subsection 1.04(d) of the Adoption Agreement any Employee or class of Employees not eligible to participate in the Plan. Regardless of the provisions of Subsection 1.04(d) of the Adoption Agreement, the following
Employees are automatically excluded from eligibility to participate in the Plan: 
 (1) any individual who is a signatory to a contract,
letter of agreement, or other document that acknowledges his status as an independent contractor not entitled to benefits under the Plan or any individual (other than a Self-Employed Individual) who is not otherwise classified by the Employer as a
common law employee, even if such independent contractor or other individual is later determined to be a common law employee; and 
 (2) any
Employee who is a resident of Puerto Rico. 
 If the Employer elects, in Subsection 1.04(d)(2)(A) of the Adoption Agreement,
to exclude collective bargaining employees from the eligible class, the exclusion applies to any Employee of the Employer included in any unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more
employers, unless the collective bargaining agreement requires the Employee to be covered under the Plan. The term “employee representatives” does not include any organization more than half the members of which are owners, officers, or
executives of the Employer. 
 If the Employer does not elect, in Subsection 1.04(d)(2)(C) of the Adoption Agreement, to
exclude Leased Employees from the eligible class, contributions or benefits provided by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the Employer shall be treated as provided by the Employer and there shall be no
duplication of benefits under this Plan. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 4 

 Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, unless the Employer elects to
exclude statutory employees who are full-time life insurance salespersons (as described in Code Section 7701(a)(20)) from the eligible class in Subsection 1.04(d)(2)(E) of the Adoption Agreement, such statutory employees are Eligible Employees.

 (s) “Employee” means any common law employee (or statutory employee who is a full-time life insurance salesperson as
described in Code Section 7701(a)(20)) of the Employer or a Related Employer, any Self-Employed Individual, and any Leased Employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee if Leased Employees do not
constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer’s non-highly compensated work-force (taking into account all Related Employers) and the Leased Employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan
maintained by the leasing organization and providing (1) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, as defined for purposes of Code Section 415(c)(3), (2) full and immediate vesting, and
(3) immediate participation by each employee of the leasing organization. 
 (t) “Employee Contribution” means any after-tax contribution made by an Active Participant to the Plan. 
 (u) “Employer” means
the employer named in Subsection 1.02(a) of the Adoption Agreement and any Related Employer designated in the Participating Employers Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer has elected in Subsection (b) of the Participating
Employers Addendum to the Adoption Agreement that the term “Employer” includes all Related Employers, an employer that becomes a Related Employer as a result of an asset or stock acquisition, merger or other similar transaction shall not
be included in the term “Employer” for periods prior to the first day of the second Plan Year beginning after the date of such transaction, unless the Employer has designated therein to accept such Related Employer as a participating
employer prior to that date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Employer” for purposes of authorizing any particular action under the Plan means solely the employer named in Subsection 1.02(a) of the Adoption Agreement. 

If the organization or other entity named in the Adoption Agreement is a sole proprietor or a professional corporation and the
sole proprietor of such proprietorship or the sole shareholder of the professional corporation dies, then the legal representative of such sole proprietor or shareholder shall be deemed to be the Employer until such time as, through the disposition
of such sole proprietor’s or sole shareholder’s estate or otherwise, any organization or other entity succeeds to the interests of the sole proprietor in the proprietorship or the sole shareholder in the professional corporation. The legal
representative of a sole proprietor or shareholder shall be (1) the person appointed as such by the sole proprietor or shareholder prior to his death under a legally enforceable power of attorney, or, if none, (2) the executor or administrator
of the sole proprietor’s or shareholder’s estate. 
 If a participating Employer designated through Subsection
1.02(b) of the Adoption Agreement is not related to the Employer (hereinafter “un-Related Employer”), the term “Employer” includes such un-Related
Employer and the provisions of Section 18.05 shall apply. 
 (v) “Employment Commencement Date” means the date on which
an Employee first performs an Hour of Service. 
 (w) “Entry Date” means the date(s) specified by the Employer in Subsection
1.04(e) of the Adoption Agreement as of which an Eligible Employee who has met the applicable eligibility requirements begins to participate in the Plan. The Employer may specify different Entry Dates for purposes of eligibility to participate in
the Plan for purposes of (1) making Deferral Contributions and (2) receiving allocations of Matching and/or Nonelective Employer Contributions. 

(x) “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as from time to time amended. 

(y) ”401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contribution” means any Matching Employer Contribution made by the Employer to the
Plan in accordance with Subsection 1.11(a)(3) of the Adoption Agreement, the 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, and Section 5.08, that is intended to satisfy the requirements of Code
Section 401(k)(12)(B) or 401(k)(13)(D)(i)(I). 
 (z) ”401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution” means any
Nonelective Employer Contribution made by the Employer to the Plan in accordance with Subsection 1.12(a)(3) of the Adoption Agreement, the 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, and
Section 5.10, that is intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12)(C) or 401(k)(13)(D)(i)(II). 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 5 

 (aa) “Fund Share” means the share, unit, or other evidence of ownership in a
Permissible Investment. 
 (bb) “Highly Compensated Employee” means both highly compensated active Employees and
highly compensated former Employees. 
 A highly compensated active Employee includes any Employee who performs service for
the Employer during the “determination year” and who (1) at any time during the “determination year” or the “look-back year” was a five percent owner or (2) received “415 Compensation” (as defined in
Section 6.01(m)) from the Employer during the “look-back year” in excess of the dollar amount specified in Code Section 414(q)(1)(B)(i) adjusted pursuant to Code Section 415(d) (e.g., $115,000 for “determination
years” beginning in 2013 and “look-back years” beginning in 2012) and, if elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.06(d)(1) of the Adoption Agreement, was a member of the top-paid group for such
year. 
 For this purpose, the “determination year” shall be the Plan Year. The “look-back year” shall be
the twelve-month period immediately preceding the “determination year”, unless the Employer has elected in Subsection 1.06(c)(1) of the Adoption Agreement to make the “look-back year” the calendar year beginning within the
preceding Plan Year. 
 A highly compensated former Employee includes any Employee who separated from service (or was deemed
to have separated) prior to the “determination year”, performs no service for the Employer during the “determination year”, and was a highly compensated active Employee for either the separation year or any “determination
year” ending on or after the Employee’s 55th birthday, as determined under the rules in effect for determining Highly Compensated Employees for such separation year or “determination year”. 

The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the determinations of the number and identity of Employees
in the top-paid group, shall be made in accordance with Code Section 414(q) and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder. 

For purposes of this Subsection 2.01(bb), if the initial Plan Year of a new plan consists of fewer than 12 months, calculated
from the Effective Date listed in Subsection 1.01(g)(1) of the Adoption Agreement through the end of such initial Plan Year, Compensation for such initial Plan Year shall be determined over the 12-month period
ending on the last day of the Plan Year. 
 (cc) “Hour of Service”, with respect to any individual, means: 

(1) Each hour for which the individual is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer
or a Related Employer, each such hour to be credited to the individual for the Eligibility Computation Period in which the duties were performed; 

(2) Each hour for which the individual is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer or a Related Employer (including
payments made or due from a trust fund or insurer to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums) on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to
vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity, disability, layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence, each such hour to be credited to the individual for the Eligibility Computation Period in which such period of time occurs, subject to the
following rules: 
 (A) No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this paragraph (2) on account of any single
continuous period during which the individual performs no duties, unless the individual performs no duties because of military duty, the individual’s employment rights are protected by law, and the individual returns to employment with the
Employer or a Related Employer during the period that his employment rights are protected under Federal law; 
 (B) Hours of Service shall
not be credited under this paragraph (2) for a payment which solely reimburses the individual for medically-related expenses, or which is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker’s
compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 6 

 (C) If the period during which the individual performs no duties falls within two or more
Eligibility Computation Periods and if the payment made on account of such period is not calculated on the basis of units of time, the Hours of Service credited with respect to such period shall be allocated between not more than the first two such
Eligibility Computation Periods on any reasonable basis consistently applied with respect to similarly situated individuals; 
 (3) Each hour
not counted under paragraph (1) or (2) for which he would have been scheduled to work for the Employer or a Related Employer during the period that he is absent from work because of military duty, provided the individual’s employment
rights are protected under Federal law and the individual returns to work with the Employer or a Related Employer during the period that his employment rights are protected, each such hour to be credited to the individual for the Eligibility
Computation Period for which he would have been scheduled to work; and 
 (4) Each hour not counted under paragraph (1), (2), or (3) for
which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to be paid by the Employer or a Related Employer, shall be credited to the individual for the Eligibility Computation Period to which the award or agreement
pertains rather than the Eligibility Computation Period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made. 
 For purposes of
paragraphs (2) and (4) above, Hours of Service shall be calculated in accordance with the provisions of Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labor regulations, which are
incorporated herein by reference. 
 If the Employer does not maintain records that accurately reflect the actual Hours of
Service to be credited to an Employee, 190 Hours of Service will be credited to the Employee for each month worked, unless the Employer has elected to credit Hours of Service in accordance with one of the other equivalencies set forth in paragraph
(e) of Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.200b-3, as provided in Subsection 1.04(b)(4) of the Adoption Agreement. 

(dd) “Inactive Participant” means any individual who was an Active Participant, but is no longer an Eligible Employee and who
has an Account under the Plan. 
 (ee) “Leased Employee” means any individual who provides services to the Employer or a
Related Employer (the “recipient”) but is not otherwise an employee of the recipient if (1) such services are provided pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person (the “leasing organization”), (2)
such individual has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and any related persons within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year, and (3) such services are
performed under primary direction of or control by the recipient. The determination of who is a Leased Employee shall be made in accordance with any rules and regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate. 

(ff) “Limitation Year” means the 12-consecutive-month period designated by the
Employer in Subsection 1.01(f) of the Adoption Agreement. If no other Limitation Year is designated by the Employer, the Limitation Year shall be the calendar year. All qualified plans of the Employer and any Related Employer must use the same
Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-consecutive-month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made. 

(gg) “Matching Employer Contribution” means any contribution made by the Employer to the Plan in accordance with
Section 5.08 or 5.09 on account of an Active Participant’s eligible contributions, as elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.11(c) of the Adoption Agreement. 

(hh) “Nonelective Employer Contribution” means any contribution made by the Employer to the Plan in accordance with
Section 5.10. 
 (ii) “Non-Highly Compensated Employee” means any Employee who
is not a Highly Compensated Employee. 
 (jj) “Normal Retirement Age” means the normal retirement age specified in
Subsection 1.14(a) of the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer enforces a mandatory retirement age in accordance with Federal law, the Normal Retirement Age is the lesser of that mandatory age or the age specified in Subsection 1.14(a) of the
Adoption Agreement. 
 (kk) “Participant” means any individual who is either an Active Participant or an Inactive
Participant. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 7 

 (ll) “Permissible Investment” means each investment available for investment of
assets of the Plan and agreed to by the Trustee. The Permissible Investments under the Plan shall be described in the Service Agreement. 

(mm) “Plan” means the plan established by the Employer in the form of the volume submitter plan, as set forth herein as a new
plan or as an amendment to an existing plan, by executing the Adoption Agreement, together with any and all amendments hereto. 
 (nn)
“Plan Year” means the 12-consecutive-month period ending on the date designated in Subsection 1.01(d) of the Adoption Agreement, except that the initial Plan Year of a new Plan may consist of
fewer than 12 months, calculated from the Effective Date listed in Subsection 1.01(g)(1) of the Adoption Agreement through the end of such initial Plan Year, in which event Compensation for such initial Plan Year shall be treated as provided in
Subsection 2.01(k). Additionally, in the event the Plan has a short Plan year, i.e., a Plan Year consisting of fewer than 12 months, otherwise applicable limits and requirements that are applied on a Plan Year basis shall be prorated, but
only if and to the extent required by law. 
 (oo) “Qualified Matching Employer Contribution” means any contribution made by
the Employer to the Plan on account of Deferral Contributions or Employee Contributions made by or on behalf of Active Participants in accordance with Section 5.09, that may be included in determining whether the Plan meets the “ADP”
test described in Section 6.03. 
 (pp) “Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution” means any contribution made by
the Employer to the Plan in accordance with Section 5.07. 
 (qq) “Reemployment Commencement Date” means the date on
which an Employee who terminates employment with the Employer and all Related Employers first performs an Hour of Service following such termination of employment. 

(rr) “Related Employer” means any employer other than the Employer named in Subsection 1.02(a) of the Adoption Agreement if
the Employer and such other employer are members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) or an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)), or are trades or businesses (whether or not
incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)), or such other employer is required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations issued under Code Section 414(o). 

(ss) “Required Beginning Date” means: 

(1) for a Participant who is not a five percent owner, April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which occurs the later
of (i) the Participant’s retirement or (ii) the Participant’s attainment of age 70 1/2; provided, however, that a Participant may elect to have his Required Beginning Date determined without regard to the provisions of clause
(i). 
 (2) for a Participant who is a five percent owner, April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
Participant attains age 70 1/2. 
 Once the Required Beginning Date of a five percent owner or a Participant who has elected
to have his Required Beginning Date determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01(tt)(1)(ii) has occurred, such Required Beginning Date shall not be re-determined, even if the Participant
ceases to be a five percent owner in a subsequent year or continues in employment with the Employer or a Related Employer. 
 For purposes of
this Subsection 2.01(tt), a Participant is treated as a five percent owner if such Participant is a five percent owner as defined in Code Section 416(i) (determined in accordance with Code Section 416 but without regard to whether the Plan
is top-heavy) at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70 1/2. 

(tt) “Rollover Contribution” means any distribution from an eligible retirement plan, as defined in Section 13.04, that an
Employee elects to contribute to the Plan, or have considered as contributed, in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.06. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 8 

 (uu) “Roth 401(k) Contribution” means any Deferral Contribution made to the Plan
by the Employer in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 5.03(b) that is not excludable from gross income and is intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 402A. 

(vv) “Self-Employed Individual” means an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from the Employer or who would
have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year, including, but not limited to, a partner in a partnership, a sole proprietor, a member in a limited liability company or a shareholder in a
subchapter S corporation. 
 (ww) “Service Agreement” means the agreement between the Employer and the Volume Submitter
Sponsor (or an agent or affiliate of the Volume Submitter Sponsor) relating to the provision of investment and other services to the Plan and shall include any addendum to the agreement and any other separate written agreement between the Employer
and the Volume Submitter Sponsor (or an agent or affiliate of the Volume Submitter Sponsor) relating to the provision of services to the Plan. 

(xx) “Severance Date” means the earlier of (i) the date an Employee retires, dies, quits, or is discharged from
employment with the Employer and all Related Employers or (ii) the 12-month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from employment; provided, however, that if an
individual terminates or is absent from employment with the Employer and all Related Employers because of military duty, such individual shall not incur a Severance Date if his employment rights are protected under Federal law and he returns to
employment with the Employer or a Related Employer within the period during which he retains such employment rights, but, if he does not return to such employment within such period, his Severance Date shall be the earlier of (1) the first
anniversary of the date his absence commenced or (2) the last day of the period during which he retains such employment rights. 
 (yy)
“Spouse” means the person to whom an individual is married for purposes of Federal income taxes. 
 (zz)
“Trust” means the trust created by the Employer in accordance with the provisions of Section 20.01. 
 (aaa)
“Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Employer and the Trustee, as set forth in Article 20, under which the assets of the Plan are held, administered, and managed. 

(bbb) “Trustee” means the trustee designated in Section 1.03 of the Adoption Agreement, or its successor or permitted
assigns. The term Trustee shall include any delegate of the Trustee as may be provided in the Trust Agreement. 
 (ccc) “Trust
Fund” means the property held in Trust by the Trustee for the benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries. 
 (ddd)
“Vesting Service” means an Employee’s service that is taken into account in determining his vested interest in his Matching Employer and Nonelective Employer Contributions Accounts as may be required under Section 1.16 of
the Adoption Agreement. Vesting Service shall be credited in accordance with Article 3. 
 (eee) “Volume Submitter Sponsor”
means Fidelity Management & Research Company or its successor. 
 2.2. Interpretation and Construction of Terms.
Where required by the context, the noun, verb, adjective, and adverb forms of each defined term shall include any of its other forms. Pronouns used in the Plan are in the masculine gender but include the feminine gender unless the context
clearly indicates otherwise. Wherever used herein, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, unless the context requires otherwise. Any titles, headings and/or subheadings used in the Plan have been inserted
for convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the Plan’s provisions. 
 2.3. Special Effective
Dates. Some provisions of the Plan are only effective beginning as of a specified date or until a specified date. Any such special effective dates are specified within Plan text where applicable and are exceptions to the general Plan
Effective Date as defined in Section 2.01(o). 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 9 

	Article 3.	Service. 

 3.1. Crediting of Eligibility Service. If the Employer has
selected an Eligibility Service requirement in Subsection 1.04(b) of the Adoption Agreement for an Eligible Employee to become an Active Participant, Eligibility Service shall be credited to an Employee as follows: 

(a) If the Employer has selected the one year or two years of Eligibility Service requirement described in Subsection 1.04(b) of the Adoption
Agreement, an Employee shall be credited with a year of Eligibility Service for each Eligibility Computation Period during which the Employee has been credited with the number of Hours of Service specified in that Subsection, as applicable. An
Eligible Employee who has attained the required number of Hours of Service shall be credited with that year of service on the last day of that Eligibility Computation Period. 

(b) If the Employer has selected a days or months of Eligibility Service requirement described in Subsection 1.04(b) of the Adoption Agreement,
an Employee shall be credited with Eligibility Service for the aggregate of the periods beginning with the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date (or Reemployment Commencement Date) and ending on his subsequent Severance Date; provided,
however, that an Employee who has a Reemployment Date within the 12-consecutive-month period following the earlier of the first date of his absence or his Severance Date shall be credited with Eligibility
Service for the period between his Severance Date and his Reemployment Date. A day of Eligibility Service shall be credited for each day on which an Employee is credited with Eligibility Service. Months of Eligibility Service shall be measured from
the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date to the corresponding date in the applicable following month. 

3.2. Re-Crediting of Eligibility Service Following Termination of Employment. An Employee
whose employment with the Employer and all Related Employers terminates and who is subsequently reemployed by the Employer or a Related Employer shall be re-credited upon reemployment with his Eligibility
Service earned prior to his termination of employment. 
 3.3. Crediting of Vesting Service. If the Plan provides for Matching
Employer and/or Nonelective Employer Contributions that are not 100 percent vested when made, Vesting Service shall be credited to an Employee, subject to any exclusions elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.16(b) of the Adoption Agreement,
for the aggregate of the periods beginning with the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date (or Reemployment Commencement Date) and ending on his subsequent Severance Date; provided, however, that an Employee who has a Reemployment Date within
the 12- consecutive-month period following the earlier of the first date of his absence or his Severance Date shall be credited with Vesting Service for the period between his Severance Date and his
Reemployment Date. Fractional periods of a year shall be expressed in terms of days. 
 3.4. Application of Vesting Service to a
Participant’s Account Following a Break in Vesting Service. The following rules describe how Vesting Service earned before and after a Break in Vesting Service shall be applied for purposes of determining a Participant’s vested
interest in his Matching Employer and Nonelective Employer Contributions Accounts: 
 (a) If a Participant incurs five-consecutive Breaks in
Vesting Service, all years of Vesting Service earned by the Employee after such Breaks in Service shall be disregarded in determining the Participant’s vested interest in his Matching Employer and Nonelective Employer Contributions Account
balances attributable to employment before such Breaks in Vesting Service. However, Vesting Service earned both before and after such Breaks in Vesting Service shall be included in determining the Participant’s vested interest in his Matching
Employer and Nonelective Employer Contributions Account balances attributable to employment after such Breaks in Vesting Service. 
 (b) If a
Participant incurs fewer than five-consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service, Vesting Service earned both before and after such Breaks in Vesting Service shall be included in determining the Participant’s vested interest in his Matching Employer
and Nonelective Employer Contributions Account balances attributable to employment both before and after such Breaks in Vesting Service. 
 3.5.
Service with Predecessor Employer. If the Plan is the plan of a predecessor employer, an Employee’s Eligibility and Vesting Service shall include years of service with such predecessor employer. In any case in which the
Plan is not the plan maintained by a predecessor employer, service for any employer as specifically described in Section 1.17 of the Adoption Agreement shall be treated as Eligibility and Vesting Service as indicated in Subsection 1.17(a) of
the Adoption Agreement. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 10 

 3.6. Change in Service Crediting. If an amendment to the Plan or a transfer from employment
as an Employee covered under another qualified plan maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer results in a change in the method of crediting Eligibility and/or Vesting Service with respect to a Participant between the Hours of Service
crediting method set forth in Section 2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor Regulations and the elapsed-time crediting method set forth in Section 1.410(a)-7
of the Treasury Regulations, each Participant with respect to whom the method of crediting Eligibility and/or Vesting Service is changed shall have his Eligibility and/or Vesting Service determined in the manner set forth in Section 1.410(a)-7(f)(1) of the Treasury Regulations. 
  

	Article 4.	Participation. 

 4.1. Date of Participation. If the Plan is an amendment, as
indicated in Subsection 1.01(g)(2)(B) of the Adoption Agreement, all employees who were active participants in the Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date shall continue as Active Participants on the Effective Date, provided that they are
Eligible Employees on the Effective Date. If elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.04(f) of the Adoption Agreement, all Eligible Employees who are in the service of the Employer on the date specified in Subsection 1.04(f) (and, if this is an
amendment, as indicated in Subsection 1.01(g)(2)(B) of the Adoption Agreement, were not active participants in the Plan immediately prior to that date) shall become Active Participants on the date elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.04(f) of the
Adoption Agreement. Any other Eligible Employee shall become an Active Participant in the Plan on the Entry Date coinciding with or immediately following the date on which he first satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in Subsections
1.04(a) and (b) of the Adoption Agreement. 
 Any age and/or Eligibility Service requirement that the Employer elects to apply in
determining an Eligible Employee’s eligibility to make Deferral Contributions shall also apply in determining an Eligible Employee’s eligibility to make Employee Contributions, if Employee Contributions are permitted under the Plan, and to
receive Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions. An Eligible Employee who has met the eligibility requirements with respect to certain contributions, but who has not met the eligibility requirements with respect to other contributions, shall
become an Active Participant in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, but only with respect to the contributions for which he has met the eligibility requirements. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if the Employer selects in Subsection 1.01(g)(5) of the Adoption Agreement that the Plan is a
frozen plan, no Employee who was not already an Active Participant on the date the Plan was frozen shall become an Active Participant while the Plan is frozen. If the Employer amends the Plan to remove the freeze, Employees shall again become Active
Participants in accordance with the provisions of the amended Plan. 
 4.2. Transfers Out of Covered Employment. If any Active
Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee, but continues in the employ of the Employer or a Related Employer, such Employee shall cease to be an Active Participant, but shall continue as an Inactive Participant until his entire Account balance
is forfeited or distributed. An Inactive Participant shall not be entitled to receive an allocation of contributions or forfeitures under the Plan for the period that he is not an Eligible Employee and wages and other payments made to him by the
Employer or a Related Employer for services other than as an Eligible Employee shall not be included in Compensation for purposes of determining the amount and allocation of any contributions to the Account of such Inactive Participant. Such
Inactive Participant shall continue to receive credit for Vesting Service completed during the period that he continues in the employ of the Employer or a Related Employer. 

4.3. Transfers Into Covered Employment. If an Employee who is not an Eligible Employee becomes an Eligible Employee, such Eligible
Employee shall become an Active Participant immediately as of his transfer date if such Eligible Employee has already satisfied the eligibility requirements and would have otherwise previously become an Active Participant in accordance with
Section 4.01. Otherwise, such Eligible Employee shall become an Active Participant in accordance with Section 4.01. 
 Wages and
other payments made to an Employee prior to his becoming an Eligible Employee by the Employer or a Related Employer for services other than as an Eligible Employee shall not be included in Compensation for purposes of determining the amount and
allocation of any contributions to the Account of such Eligible Employee. 
 4.4. Resumption of Participation Following
Reemployment. If a Participant who terminates employment with the Employer and all Related Employers is reemployed as an Eligible Employee, he shall again become an Active Participant on his Reemployment Commencement Date. If a former
Employee is reemployed as an Eligible Employee on or after an Entry Date coinciding with or following the date on which he met the age and service requirements elected by the Employer in Section 1.04 of the Adoption Agreement, he shall become
an Active Participant on his Reemployment Commencement Date. Any other former Employee who is reemployed as an Eligible Employee shall become an Active Participant as provided in Section 4.01 or 4.03. Any distribution which a Participant is
receiving under the Plan at the time he is reemployed by the Employer or a Related Employer shall cease, except as otherwise required under Section 12.04. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 11 

	Article 5.	Contributions. 

 5.1. Contributions Subject to Limitations. All
contributions made to the Plan under this Article 5 shall be subject to the limitations contained in Article 6. 
 5.2. Compensation Taken into
Account in Determining Contributions. Compensation, as defined in Section 2.01(k), shall not include any amounts elected by the Employer with respect to such contributions in Subsection 1.05(a) or (b), as applicable, of the Adoption
Agreement. 
 5.3 Deferral Contributions. If so provided in Subsection 1.07(a) of the Adoption Agreement, each Active Participant may
elect to execute a salary reduction agreement with the Employer to reduce his Compensation by an amount, as specified in Subsection 1.07(a) of the Adoption Agreement, for each payroll period. Except as specifically elected by the Employer within
Subsections 1.07(a) of the Adoption Agreement, with respect to each payroll period, an Active Participant may not elect to make Deferral Contributions in excess of the percentage of Compensation specified by the Employer in Subsection 1.07(a)(1)(A)
of the Adoption Agreement and Subsection 5.03(a) below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employer has elected 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Contributions in Option 1.11(a)(3) of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant must be permitted to make
Deferral Contributions under the Plan sufficient to receive the full 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contribution provided under Subsection (a)(1) or (2), as applicable of the 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions Addendum to the
Adoption Agreement. 
 An Active Participant’s salary reduction agreement shall become effective on the first day of the first payroll
period for which the Employer can reasonably process the request, but not earlier than the later of (a) the effective date of the provisions permitting Deferral Contributions or (b) the date the Employer adopts such provisions. The
Employer shall make a Deferral Contribution on behalf of the Participant corresponding to the amount of said reduction. Under no circumstances may a salary reduction agreement be adopted retroactively. 

An Active Participant may elect to change or discontinue the amount by which his Compensation is reduced by notice to the Employer as provided
in Subsection 1.07(a)(1)(C) or (D) of the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding the Employer’s election in Subsection 1.07(a)(1)(C) or (D) of the Adoption Agreement, if the Employer has elected 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer
Contributions in Subsection 1.11(a)(3) of the Adoption Agreement or 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions in Subsection 1.12(a)(3) of the Adoption Agreement, an Active Participant may elect to change or discontinue the amount by
which his Compensation is reduced by notice to the Employer within a reasonable period, as specified by the Employer (but not less than 30 days), of receiving the notice described in Section 6.09. 

Based upon the Employer’s elections in Subsection 1.07(a) of the Adoption Agreement, the following special types of Deferral
Contributions may be made to the Plan: 
 (a) Catch-Up Contributions. If elected by the Employer in
Subsection 1.07(a)(4) of the Adoption Agreement, an Active Participant who has attained or is expected to attain age 50 before the close of the taxable year shall be eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions to
the Plan in excess of an otherwise applicable Plan limit, but not in excess of (i) the dollar limit in effect under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the taxable year or (ii) when added to the other Deferral Contributions made by the
Participant for the taxable year, 100 percent of the Participant’s “effectively available Compensation,” as defined in this Section 5.03. An otherwise applicable Plan limit is a limit that applies to Deferral Contributions
without regard to Catch-Up Contributions, including, but not limited to, (1) the dollar limitation on Deferral Contributions under Code Section 402(g), described in Section 6.02, (2) the
limitations on annual additions in effect under Code Section 415, described in Section 6.12, (3) the limitation on Deferral Contributions for Highly Compensated Employees under Code Section 401(k)(3), described in Section 6.03,
and (4) the limitation on Deferral Contributions for Highly Compensated Employees which the Administrator may impose, in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.05 

In the event that the deferral limit described in Subsection 1.07(a)(1)(A) of the Adoption Agreement or the administrative
limit described in Section 6.05, as applicable, is changed during the Plan Year, for purposes of determining Catch-Up Contributions for the Plan Year, such limit shall be determined using the
time-weighted average method described in Section 1.414(v)-1(b)(2)(i)(B)(1) of the Treasury Regulations, applying the alternative definition of compensation permitted under
Section 1.414(v)-1(b)(2)(i)(B)(2) of the Treasury Regulations. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 12 

 (b) Roth 401(k) Contributions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,
if the Employer elects in Subsection 1.07(a)(5) of the Adoption Agreement to permit Roth 401(k) Contributions, then a Participant may irrevocably designate all or a portion of his Deferral Contributions made pursuant to Subsection 1.07(a) of the
Adoption Agreement as Deferral Contributions that are includible in the Participant’s gross income at the time deferred, pursuant to Code Section 402A and any applicable guidance or regulations issued thereunder (“Roth 401(k)
Contributions”). A Participant may change his designation prospectively with respect to future Deferral Contributions as of the date or dates elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.07(a)(1)(C) of the Adoption Agreement. The Administrator will
maintain all such contributions made pursuant to Code Section 402A separately and make distributions in accordance with the Plan unless required to do otherwise by Code Section 402A and any applicable guidance or regulations issued
thereunder. 
 (c) Automatic Enrollment Contributions. If the Employer elected Option 1.07(a)(6) of the Adoption Agreement, for each Eligible
Employee to whom the Employer has elected to apply the automatic enrollment contribution provisions, such Eligible Employee’s Compensation shall be reduced by the percentage specified by the Employer through Section 1.07(b) of the
Additional Provisions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement as soon as administratively feasible following the date specified therein. These amounts shall be contributed to the Plan on behalf of such an Eligible Employee as Deferral Contributions. If
the Employer has designated the Plan as having an EACA within Subsection 1.07(a)(6) of the Adoption Agreement, then the Employer shall also provide to each Eligible Employee covered by the EACA a comprehensive notice, written in a manner calculated
to be understood by the average Participant, of the Eligible Employee’s rights and obligations under the Plan within the time described in Section 6.09 for a safe harbor contribution notice. In addition, an Eligible Employee who is
otherwise covered by the EACA but who makes an affirmative election regarding the amount of Deferral Contributions shall remain covered by the EACA solely for purposes of receiving any required notice from the Plan Administrator in connection with
the EACA and for purposes of determining the period applicable to the distribution of certain excess contributions pursuant to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 of the Basic Plan Document. If the Employer has elected through Section 1.07(b) of the
Additional Provisions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant who has made automatic enrollment contributions pursuant to the EACA has a permissible withdrawal available pursuant to the following: 

(1) The EACA Participant must make any such election within ninety days of the date of his automatic enrollment pursuant to
Section 1.07(b)(1) of the Additional Provisions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. Upon making such an election, the EACA Participant’s Deferral Contribution election will be set to zero until such time as the EACA Participant’s
Deferral Contribution rate has changed pursuant to Section 1.07(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement. 
 (2) The amount of such withdrawal
shall be equal to the amount of the EACA Deferrals through the end of the fifteen day period beginning on the date the Participant makes the election described in (1) above, adjusted for allocable gains and losses to the date of such
withdrawal. 
 (3) Any amounts attributable to Employer Matching Contributions allocated to the Account of an EACA Participant with respect
to EACA Deferrals that have been withdrawn pursuant to Section 1.07(b)(3) of the Additional Provisions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement shall be forfeited. In the event that Employer Matching Contributions would otherwise be allocated to the
EACA Participant’s Account with respect to EACA Deferrals that have been so withdrawn, the Employer shall not contribute such Employer Matching Contributions to the Plan. 

(4) In the event such withdrawal provision is removed from the Plan via an amendment, the transaction continues to be available to EACA
Participants who were covered by this provision and who were enrolled automatically prior to the effective date of the provision’s removal. 

Except as provided in paragraph (1) above with respect to an EACA Participant who elects a permissible withdrawal, an Active
Participant’s Compensation shall continue to be reduced and Deferral Contributions made to the Plan on his behalf until the Active Participant elects to change or discontinue the percentage by which his Compensation is reduced by notice to the
Plan Administrator in accordance with procedures the Plan Administrator has developed for that purpose. An Eligible Employee may affirmatively elect not to have his Compensation reduced in accordance with this Subsection 5.03(c) by notice to the
Plan Administrator within a reasonable period ending no later than the date Compensation subject to reduction hereunder becomes available to the Eligible Employee. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 13 

 If the Employer elected through, and in accordance with the provisions of, Section 1.07(b)
of the Additional Provisions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, the deferral election of an Active Participant on whose behalf Deferral Contributions are being made shall be increased annually by the percentage of Compensation specified therein,
unless and until the percentage of Compensation being contributed on behalf of the Active Participant reaches the limit specified therein. Eligible Employees subject to automatic enrollment will be notified and have opportunity to affirmatively
elect otherwise in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator; however, such Employees may be subject to automatic enrollment again in accordance with provisions of Section 1.07(b) of the Additional Provisions Addendum to
the Adoption Agreement. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section or of any Participant’s salary reduction agreement, in
no event shall a Participant be permitted to make Deferral Contributions in excess of his “effectively available Compensation.” A Participant’s “effectively available Compensation” is his Compensation remaining after all
applicable amounts have been withheld (e.g., tax-withholding and withholding of contributions to a cafeteria plan). 

5.4. Employee Contributions. If so provided by the Employer in Subsection 1.08(a) of the Adoption Agreement, each Active
Participant may elect to make non-deductible Employee Contributions to the Plan in accordance with the rules and procedures established by the Employer and subject to the limits provided through Subsection
1.08(a) of the Adoption Agreement. 
 5.5. No Deductible Employee Contributions. No deductible Employee Contributions may be
made to the Plan. Deductible Employee Contributions made prior to January 1, 1987 shall be maintained in a separate Account. No part of the deductible Employee Contributions Account shall be used to purchase life insurance. 

5.6. Rollover Contributions. If so provided by the Employer in Subsection 1.09(a) of the Adoption Agreement, subject to any limits
provided therein, an Eligible Employee who is or was entitled to receive a distribution that is eligible for rollover to a qualified plan under Code Section 408(d)(3) or an eligible rollover distribution, as defined in Code
Section 402(c)(4) and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, including an eligible rollover distribution received by the Eligible Employee as a surviving Spouse or as a Spouse or former Spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified
domestic relations order, from an eligible retirement plan, as defined in Section 13.04, may elect to contribute all or any portion of such distribution to the Trust directly from such eligible retirement plan (a “direct rollover”) or
within 60 days of receipt of such distribution to the Eligible Employee. Except as otherwise provided in Subsection 1.09(b) of the Adoption Agreement, Rollover Contributions shall only be made in the form of cash, allowable Fund Shares, or
promissory notes evidencing a plan loan to the Eligible Employee; provided, however, that Rollover Contributions shall only be permitted in the form of promissory notes if the Plan otherwise provides for loans. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall not accept the following as Rollover Contributions: 

(a) the contributions excluded by the Employer, if any, in Subsection 1.09(a) of the Adoption Agreement; 

(b) any rollover of after-tax employee contributions that is not made by a direct rollover; 

(c) any rollover from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b) (including a Roth IRA under Code
Section 408A) to the extent such amount would not otherwise be includible in the Employee’s income; or 
 (i) except as provided in
Subsection 1.09(b), any rollover amounts which are not “designated Roth contributions” which are to be contributed to the Plan as “designated Roth contributions.” 

To the extent the Plan accepts Rollover Contributions of after-tax employee contributions, the Plan
will separately account for such contributions, including separate accounting for the portion of the Rollover Contribution that is includible in gross income and the portion that is not includible in gross income. 

Except with regard to a rollover made pursuant to Subsection 1.09(b), any rollover of “designated Roth contributions”, as defined in
Subsection 6.01(e), shall be subject to the requirements of Code Section 402(c). To the extent the Plan accepts Rollover Contributions of “designated Roth contributions”, the Plan will separately account for such contributions in
accordance with the provisions of Section 7.01, including separate accounting for the portion of the Rollover 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 14 

 
Contribution that is includible in gross income and the portion that is not includible in gross income, if applicable. If the Plan accepts a direct rollover of “designated Roth
contributions”, the Trustee and the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on a statement from the distributing plan’s administrator identifying (i) the Eligible Employee’s basis in the rolled over amounts and (ii) the
date on which the Eligible Employee’s 5-taxable-year period of participation (as required under Code Section 402A(d)(2) for a qualified distribution of “designated Roth contributions”)
started under the distributing plan. If the 5-taxable-year period of participation under the distributing plan would end sooner than the Eligible Employee’s
5-taxable- year period of participation under the Plan, the 5-taxable-year period of participation applicable under the distributing plan shall continue to apply with
respect to the Rollover Contribution. 
 Notwithstanding the above, if so provided in Subsection 1.09(b), and as limited as provided
therein, a Participant or Beneficiary may elect to have any portion of his Account otherwise distributable under the terms of the Plan, which is not “designated Roth contributions” under the Plan and meets the definition of an
“eligible rollover distribution” found in Section 13.04(c), be considered “designated Roth contributions” for purposes of the Plan. Any assets converted in such a way shall be separately accounted for and shall still be
subject to distribution constraints found in Article 14 applicable to them prior to the conversion. Such assets shall also retain any distribution rights, such as those found in Article 10, applicable to them prior to the conversion and shall be
treated as Rollover Contributions for purposes of withdrawal pursuant to Section 10.03. Each such in-plan rollover shall be subject to its own 5-taxable year period
of participation and subject to the requirements of Code Section 408A(d)(3)(F). 
 An Eligible Employee who has not yet become an
Active Participant in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article 3 may make a Rollover Contribution to the Plan. Such Eligible Employee shall be treated as a Participant under the Plan for all purposes of the Plan, except eligibility
to have Deferral Contributions made on his behalf and to receive an allocation of Matching Employer or Nonelective Employer Contributions. 

The Administrator shall require such information from Eligible Employees as it deems necessary to ensure that amounts contributed under this
Section 5.06 meet the requirements for tax-deferred rollovers established by this Section 5.06 and by Code Section 402(c) and develop procedures to govern the Plan’s acceptance of Rollover
Contributions. 
 If a Rollover Contribution made under this Section 5.06 is later determined by the Administrator not to have met the
requirements of this Section 5.06 or of the Code or Treasury regulations, the Trustee shall, within a reasonable time after such determination is made, and on instructions from the Administrator, distribute to the Employee the amounts then held
in the Trust attributable to such Rollover Contribution. 
 A Participant’s Rollover Contributions Account shall be subject to the
terms of the Plan, including Article 14, except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.06. 
 5.7. Qualified Nonelective Employer
Contributions. The Employer may, in its discretion, make a Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution for the Plan Year in any amount it deems necessary for a permissible purpose. Unless another allocation method will be utilized to
address a correction in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS, as described in Revenue Procedure 2013-12 and any subsequent guidance), any Qualified Nonelective Employer
Contribution shall be allocated to Participants in accordance with Subsection 1.10(a) of the Adoption Agreement. 
 Participants shall not
be required to satisfy any Hours of Service or employment requirement for the Plan Year in order to receive an allocation of Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions. 

Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions that are applicable to
Deferral Contributions; provided, however, that a Participant shall not be permitted to take a hardship withdrawal of amounts credited to his Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions Account after the later of December 31, 1988 or the last
day of the Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989 and that a Participant shall not be permitted to take Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions as part of a Qualified Reservist Distribution pursuant to Section 10.09. 

5.8. Matching Employer Contributions. If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.11 of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer
shall make Matching Employer Contributions on behalf of each of its “eligible” Participants as indicated therein. The amount of the Matching Employer Contribution shall be determined in accordance with Subsection 1.11(a) and/or (b) of
the Adoption Agreement and/or the 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, as applicable. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 15 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise elected in Subsection 1.11(c)(1)(A) of the
Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall not make Matching Employer Contributions, other than 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, with respect to an “eligible” Participant’s
Catch-Up Contributions. If, due to application of a Plan limit, Matching Employer Contributions other than 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions are attributable to Catch- Up Contributions, such
Matching Employer Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited and applied as provided in Section 11.09. 

5.9. Qualified Matching Employer Contributions. If so provided by the Employer in Subsection 1.11(f) of the Adoption Agreement,
prior to making its Matching Employer Contribution (other than any 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contribution) to the Plan, the Employer may designate all or a portion of such Matching Employer Contribution as a Qualified Matching Employer
Contribution. The Employer shall notify the Trustee of such designation at the time it makes its Matching Employer Contribution. Qualified Matching Employer Contributions shall be distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions
that are applicable to Deferral Contributions; provided, however, that a Participant shall not be permitted to take a hardship withdrawal of amounts credited to his Qualified Matching Employer Contributions Account after the later of
December 31, 1988 or the last day of the Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989 and that a Participant shall not be permitted to take Qualified Matching Employer Contributions as part of a Qualified Reservist Distribution pursuant to
Section 10.09. 
 If the amount of an Employer’s Qualified Matching Employer Contribution is determined based on a
Participant’s Compensation, and the Qualified Matching Employer Contribution is necessary to satisfy the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03, the compensation used in determining the amount of the Qualified Matching Employer
Contribution shall be “testing compensation”, as defined in Subsection 6.01(s). If the Qualified Matching Employer Contribution is not necessary to satisfy the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03, the compensation used to
determine the amount of the Qualified Matching Employer Contribution shall be Compensation as defined in Subsection 2.01(k). 
 5.10.
Nonelective Employer Contributions. If so provided by the Employer in Subsection 1.12(a) and/or (b) of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall make Nonelective Employer Contributions to the Trust in accordance with
Section 1.12 of the Adoption Agreement to be allocated among “eligible” Participants as indicated therein. Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be allocated as follows: 

(a) If the Employer has elected a fixed contribution formula, Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be allocated among “eligible”
Participants in the manner specified in Section 1.12 of the Adoption Agreement or the 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, as applicable. 

(b) If the Employer has elected a discretionary contribution amount, Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be allocated among
“eligible” Participants, as determined in accordance with Section 1.12 of the Adoption Agreement, as follows: 
 (1) If the non-integrated formula is elected in Subsection 1.12(b)(1) of the Adoption Agreement, Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be allocated to “eligible” Participants in the ratio that each
“eligible” Participant’s Compensation bears to the total Compensation paid to all “eligible” Participants for the Contribution Period. 

(2) If the integrated formula is elected in Subsection 1.12(b)(2) of the Adoption Agreement, Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be
allocated in the following steps: 
 (A) First, to each “eligible” Participant in the same ratio that the sum of the
“eligible” Participant’s Compensation and “excess Compensation” for the Plan Year bears to the sum of the Compensation and “excess Compensation” of all “eligible” Participants for the Plan Year. This
allocation as a percentage of the sum of each “eligible” Participant’s Compensation and “excess Compensation” shall not exceed the “permitted disparity limit”, as defined in Section 1.12 of the Adoption
Agreement. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if in any Plan Year an “eligible” Participant has reached the
“cumulative permitted disparity limit”, such “eligible” Participant shall receive an allocation under this Subsection 5.10(b)(2)(A) based on two times his Compensation for the Plan Year, rather than the sum of his Compensation
and “excess Compensation” for the Plan Year. If an “eligible” Participant did not benefit under a qualified defined benefit plan or target benefit plan for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the
“eligible” Participant shall have no “cumulative disparity limit”. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 16 

 (B) Second, if any Nonelective Employer Contributions remain after the allocation in Subsection
5.10(b)(2)(A), the remaining Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be allocated to each “eligible” Participant in the same ratio that the “eligible” Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total
Compensation of all “eligible” Participants for the Plan Year. 
 Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsections
5.10(b)(2)(A) and (B) above, if in any Plan Year an “eligible” Participant benefits under another qualified plan or simplified employee pension, as defined in Code Section 408(k), that provides for or imputes permitted disparity,
the Nonelective Employer Contributions for the Plan Year allocated to such “eligible” Participant shall be in the ratio that his Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation paid to all “eligible” Participants.

 For purposes of this Subsection 5.10(b)(2), the following definitions shall apply: 

(C) “Cumulative permitted disparity limit” means 35 multiplied by the sum of an “eligible” Participant’s
annual permitted disparity fractions, as defined in Sections 1.401(l)-5(b)(3) through (b)(7) of the Treasury Regulations, attributable to the “eligible” Participant’s total years of service
under the Plan and any other qualified plan or simplified employee pension, as defined in Code Section 408(k), maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer. For each Plan Year commencing prior to January 1, 1989, the annual permitted
disparity fraction shall be deemed to be one, unless the Participant never accrued a benefit under any qualified plan or simplified employee pension maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer during any such Plan Year. In determining the
annual permitted disparity fraction for any Plan Year, the Employer may elect to assume that the full disparity limit has been used for such Plan Year. 

(D) “Excess Compensation” means Compensation in excess of the “integration level” specified by the Employer in
Subsection 1.12(b)(2) of the Adoption Agreement. 
  

	5.11.	Vested Interest in Contributions. 

 (a) Participant’s vested interest in the
following sub-accounts shall be 100 percent: 
 (1) his Deferral Contributions Account; 

(2) his Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions Account; 

(3) his Qualified Matching Employer Contributions Account; 

(4) his 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions Account (unless QACA has been selected on the 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective
Employer Contributions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement); 
 (5) his 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions Account (unless
QACA has been selected on the 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement); 
 (6) his Rollover
Contributions Account; 
 (7) his Employee Contributions Account; and 

(8) his deductible Employee Contributions Account. 

(b) Contributions attributable to a QACA must vest at least as rapidly as 100% once the Participant is credited with two Years of Service. 

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Vesting Schedule Addendum to the Adoption Agreement or as may be required
under Section 15.05, a Participant’s vested interest in his Nonelective Employer Contributions Account attributable to Nonelective Employer Contributions other than those described in Subsection 5.11(a)(4)

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 17 

 
above, shall be determined in accordance with the vesting schedule elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.16(c)(1) of the Adoption Agreement. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the
Vesting Schedule Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, a Participant’s vested interest in his Matching Employer Contributions Account attributable to Matching Employer Contributions other than those described in Subsection 5.11(a)(5) above, shall
be determined in accordance with the vesting schedule elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.16(c)(2) of the Adoption Agreement. 
 5.12. Time
for Making Contributions. The Employer shall pay its contribution for each Plan Year not later than the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s Federal income tax return for the fiscal (or taxable) year with or within
which such Plan Year ends (including extensions thereof). 
 If the Employer has elected the payroll period as the Contribution Period in
Subsection 1.11(d) of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall remit any 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions made during a Plan Year quarter to the Trustee no later than the last day of the immediately following Plan Year quarter.

 The Employer should remit Employee Contributions and Deferral Contributions to the Trustee as of the earliest date on which such
contributions can reasonably be segregated from the Employer’s general assets, but not later than the 15th business day of the calendar month following the month in which such amount otherwise would have been paid to the Participant, or within
such other time frame as may be determined by applicable regulation or legislation. 
 The Trustee shall have no authority to inquire into
the correctness of the amounts contributed and remitted to the Trustee or to determine whether any contribution is payable under this Article 5. The Administrator shall be the named fiduciary responsible for ensuring the Employer remits
contributions and loan repayments to the Trust and shall have the duty and responsibility for the collection of such contributions and repayments when not timely made by the Employer, provided that the Administrator may appoint another named
fiduciary to handle such responsibility and notify the Trustee of such appointment in writing. The Trustee shall be authorized to provide information and records regarding contributions it has received to the Administrator or other named fiduciary,
and may accept contributions and/or carry out related allocation instructions from, such named fiduciary upon its request, as may be further described in the Service Agreement. As a directed trustee pursuant to ERISA Section 403(a)(1) for all
purposes, the Trustee shall only pursue any claim that the Plan might have with respect to delinquent loan repayments or Plan contributions as specifically directed to do so by the Administrator or other named fiduciary. 

5.13. Return of Employer Contributions. The Trustee shall, upon request by the Employer, return to the Employer the amount (if
any) determined under Section 20.23. Such amount shall be reduced by amounts attributable thereto which have been credited to the Accounts of Participants who have since received distributions from the Trust, except to the extent such amounts
continue to be credited to such Participants’ Accounts at the time the amount is returned to the Employer. Such amount shall also be reduced by the losses of the Trust attributable thereto, if and to the extent such losses exceed the gains and
income attributable thereto, but shall not be increased by the gains and income of the Trust attributable thereto, if and to the extent such gains and income exceed the losses attributable thereto. To the extent such gains exceed losses, the gains
shall be forfeited and applied as provided in Section 11.09. In no event shall the return of a contribution hereunder cause the balance of the individual Account of any Participant to be reduced to less than the balance which would have been
credited to the Account had the mistaken amount not been contributed. 
 5.14. Frozen Plan. If the Employer has elected
Subsection 1.01(g)(5) of the Adoption Agreement, then in accordance therewith and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan is a frozen plan. If the Employer amends the Plan to remove the freeze, contributions shall
resume in accordance with the provisions of the amended Plan. 
  

	Article 6.	Limitations on Contributions. 

 6.1. Special Definitions. For purposes
of this Article, the following definitions shall apply: 
 (a) “Annual additions” mean the sum of the following amounts
allocated to an Active Participant for a Limitation Year: 
 (1) all employer contributions allocated to an Active Participant’s account
under qualified defined contribution plans maintained by the “415 employer”, including amounts applied to reduce employer contributions as provided under Section 11.09, but excluding amounts treated as
Catch-Up Contributions; 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 18 

 (2) all employee contributions allocated to an Active Participant’s account under a
qualified defined contribution plan or a qualified defined benefit plan maintained by the “415 employer” if separate accounts are maintained with respect to such Active Participant under the defined benefit plan; 

(3) all forfeitures allocated to an Active Participant’s account under a qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the “415
employer”; 
 (4) all amounts allocated to an “individual medical benefit account” which is part of a pension or annuity plan
maintained by the “415 employer”; 
 (5) all amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in
taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee, as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3), under a “welfare benefit fund” maintained by
the “415 employer”; and 
 (6) all allocations to an Active Participant under a “simplified employee pension”. 

(b) “Contribution percentage” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (1) the “contribution percentage
amounts” allocated to an “eligible participant’s” Accounts for the Plan Year to (2) the “eligible participant’s” “testing compensation” for the Plan Year. 

(c) “Contribution percentage amounts” mean those amounts included in applying the “ACP” test. 

(1) “Contribution percentage amounts” include the following: 

(A) any Employee Contributions made by an “eligible participant” to the Plan; 

(B) any Matching Employer Contributions on eligible contributions as elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.11(c) of the Adoption Agreement,
made for the Plan Year, but excluding (A) Qualified Matching Employer Contributions that are taken into account in satisfying the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 and (B) Matching Employer Contributions that are
forfeited either to correct “excess aggregate contributions” or because the contributions to which they relate are “excess deferrals”, “excess contributions”, “excess aggregate contributions”, or Catch-Up Contributions (in the event the Plan does not provide for Matching Employer Contributions with respect to Catch-Up Contributions); 

(C) Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions allocated as of a date within the “testing year” and designated at the time of
contribution as applying for the “ACP” test; 
 (D) 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions may be included to the
extent such contributions are not required to satisfy the safe harbor contribution requirements under Section 1.401(k)-3(b) of the Treasury Regulations, excluding 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer
Contributions that are taken into account in satisfying the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03; and 
 (E) Deferral
Contributions, when necessary to pass the “ACP” test, provided that the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 is satisfied or treated as satisfied (except as in accordance with Section 6.09) both including Deferral
Contributions included as “contribution percentage amounts” and excluding such Deferral Contributions. 
 (2) Notwithstanding the
foregoing, for any Plan Year in which the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 is deemed satisfied pursuant to Section 6.09 with respect to some or all Deferral Contributions, “contribution percentage amounts”: 

(A) shall not include any Deferral Contributions with respect to which the “ADP” test is deemed satisfied; and 

(B) may have the following Matching Employer Contributions excluded: 

(i) if the requirements described in Section 6.10 for deemed satisfaction of the “ACP” test with respect to some or all
Matching Employer Contributions are met, those Matching Employer Contributions with respect to which the “ACP” test is deemed satisfied; or 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 19 

 (ii) if the “ADP” test is deemed satisfied using 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer
Contributions, but the requirements described in Section 6.10 for deemed satisfaction of the “ACP” test with respect to Matching Employer Contributions are not met, any Matching Employer Contributions made on behalf of an
“eligible participant” for the Plan Year that do not exceed four percent of the “eligible participant’s” Compensation for the Plan Year. 

(3) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Subsection, if an Employer elects to change from the current year testing method described in
Subsection 1.06(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement to the prior year testing method described in Subsection 1.06(a)(2) of the Adoption Agreement, the following shall not be considered “contribution percentage amounts” for purposes of
determining the “contribution percentages” of Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior year immediately preceding the Plan Year in which the change is effective: 

(A) Qualified Matching Employer Contributions that were taken into account in satisfying the “ADP” test described in
Section 6.03 for such prior year; 
 (B) Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions that were taken into account in satisfying the
“ADP” test described in Section 6.03 or the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 for such prior year; and 

(C) 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions that were taken into account in satisfying the “ADP” test described in
Section 6.03 or the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 for such prior year or that were required to satisfy the safe harbor contribution requirements under Section 1.401(k)-3(b) of
the Treasury Regulations for such prior year.; 
 To be included in determining an “eligible participant’s”
“contribution percentage” for a Plan Year, Employee Contributions must be made to the Plan before the end of such Plan Year and other “contribution percentage amounts” must be allocated to the “eligible
participant’s” Account as of a date within such Plan Year and made before the last day of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the “contribution percentage
amounts” relate. If an Employer has elected the prior year testing method described in Subsection 1.06(a)(2) of the Adoption Agreement, “contribution percentage amounts” that are taken into account for purposes of determining the
“contribution percentages” of Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior year relate to such prior year. Therefore, such “contribution percentage amounts” must be made before the last
day of the Plan Year being tested. 
 (d) “Deferral ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (1) the
amount of “includable contributions” made on behalf of an Active Participant for the Plan Year to (2) the Active Participant’s “testing compensation” for such Plan Year. An Active Participant who does not receive
“includable contributions” for a Plan Year shall have a “deferral ratio” of zero. 
 (e) “Designated Roth
contributions” mean any Roth 401(k) Contributions made to the Plan and any “elective deferrals” made to another plan that would be excludable from a Participant’s income, but for the Participant’s election to designate
such contributions as Roth contributions and include them in income. 
 (f) “Determination year” means (1) for purposes
of determining income or loss with respect to “excess deferrals”, the calendar year in which the “excess deferrals” were made and (2) for purposes of determining income or loss with respect to “excess
contributions”, and “excess aggregate contributions”, the Plan Year in which such “excess contributions” or “excess aggregate contributions” were made. 

(g) “Elective deferrals” mean all employer contributions, other than Deferral Contributions, made on behalf of a Participant
pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code Section 401(k), any simplified employee pension cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code Section 402(h)(1)(B), any eligible
deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457, any plan as described under Code Section 501(c)(18), and any employer contributions made on behalf of a Participant pursuant to a salary reduction agreement for the purchase of an annuity
contract under Code Section 403(b). “Elective deferrals” include “designated Roth contributions” made to another plan. “Elective deferrals” do not include any deferrals properly distributed as excess “annual
additions” or any deferrals treated as catch-up contributions in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 414(v). 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 20 

 (h) “Eligible participant” means any Active Participant who is eligible to make
Employee Contributions, or Deferral Contributions (if the Employer takes such contributions into account in calculating “contribution percentages”), or to receive a Matching Employer Contribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term
“eligible participant” shall not include any Active Participant who is included in a unit of Employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and
one or more employers. 
 (i) “Excess aggregate contributions” with respect to any Plan Year mean the excess of 

(1) The aggregate “contribution percentage amounts” actually taken into account in computing the average “contribution
percentages” of “eligible participants” who are Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over 
 (2) The maximum
amount of “contribution percentage amounts” permitted to be made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees under Section 6.06 (determined by reducing “contribution percentage amounts” made for the Plan Year on behalf of
“eligible participants” who are Highly Compensated Employees in order of their “contribution percentages” beginning with the highest of such “contribution percentages”). 

“Excess aggregate contributions” shall be determined after first determining “excess deferrals” and then
determining “excess contributions”. 
 (j) “Excess contributions” with respect to any Plan Year mean the excess of

 (1) The aggregate amount of “includable contributions” actually taken into account in computing the average “deferral
percentage” of Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over 
 (2) The maximum amount of
“includable contributions” permitted to be made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees under Section 6.03 (determined by reducing “includable contributions” made for the Plan Year on behalf of Active Participants who are
Highly Compensated Employees in order of their “deferral ratios”, beginning with the highest of such “deferral ratios”). 

(k) “Excess deferrals” mean those Deferral Contributions and/or “elective deferrals” that are includable in a
Participant’s gross income under Code Section 402(g) to the extent such Participant’s Deferral Contributions and/or “elective deferrals” for a calendar year exceed the dollar limitation under such Code Section for such
calendar year. 
 (l) “Excess 415 amount” means the excess of an Active Participant’s “annual additions” for
the Limitation Year over the “maximum permissible amount”. 
 (m) “415 compensation” means Compensation (as
defined in Section 2.01(k)), subject to the following: 
 (1) “415 compensation” does not exclude any amounts
elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.05(a) of the Adoption Agreement except moving expenses paid or reimbursed by the Employer if it is reasonable to believe they are deductible by the Employee. 

(2) “415 compensation” shall be based on compensation for all services to the “415 employer.” 

(3) “415 compensation” shall be based on the amount actually paid or made available to the Participant (or, if earlier, includible in
the gross income of the Participant) during the Limitation Year. 
 (4) An Eligible Employee’s severance from employment, as defined in
Section 2.01(k), shall be applied using the modification to the employer aggregation rules prescribed in Code Section 415(h). 

(5) “415 compensation” may include amounts earned, but not paid during the Limitation Year solely because of the timing of pay
periods and pay dates, provided 
 (A) such amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next Limitation Year; 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 21 

 (B) such amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly
situated Participants; and 
 (C) no such amounts are included in more than one Limitation Year. 

(6) If the initial Plan Year of a new plan consists of fewer than 12 months, calculated from the Effective Date listed in Subsection 1.01(g)(1)
of the Adoption Agreement through the end of such initial Plan Year and if the Employer has designated in Subsection 1.01(f) of the Adoption Agreement that the Limitation Year is based on the Plan Year, for purposes of determining Compensation for
such initial Plan Year, the Limitation Year shall be the 12-month period ending on the last day of the Plan Year. 

In addition, “415 compensation” shall not reflect compensation for a year greater than the limit under Code
Section 401(a)(17) that applies to that year. 
 (n) “415 employer” means the Employer and any other employers which
constitute a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b) as modified by Code Section 415(h)) or which constitute trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in Code
Section 414(c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)) or which constitute an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations issued
under Code Section 414(o). 
 (o) “Includable contributions” mean those amounts included in applying the
“ADP” test. 
 (1) “Includable contributions” include the following: 

(A) any Deferral Contributions made on behalf of an Active Participant, including “excess deferrals” of Highly Compensated Employees
and “designated Roth contributions”, except as specifically provided in Subsection 6.01(o)(2); 
 (B) Qualified Nonelective
Employer Contributions allocated as of a date within the “testing year” and designated at the time of contribution as applying for the “ADP” test; and 

(C) Qualified Matching Employer Contributions on Deferral Contributions or Employee Contributions made for the Plan Year allocated as of a
date within the “testing year” and so designated at the time of contribution; provided, however, that the maximum amount of Qualified Matching Employer Contributions included in “includable contributions” with respect to an
Active Participant shall not exceed the greater of 5% of the Active Participant’s “testing compensation” or 100% of his Deferral Contributions for the Plan Year. 

(2) “Includable contributions” shall not include the following: 

(A) Catch-Up Contributions, except to the extent that a Participant’s Deferral Contributions are
classified as Catch-Up Contributions as provided in Section 6.04 solely because of a failure of the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03; 

(B) “excess deferrals” of Non-Highly Compensated Employees that arise solely from Deferral
Contributions made under the Plan or plans maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer; 
 (C) Deferral Contributions that are taken
into account in satisfying the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06; 
 (D) additional elective contributions made pursuant
to Code Section 414(u) that are treated as Deferral Contributions; 
 (E) for any Plan Year in which the “ADP” test described
in Section 6.03 is deemed satisfied pursuant to Section 6.09 with respect to some or all Deferral Contributions, the following: 

(i) any Deferral Contributions with respect to which the “ADP” test is deemed satisfied; and 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 22 

 (ii) Qualified Matching Employer Contributions, except to the extent that the “ADP”
test described in Section 6.03 must be satisfied with respect to some Deferral Contributions and such Qualified Matching Employer Contributions are used in applying the “ADP” test. 

(3) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection, if an Employer elects to change from the current year testing method described in
Subsection 1.06(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement to the prior year testing method described in Subsection 1.06(a)(2) of the Adoption Agreement, the following shall not be considered “includable contributions” for purposes of determining the
“deferral ratios” of Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior year immediately preceding the Plan Year in which the change is effective: 

(A) Deferral Contributions that were taken into account in satisfying the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 for such prior
year pursuant to Subsection 6.01(c)(1)(E) above; 
 (B) Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions that were taken into account in
satisfying the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 or the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 for such prior year; 

(C) 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions that were taken into account in satisfying the “ADP” test described in
Section 6.03 or the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 for such prior year or that were required to satisfy the safe harbor contribution requirements under Section 1.401(k)-3(b) of
the Treasury Regulations for such prior year; 
 (D) 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions that were taken into account in
satisfying the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 for such prior year or that were required to satisfy the safe harbor contribution requirements under Section 1.401(k)-3(c) of the
Treasury Regulations for such prior year; and 
 (E) Qualified Matching Employer Contributions that were taken into account in satisfying
the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 or the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 for such prior year. 

To be included in determining an Active Participant’s “deferral ratio” for a Plan Year, “includable
contributions” must be allocated to the Participant’s Account as of a date within such Plan Year and made before the last day of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the
“includable contributions” relate. If an Employer has elected the prior year testing method described in Subsection 1.06(a)(2) of the Adoption Agreement, “includable contributions” that are taken into account for purposes of
determining the “deferral ratios” of Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior year relate to such prior year. Therefore, such “includable contributions” must be made before the last
day of the Plan Year being tested. 
 (p) “Individual medical benefit account” means an individual medical benefit account
as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2). 
 (q) “Maximum permissible amount” means for a Limitation Year with respect to
any Active Participant the lesser of (1) the maximum dollar amount permitted for the Limitation Year under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) adjusted as provided in Code Section 415(d) (e.g., $51,000 for the Limitation Year ending in 2013) or
(2) 100 percent of the Active Participant’s “415 compensation” for the Limitation Year. If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different
12-consecutive-month period, the dollar limitation specified in clause (1) above shall be adjusted by multiplying it by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of months in the short Limitation
Year and the denominator of which is 12. 
 The limitation specified in clause (2) above shall not apply to any
contribution for medical benefits within the meaning of Code Section 401(h) or 419A(f)(2) after separation from service which is otherwise treated as an “annual addition” under Code Section 419A(d)(2) or 415(l)(1). 

(r) “Simplified employee pension” means a simplified employee pension as defined in Code Section 408(k). 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 23 

 (s) “Testing compensation” means compensation as defined in Code
Section 414(s). “Testing compensation” shall be based on the amount actually paid to a Participant during the “testing year” or, at the option of the Employer, during that portion of the “testing year” during which
the Participant is an Active Participant; provided, however, that if the Employer elected different Eligibility Service requirements for purposes of eligibility to make Deferral Contributions and to receive Matching Employer Contributions, then
“testing compensation” must be based on the amount paid to a Participant during the full “testing year”. 

The annual “testing compensation” of each Active Participant taken into account in applying the “ADP” test
described in Section 6.03 and the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 for any “testing year” shall not exceed the annual compensation limit under Code Section 401(a)(17) as in effect on the first day of the
“testing year” (e.g., $255,000 for the “testing year” beginning in 2013). This limit shall be adjusted by the Secretary to reflect increases in the cost of living, as provided in Code Section 401(a)(17)(B); provided,
however, that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year is effective for “testing years” beginning in such calendar year. If a Plan determines “testing compensation” over a period that contains fewer
than 12 calendar months (a “short determination period”), then the Compensation limit for such “short determination period” is equal to the Compensation limit for the calendar year in which the “short determination
period” begins multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the “short determination period” by 12; provided, however, that such proration shall not apply if there is a “short determination
period” because an election was made, in accordance with any rules and regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate, to apply the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 and/or the “ACP” test
described in Section 6.06 based only on “testing compensation” paid during the portion of the “testing year” during which an individual was an Active Participant. 

(t) “Testing year” means: 

(1) if the Employer has elected the current year testing method in Subsection 1.06(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement, the Plan Year being tested.

 (2) if the Employer has elected the prior year testing method in Subsection 1.06(a)(2) of the Adoption Agreement, the Plan Year
immediately preceding the Plan Year being tested. 
 (u) “Welfare benefit fund” means a welfare benefit fund as defined in
Code Section 419(e). 
 To the extent that types of contributions defined in Section 2.01 are referred to in this Article 6, the
defined term includes similar contributions made under other plans where the context so requires. 
 6.2. Code
Section 402(g) Limit on Deferral Contributions. In no event shall the amount of Deferral Contributions, other than Catch-Up Contributions, made under the Plan
for a calendar year, when aggregated with the “elective deferrals” made under any other plan maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer, exceed the dollar limitation contained in Code Section 402(g) in effect at the beginning of
such calendar year. 
 A Participant may assign to the Plan any “excess deferrals” made during a calendar year by notifying the
Administrator on or before March 15 following the calendar year in which the “excess deferrals” were made of the amount of the “excess deferrals” to be assigned to the Plan. A Participant is deemed to notify the
Administrator of any “excess deferrals” that arise by taking into account only those Deferral Contributions made to the Plan and those “elective deferrals” made to any other plan maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, “excess deferrals”, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, as determined under Section 6.08, shall be distributed no later than April 15 to any Participant to whose
Account “excess deferrals” were so assigned for the preceding calendar year and who claims “excess deferrals” for such calendar year. In the event that “excess deferrals” are allocated to a Participant’s Deferral
Contributions Accounts, such “excess deferrals” will be distributed first from the Participant’s Deferral Contributions for the Plan Year other than his Roth 401(k) Contributions then from his Roth 401(k) Contributions. 

“Excess deferrals” to be distributed to a Participant for a calendar year shall be reduced by any “excess contributions”
for the Plan Year beginning within such calendar year that were previously distributed or re-characterized in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.04. 

Any Matching Employer Contributions attributable to “excess deferrals”, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, as
determined under Section 6.08, shall be forfeited and applied as provided in Section 11.09. 
 “Excess deferrals” shall
be treated as “annual additions” under the Plan, unless such amounts are distributed no later than the first April 15 following the close of the calendar year in which the “excess deferrals” were made. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 24 

 6.3. Additional Limit on Deferral Contributions (“ADP” Test). Except to the
extent the Employer has elected in Subsection 1.11(a)(3) or Subsection 1.12(a)(3) of the Adoption Agreement to make 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions or 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions for a Plan Year and the
“ADP” test is deemed satisfied in accordance with Section 6.09, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Deferral Contributions, excluding additional elective contributions made pursuant to Code
Section 414(u) that are treated as Deferral Contributions and Catch-Up Contributions (except to the extent that a Participant’s Deferral Contributions are classified as
Catch-Up Contributions as provided in Section 6.04 solely because of a failure of the “ADP” test described herein), made with respect to the Plan Year on behalf of Active Participants who are
Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year may not result in an average “deferral ratio” for such Active Participants that exceeds the greater of: 

(a) the average “deferral ratio” for the “testing year” of Active Participants who are
Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the “testing year” multiplied by 1.25; or 
 (b) the
average “deferral ratio” for the “testing year” of Active Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the “testing year” multiplied by two, provided that the average
“deferral ratio” for Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year being tested does not exceed the average “deferral ratio” for Participants who are Non-Highly
Compensated Employees for the “testing year” by more than two percentage points. 
 For the first Plan Year in which the Plan
provides a cash or deferred arrangement, the average “deferral ratio” for Active Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees used in determining the limits applicable under Subsections
6.03(a) and (b) shall be either three percent or the actual average “deferral ratio” for such Active Participants for such first Plan Year, as elected by the Employer in Section 1.06(b) of the Adoption Agreement. 

The “deferral ratios” of Active Participants who are included in a unit of Employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of
Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement shall be disaggregated from the “deferral ratios” of other Active Participants and the provisions of this Section 6.03 shall be applied separately with respect to each group. 

The “deferral ratio” for any Active Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year being tested and who is
eligible to have “includable contributions” allocated to his accounts under two or more cash or deferred arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer, shall be determined as
if such “includable contributions” were made under the Plan. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements that have different plan years, all “includable contributions” made during
the Plan Year under all such arrangements shall be treated as having been made under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans, and contributions made thereto, shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under regulations
under Code Section 401(k). 
 If this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) only if
aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code Sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section 6.03 shall be applied by determining the “deferral ratios” of
Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they have the same plan year and use the same method to satisfy the “ADP” test. 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Plan permits Employees to make Deferral Contributions prior to the time the Employees
have completed the minimum age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A) and the Employer elects, pursuant to Code Section 410(b)(4)(B), to disaggregate the Plan into two component plans for purposes of complying with Code
Section 410(b)(1), one benefiting Employees who have completed such minimum age and service requirements and the other benefiting Employees who have not, the Plan must be disaggregated in the same manner for ADP testing purposes, unless the
Plan applies the alternative rule in Code Section 401(k)(3)(F). In determining the component plans for purposes of such disaggregation, the Employer may apply the maximum entry dates permitted under Code Section 410(a)(4). 

The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the “ADP” test and the amount of Qualified Nonelective
Employer Contributions and/or Qualified Matching Employer Contributions used in such test. 
 6.4. Allocation and Distribution of “Excess
Contributions”. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the “excess contributions” allocable to the Account of a Participant, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, as determined under
Section 6.08, shall be distributed to the Participant no later than the last day of the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year in which the “excess contributions” were made, unless the Employer elected Catch-Up Contributions in Subsection 1.07(a)(4) of the Adoption Agreement and such “excess contributions” are classified as Catch-Up Contributions. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 25 

 If “excess contributions” are to be distributed from the Plan and such “excess
contributions” are distributed more than 2 1/2 months (or 6 months if the Plan has been designated as an EACA within Subsection 1.07(a)(6) of the Adoption Agreement) after the last day of the Plan Year in which the “excess
contributions” were made, a ten percent excise tax shall be imposed on the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts. 

The “excess contributions” allocable to a Participant’s Account shall be determined by reducing the “includable
contributions” made for the Plan Year on behalf of Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees in order of the dollar amount of such “includable contributions”, beginning with the highest such dollar amount. “Excess
contributions” allocated to a Participant for a Plan Year shall be reduced by the amount of any “excess deferrals” previously distributed for the calendar year ending in such Plan Year. 

“Excess contributions” shall be treated as “annual additions”. 

For purposes of distribution, “excess contributions” shall be considered allocated among a Participant’s Deferral Contributions
Accounts and, if applicable, the Participant’s Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions Account and/or Qualified Matching Employer Contributions Account in the order prescribed and communicated to the Trustee, which order shall be uniform
with respect to all Participants and nondiscriminatory. In the event that “excess contributions” are allocated to a Participant’s Deferral Contributions Accounts, such “excess contributions” will be distributed first from
the Participant’s Deferral Contributions for the Plan Year other than his Roth 401(k) Contributions then from his Roth 401(k) Contributions. 

Any Matching Employer Contributions attributable to “excess contributions”, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, as
determined under Section 6.08, shall be forfeited and applied as provided in Section 11.09. 
 6.5. Reductions in Deferral
Contributions to Meet Code Requirements. If the Administrator anticipates that the Plan will not satisfy the “ADP” and/or “ACP” test for the year, the Administrator may reduce the rate of Deferral Contributions of
Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees to an amount determined by the Administrator to be necessary to satisfy the “ADP” and/or “ACP” test. 

6.6. Limit on Matching Employer Contributions and Employee Contributions (“ACP” Test). The provisions of this
Section 6.06 shall not apply to Active Participants who are included in a unit of Employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more
employers. The provisions of this Section shall not apply to Matching Employer Contributions made on account of amounts deferred pursuant to Code Section 457 under a separate eligible deferred compensation plan. 

Except to the extent the Employer has elected in Subsection 1.11(a)(3) or Subsection 1.12(a)(3) of the Adoption Agreement to make 401(k) Safe
Harbor Matching Employer Contributions or 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions for a Plan Year and the “ACP” test is deemed satisfied in accordance with Section 6.10, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to
the contrary, Matching Employer Contributions and Employee Contributions made with respect to a Plan Year by or on behalf of “eligible participants” who are Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year may not result in an average
“contribution percentage” for such “eligible participants” that exceeds the greater of: 
 (a) the average
“contribution percentage” for the “testing year” of “eligible participants” who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the “testing year” multiplied by 1.25; or 

(b) the average “contribution percentage” for the “testing year” of “eligible participants” who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the “testing year” multiplied by two, provided that the average “contribution percentage” for the Plan Year being tested of “eligible participants”
who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the average “contribution percentage” for the “testing year” of “eligible participants” who are Non- Highly Compensated
Employees for the “testing year” by more than two percentage points. 
 For the first Plan Year in which the Plan provides for
“contribution percentage amounts” to be made, the “ACP” for “eligible participants” who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees used in determining the limits applicable under
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.06 shall be either three percent or the actual “ACP” of such eligible participants for such first Plan Year, as elected by the Employer in Section 1.06(b) of the Adoption Agreement.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 26 

 The “contribution percentage” for any “eligible participant” who is a Highly
Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have “contribution percentage amounts” allocated to his accounts under two or more plans described in Code Section 401(a) that are maintained by the Employer or a Related
Employer, shall be determined as if such “contribution percentage amounts” were contributed to the Plan. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more such plans that have different plan years, all “contribution
percentage amounts” made during the Plan Year under such other plans shall be treated as having been contributed to the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under Treasury
Regulations issued under Code Section 401(m). 
 If this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(m), 401(a)(4) or
410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code Sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section 6.06 shall be applied by determining the
“contribution percentages” of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(m) only if they have the same plan year and use the same method to satisfy the
“ACP” test. 
 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Plan permits Employees to make Employee Contributions
and/or receive Matching Employer Contributions prior to the time the Employees have completed the minimum age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A) and the Employer elects, pursuant to Code Section 410(b)(4)(B), to
disaggregate the Plan into two component plans for purposes of complying with Code Section 410(b)(1), one benefiting Employees who have completed such minimum age and service requirements and the other benefiting Employees who have not, the
Plan must be disaggregated in the same manner for ACP testing purposes, unless the Plan applies the alternative rule in Code Section 401(m)(5)(C). In determining the component plans for purposes of such disaggregation, the Employer may apply
the maximum entry dates permitted under Code Section 410(a)(4). 
 The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate
satisfaction of the “ACP” test and the amount of Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions, and/or Qualified Matching Employer Contributions used in such test. 

6.7. Allocation, Distribution, and Forfeiture of “Excess Aggregate Contributions”. Notwithstanding any other provision
of the Plan, the “excess aggregate contributions” allocable to the Account of a Participant, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, as determined under Section 6.08, shall be forfeited, if forfeitable, or if not
forfeitable, distributed to the Participant no later than the last day of the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year in which the “excess aggregate contributions” were made. If such excess amounts are distributed more than 2 1/2
months (or 6 months if the Plan has been designated as an EACA within Subsection 1.07(a)(6) of the Adoption Agreement) after the last day of the Plan Year in which such “excess aggregate contributions” were made, a ten percent excise tax
shall be imposed on the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts. 
 The “excess aggregate contributions”
allocable to a Participant’s Account shall be determined by reducing the “contribution percentage amounts” made for the Plan Year on behalf of “eligible participants” who are Highly Compensated Employees in order of the
dollar amount of such “contribution percentage amounts”, beginning with the highest such dollar amount. 
 “Excess aggregate
contributions” shall be treated as “annual additions”. 
 “Excess aggregate contributions” shall be forfeited or
distributed from a Participant’s Employee Contributions Account, Matching Employer Contributions Account and, if applicable, the Participant’s Deferral Contributions Account and/or Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions Account in
the order prescribed and communicated to the Trustee, which order shall be uniform with respect to all Participants and nondiscriminatory. In the event that “excess aggregate contributions” are allocated to a Participant’s Deferral
Contributions Accounts, such “excess aggregated contributions” will be distributed first from the Participant’s Deferral Contributions for the Plan Year other than his Roth 401(k) Contributions then from his Roth 401(k) Contributions.

 Forfeitures of “excess aggregate contributions” shall be applied as provided in Section 11.09. 

6.8. Income or Loss on Distributable Contributions. The income or loss allocable to “excess deferrals”, “excess
contributions”, and “excess aggregate contributions” shall be determined under one of the following methods: 
 (a) the income
or loss attributable to such distributable contributions shall be the income or loss for the “determination year” allocable to the Participant’s Account to which such contributions were made multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
which is the amount of the distributable contributions and the denominator of which is the balance of the Participant’s Account to which such contributions were made, determined as of the end of the “determination year” without regard
to any income or loss occurring during the “determination year”; or 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 27 

 (b) the income or loss attributable to such distributable contributions shall be the income or
loss on such contributions for the “determination year”, determined under any other reasonable method. Any reasonable method used to determine income or loss hereunder shall be used consistently for all Participants in determining the
income or loss allocable to distributable contributions hereunder and shall be the same method that is used by the Plan in allocating income or loss to Participants’ Accounts. 

6.9. Deemed Satisfaction of “ADP” Test. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 6 to the contrary, if the
Employer has elected in Subsection 1.11(a)(3) or Subsection 1.12(a)(3) of the Adoption Agreement to make 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions or 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions, the portion of the Plan for which
the election applies shall be deemed to have satisfied the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 for a Plan Year provided all of the following requirements are met with regard to the Active Participants within such portion of the Plan:

 (a) The 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contribution or 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution must be allocated to an
Active Participant’s Account as of a date within such Plan Year and must be made before the last day of the 12-month period immediately following such Plan Year. 

(b) If the Employer has elected to make 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, such 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer
Contributions must be made with respect to Deferral Contributions made by the Active Participant for such Plan Year. 
 (c) The Employer
shall provide to each Active Participant during the Plan Year a comprehensive notice, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Active Participant, of the Active Participant’s rights and obligations under the Plan. If the
Employer either (i) is considering amending its Plan to satisfy the “ADP” test using 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions, as provided in Section 6.11, or (ii) has selected 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective
Employer Contributions under Subsection 1.12(a)(3) of the Adoption Agreement and selected Subsection (a)(2), but not Subsection (a)(2)(A) of the 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions Addendum, the notice shall include a statement
that the Plan may be amended to provide a 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution for the Plan Year. The notice shall be provided to each Active Participant within one of the following periods, whichever is applicable: 

(1) if the Employee is an Active Participant 90 days before the beginning of the Plan Year, within the period beginning 90 days and ending 30
days, or any other reasonable period, before the first day of the Plan Year; or 
 (2) if the Employee becomes an Active Participant after
the date described in paragraph (1) above, within the period beginning 90 days before and ending on the date he becomes an Active Participant. 

However, in the case of a notice for an automatic contribution arrangement pursuant to Code Section 401(k)(13), the notice
must be provided sufficiently early to allow an Eligible Employee to make an election to avoid the contribution pursuant to Section 5.03(c). Notwithstanding the preceding requirement, the Administrator cannot make a Participant’s default
contribution pursuant to Section 5.03(c) effective any later than the earlier of (i) the pay date for the second payroll period that begins after the date the notice is provided; or, (ii) the first pay date that occurs at least 30
days after the notice is provided. 
 If the notice provides that the Plan may be amended to provide a 401(k) Safe Harbor
Nonelective Employer Contribution for the Plan Year and the Plan is amended to provide such contribution, a supplemental notice shall be provided to all Active Participants stating that a 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution in the
specified amount shall be made for the Plan Year. Such supplemental notice shall be provided to Active Participants at least 30 days before the last day of the Plan Year. 

(d) If the Employer has elected to make 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, the ratio of Matching Employer Contributions made
on behalf of each Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year to each such Highly Compensated Employee’s eligible contributions for the Plan Year is not greater than the ratio of Matching Employer Contributions to eligible contributions that
would apply to any Non-Highly Compensated Employee for whom such eligible contributions are the same percentage of Compensation, adjusted as provided in Section 5.02, for the Plan Year. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 28 

 (e) Except as otherwise provided in Subsection 6.11(b) or with respect to a Plan Year described
in (2) below, the Plan is amended to provide for 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions or 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions before the first day of such Plan Year and, except as otherwise provided in Subsection
6.11(d) or with respect to a Plan Year described in (1) through (4) below, such provisions remain in effect for an entire 12-month Plan Year. The 12-month Plan Year
requirement shall not apply to: 
 (1) The first Plan Year of a newly established Plan (other than a successor plan) if such Plan Year is at
least 3 months long, provided that the 3-month requirement shall not apply in the case of a newly established employer that establishes a plan as soon as administratively feasible; 

(2) The Plan Year in which a cash or deferred arrangement is first added to an existing plan (other than a successor plan) if the cash or
deferred arrangement is effective no later than 3 months before the end of such Plan Year; 
 (3) Any short Plan Year resulting from a change
in Plan Year if (i) the Plan satisfied the safe harbor requirements for the immediately preceding Plan Year and (ii) the Plan satisfies the safe harbor requirements for the immediately following Plan Year (or the immediately following 12
months, if the following Plan Year has fewer than 12 months); 
 (4) The final Plan Year of a terminating Plan if any of the following
applies: (i) the Plan would satisfy the provisions of paragraph Subsection 6.11(d) below, other than the provisions of paragraph Subsection 6.11(d)(3), treating the termination as an election to reduce or suspend 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching
Employer Contributions or 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions; (ii) the termination is in connection with a transaction described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C); or (iii) the Employer incurs a substantial business
hardship comparable to a substantial business hardship described in Code Section 412(d). 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section, if the Employer has elected a more stringent eligibility requirement in Section 1.04 of the Adoption Agreement for 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions or 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions than for
Deferral Contributions, the Plan shall be disaggregated and treated as two separate plans pursuant to Code Section 410(b)(4)(B). The separate disaggregated plan that satisfies Code Section 401(k)(12) shall be deemed to have satisfied the
“ADP” test. The other disaggregated plan shall be subjected to the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03. If the Employer has elected in Subsection (b) of the 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions Addendum
to the Adoption Agreement or Section (b) of the 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement to exclude some Participants from receiving 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions or 401(k)
Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions, the Plan shall be deemed to have satisfied the “ADP” test only with respect to those employees who are eligible to receive such contributions. The remainder of the Plan shall be subjected to
the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03. 
 Except as otherwise provided in Subsection 6.11(d) regarding amendments
suspending or eliminating 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions, a plan that does not meet the requirements specified in (a) through (e) above with respect to a Plan Year may not
default to ADP testing in accordance with Section 6.03 above. 
 6.10. Deemed Satisfaction of “ACP” Test With Respect to
Matching Employer Contributions. The portion of the Plan that is deemed to satisfy the “ADP” test pursuant to Section 6.09 shall also be deemed to have satisfied the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06
with respect to Matching Employer Contributions, if Matching Employer Contributions to the Plan for the Plan Year meet all of the following requirements: 

(a) Matching Employer Contributions meet the requirements of Subsections 6.09(a) and (b) as if they were 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching
Employer Contributions; 
 (b) the percentage of eligible contributions matched does not increase as the percentage of Compensation
contributed increases; 
 (c) the ratio of Matching Employer Contributions made on behalf of each Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan
Year to each such Highly Compensated Employee’s eligible contributions for the Plan Year is not greater than the ratio of Matching Employer Contributions to eligible contributions that would apply to each
Non-Highly Compensated Employee for whom such eligible contributions are the same percentage of Compensation, adjusted as provided in Section 5.02, for the Plan Year; 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 29 

 (d) eligible contributions matched do not exceed six percent of a Participant’s
Compensation; and 
 (e) if the Employer elected in Subsection 1.11(a)(2) or 1.11(b) of the Adoption Agreement to provide discretionary
Matching Employer Contributions, the Employer also elected in Subsection 1.11(a)(2)(A) or 1.11(b)(1) of the Adoption Agreement, as applicable, to limit the dollar amount of such discretionary Matching Employer Contributions allocated to a
Participant for the Plan Year to no more than four percent of such Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. 
 The portion of the
Plan not deemed to have satisfied the “ACP” test pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 with respect to Matching Employer Contributions. 

If the Plan provides for Employee Contributions, the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 must be applied with respect to such
Employee Contributions. 
 6.11. Changing Testing Methods. In accordance with Treas. Regs.
1.401(k)-1(e)(7) and 1.401(m)-1(c)(2), it is impermissible for the Employer to use “ADP” and “ACP” testing for a Plan Year in which it is intended
for the plan through its written terms to be a Code Section 401(k) safe harbor plan and Code Section 401(m) safe harbor plan and the Employer fails to satisfy the requirements of such safe harbors for the Plan Year. Notwithstanding any
other provisions of the Plan, if the Employer elects to change between the “ADP” testing method and the safe harbor testing method, the following shall apply: 

(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section or Subsection 6.09, or applicable regulation, the Employer may not change from
the “ADP” testing method to the safe harbor testing method unless Plan provisions adopting the safe harbor testing method are adopted before the first day of the Plan Year in which they are to be effective and remain in effect for an
entire 12-month Plan Year. 
 (b) A Plan may be amended during a Plan Year to make 401(k) Safe Harbor
Nonelective Employer Contributions to satisfy the testing rules for such Plan Year if: 
 (1) The Employer provides both the initial and
subsequent notices described in Section 6.09 for such Plan Year within the time period prescribed in Section 6.09. 
 (2) The
Employer amends its Adoption Agreement no later than 30 days prior to the end of such Plan Year to provide for 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution in accordance with the provisions of the 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer
Contributions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. 
 (c) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section, a Plan may not be amended
during the Plan Year to discontinue 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective or Matching Employer Contributions and revert to the “ADP” testing method for such Plan Year. 

(d) A Plan may be amended to reduce or suspend 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Contributions on future contributions during a Plan Year or, for an
Employer which has incurred a substantial business hardship (comparable to a substantial business hardship described in Code Section 412(c)), 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions and revert to the “ADP” testing method
for such Plan Year if: 
 (1) All Active Participants are provided notice of the reduction or suspension describing (i) the consequences
of the amendment, (ii) the procedures for changing their salary reduction agreements, and 
 (i) the effective date of the reduction or
suspension. 
 (2) The reduction or suspension of such contributions is no earlier than the later of (i) 30 days after the date the notice
described in paragraph (1) is provided to Active Participants or (ii) the date the amendment is adopted. 
 (3) Active Participants
are given a reasonable opportunity before the reduction or suspension occurs, including a reasonable period after the notice described in paragraph (1) is provided to Active Participants, to change their salary reduction agreements elections.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 30 

 (4) The Plan satisfies the 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions provisions of the
Adoption Agreement in effect prior to the amendment with respect to Deferral Contributions made through the effective date of the amendment. 

(5) The Plan satisfies the 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions provisions of the Adoption Agreement in effect prior to the
amendment with respect to the safe harbor compensation (compensation meeting the requirements of Section 1.401(k)-3(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations) paid through the effective date of the amendment.

 If the Employer amends its Plan in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (d), the “ADP” test
described in Section 6.03 shall be applied as if it had been in effect for the entire Plan Year using the current year testing method in Subsection 1.06(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement. 

6.12. Code Section 415 Limitations. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the
following limitations shall apply: 
 (a) Employer Maintains Single Plan: If the “415 employer” does not maintain any other
qualified defined contribution plan or any “welfare benefit fund”, “individual medical benefit account”, or “simplified employee pension” in addition to the Plan, the provisions of this Subsection 6.12(a) shall apply.

 (1) If a Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in any other qualified defined contribution plan, “welfare
benefit fund”, “individual medical benefit account”, or “simplified employee pension” maintained by the “415 employer”, which provides an “annual addition”, the amount of “annual additions” to
the Participant’s Account for a Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of the “maximum permissible amount” or any other limitation contained in the Plan. If a contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the
Participant’s Account would cause the “annual additions” for the Limitation Year to exceed the “maximum permissible amount”, the amount contributed or allocated shall be reduced so that the “annual additions” for
the Limitation Year shall equal the “maximum permissible amount”. 
 (2) Prior to the determination of a Participant’s actual
“415 compensation” for a Limitation Year, the “maximum permissible amount” may be determined on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant’s “415 compensation” for such Limitation Year, uniformly
determined for all Participants similarly situated. Any Employer contributions to be made based on estimated annual “415 compensation” shall be reduced by any “excess 415 amounts” carried over from prior Limitation Years. 

(3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the “maximum permissible amount” for such
Limitation Year shall be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual “415 compensation” for such Limitation Year. 

(b) Employer Maintains Multiple Defined Contribution Type Plans: Unless the Employer specifies another method for limiting “annual
additions” in the 415 Correction Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, if the “415 employer” maintains any other qualified defined contribution plan or any “welfare benefit fund”, “individual medical benefit
account”, or “simplified employee pension” in addition to the Plan, the provisions of this Subsection 6.12(b) shall apply. 

(1) If a Participant is covered under any other qualified defined contribution plan or any “welfare benefit fund”, “individual
medical benefit account”, or “simplified employee pension” maintained by the “415 employer”, that provides an “annual addition”, the amount of “annual additions” to the Participant’s Account for a
Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of: 
 (A) the “maximum permissible amount”, reduced by the sum of any “annual
additions” to the Participant’s accounts for the same Limitation Year under such other qualified defined contribution plans and “welfare benefit funds”, “individual medical benefit accounts”, and “simplified
employee pensions”, or 
 (B) any other limitation contained in the Plan. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 31 

 If the “annual additions” with respect to a Participant under other
qualified defined contribution plans, “welfare benefit funds”, “individual medical benefit accounts”, and “simplified employee pensions” maintained by the “415 employer” are less than the “maximum
permissible amount” and a contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account under the Plan would cause the “annual additions” for the Limitation Year to exceed the “maximum
permissible amount”, the amount to be contributed or allocated shall be reduced so that the “annual additions” for the Limitation Year shall equal the “maximum permissible amount”. If the “annual additions” with
respect to the Participant under such other qualified defined contribution plans, “welfare benefit funds”, “individual medical benefit accounts”, and “simplified employee pensions” in the aggregate are equal to or
greater than the “maximum permissible amount”, no amount shall be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account under the Plan for the Limitation Year. 

(2) Prior to the determination of a Participant’s actual “415 compensation” for the Limitation Year, the amounts referred to in
Subsection 6.12(b)(1)(A) above may be determined on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant’s “415 compensation” for such Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated. Any Employer
contribution to be made based on estimated annual “415 compensation” shall be reduced by any “excess 415 amounts” carried over from prior Limitation Years. 

(3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the amounts referred to in Subsection 6.12(b)(1)(A) shall be
determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual “415 compensation” for such Limitation Year. 
 (c) Corrections: In
correcting an “excess 415 amount” in a Limitation Year, the Employer may use any appropriate correction under the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System, or any successor thereto. 

(d) Exclusion from Annual Additions: Restorative payments allocated to a Participant’s Account, which include payments made to
restore losses to the Plan resulting from actions (or a failure to act) by a fiduciary for which there is a reasonable risk of liability under Title I of ERISA or under other applicable federal or state law, where similarly situated Participants are
similarly treated do not give rise to an “annual addition” for any Limitation Year. 
  

	Article 7.	Participants’ Accounts. 

 7.1. Individual Accounts. The
Administrator shall establish and maintain an Account for each Participant that shall reflect Employer and Employee contributions made on behalf of the Participant and earnings, expenses, gains and losses attributable thereto, and investments made
with amounts in the Participant’s Account. The Administrator shall separately account for any Deferral Contributions made on behalf of a Participant and the earnings, expenses, gains and losses attributable thereto. The Administrator shall
establish and maintain such other accounts and records as it decides in its discretion to be reasonably required or appropriate in order to discharge its duties under the Plan. The Administrator shall notify the Trustee of all Accounts established
and maintained under the Plan. 
 If “designated Roth contributions”, as defined in Section 6.01, are held under the Plan
either as Rollover Contributions or because of an Active Participant’s election to make Roth 401(k) Contributions under the terms of the Plan, separate accounts shall be maintained with respect to such “designated Roth contributions.”
Contributions and withdrawals of “designated Roth contributions” will be credited and debited to the “designated Roth contributions” sub-account maintained for each Participant within the
Participant’s Account. The Plan will maintain a record of the amount of “designated Roth contributions” in each such sub-account. Gains, losses, and other credits or charges will be separately
allocated on a reasonable and consistent basis to each Participant’s “designated Roth contributions” sub-account and the Participant’s other
sub-accounts within the Participant’s Account under the Plan. No contributions other than “designated Roth contributions” and properly attributable earnings will be credited to each
Participant’s “designated Roth contributions” sub-account. 
 7.2. Valuation of
Accounts. Participant Accounts shall be valued at their fair market value at least annually as of a “determination date”, as defined in Subsection 15.01(a), in accordance with a method consistently followed and uniformly
applied, and on such date earnings, expenses, gains and losses on investments made with amounts in each Participant’s Account shall be allocated to such Account. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 32 

	Article 8.	Investment of Contributions. 

 8.1. Manner of Investment. All
contributions made to the Accounts of Participants shall be held for investment by the Trustee. The Accounts of Participants shall be invested and reinvested only in Permissible Investments designated in the Service Agreement. The Trustee shall have
no responsibility for the selection of Permissible Investments and shall not render investment advice to any person in connection with the selection of such options. 

8.2. Investment Decisions. Investments shall be directed by the Employer or by each Participant or both, in accordance with the
Employer’s election in Subsection 1.24 of the Adoption Agreement. Pursuant to Section 20.04, the Trustee shall have no discretion or authority with respect to the investment of the Trust Fund; however, the Trustee or an affiliate may
exercise investment management authority in accordance with Subsection (e) below. 
 (a) With respect to those Participant Accounts for
which Employer investment direction is elected, the Employer (in its capacity as a named fiduciary under ERISA) has the right to direct the Trustee in writing with respect to the investment and reinvestment of assets in the Permissible Investments
designated in the Service Agreement. 
 (b) With respect to those Participant Accounts for which Participant investment direction is elected,
each Participant shall direct the investment of his Account among the Permissible Investments designated in the Service Agreement. The Participant shall file initial investment instructions using procedures established by the Administrator,
selecting the Permissible Investments in which amounts credited to his Account shall be invested. If the Plan has in place a qualified default investment alternative as described in ERISA Section 404(c)(5) and the regulations issued thereunder,
the Trustee may be directed to change a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s investment election, with respect to amounts already held under the Trust and/or future contributions, to the qualified default investment alternative if the
Plan’s investment fiduciary notifies the Participant or Beneficiary, in accordance with the aforementioned regulations, that the investment change will occur absent an affirmative election and the Participant or Beneficiary fails to make such
election after receiving the notice. 
 (1) While any balance remains in the Account of a Participant after his death, the Beneficiary of the
Participant shall make decisions as to the investment of the Account as though the Beneficiary were the Participant. To the extent required by a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code Section 414(p), an alternate payee shall make
investment decisions with respect to any segregated account established in the name of the alternate payee as provided in Section 18.04. 

(2) If the Trustee receives any contribution under the Plan as to which investment instructions have not been provided, such amount shall be
invested in the Permissible Investment selected for such purposes in the Service Agreement. 
 To the extent that the
Employer elects to allow Participants to direct the investment of their Account in Section 1.24 of the Adoption Agreement, the Plan is intended to constitute a plan described in ERISA Section 404(c)(1) and regulations issued thereunder.
The fiduciaries of the Plan shall be relieved of liability for any losses that are the direct and necessary result of investment instructions given by the Participant, his Beneficiary, or an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations
order. 
 If one of the Permissible Investments for the Plan is employer securities (as defined in Section 407(d)(1) of
ERISA) of a publicly traded company or one treated as publicly traded pursuant to Section 401(a)(35)(F) of the Code, the Plan must have no fewer than three Permissible Investments, other than such employer securities, each of which must be
diversified and have materially different risk and return characteristics. To the extent contributions to the Plan have been required to be invested in such employer securities through Section 1.24(b) and subject to any restrictions described
therein, a Participant or Beneficiary must be permitted to direct the investment of the proceeds from an exchange out of employer securities into one of the Permissible Investments described in this paragraph. Except as provided in Reg. Section 1.401(a)(35)-1 and other applicable guidance, the Plan shall not impose restrictions or conditions with respect to the investment of employer securities that are not imposed on the other Permissible
Investments, except any restrictions or conditions imposed by reason of the application of securities laws. 
 (c) All dividends, interest,
gains and distributions of any nature received in respect of Fund Shares shall be reinvested in additional shares of that Permissible Investment, except as otherwise designated in the Service Agreement. 

(d) Expenses attributable to the acquisition of investments shall, in accordance with the Service Agreement, be charged to the Account of the
Participant for which such investment is made. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 33 

 (e) The Administrator, as named fiduciary for the Plan, may appoint one or more investment
managers (as defined under Section 3(38) of ERISA) who may have such duties, up to and including any authority to determine what shall be the Permissible Investments for the Plan at any given time, what restrictions will exist upon those and
how unallocated accounts under the Plan and contributions described in Section 8.02(b)(2) of the Plan shall be invested, as the Administrator in its sole discretion shall determine in its appointment and agreement with such investment
manager(s). Such agreement(s) may limit, to the extent permissible under ERISA, the Administrator’s authority and responsibility for the Plan’s Permissible Investments so delegated to the investment manager(s). The Administrator and the
Trustee shall describe in the Service Agreement the extent to which any such investment manager may direct the Trustee regarding the Permissible Investments for the Plan. The Administrator shall retain the authority to revoke any such appointment of
an investment manager and shall notify the Trustee of any such revocation in such form or manner as required under the Service Agreement. The Administrator may appoint an investment manager (which may be an affiliate of the Trustee) to determine the
allocation of amounts held in Participants’ Accounts among various investment options (the “Managed Account” option) for Participants who direct the Trustee to invest any portion of their accounts in the Managed Account option. The
investment options utilized under the Managed Account option may be those generally available under the Plan or may be as selected by the investment manager for use under the Managed Account option. Participation in the Managed Account option shall
be subject to such conditions and limitations (including account minimums) as may be imposed by the investment manager. An investment manager (which may be the Trustee or an affiliate) may also be appointed to manage any Permissible Investment
subject to management by such investment manager. 
 8.3. Participant Directions to Trustee. The method and frequency for change
of investments shall be determined under the rules applicable to the Permissible Investments, including any additional rules limiting the frequency of investment changes, which are designated in the Service Agreement (except where the asset(s) are
subject to Section 20.10 and agreements described therein). The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire into the investment decisions of a Participant or to advise him regarding the purchase, retention, or sale of assets credited to his Account.

  

	Article 9.	Participant Loans. 

 9.1. Special Definition. For purposes of this
Article, a “participant” is any Participant or Beneficiary, including an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), who is a party-in-interest (as determined under ERISA Section 3(14)) with respect to the Plan. 
 9.2.
Participant Loans. If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.18 of the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator shall allow “participants” to apply for a loan from their Accounts under the Plan, subject to the
provisions of this Article 9. 
 9.3. Separate Loan Procedures. All Plan loans shall be made and administered in accordance with
separate loan procedures that are hereby incorporated into the Plan by reference. The separate loan procedures shall describe the portions of a Participant’s Account from which loans may be taken. 

9.4. Availability of Loans. Loans shall be made available to all “participants” on a reasonably equivalent basis. Loans
shall not be made available to “participants” who are Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to other “participants”. 

9.5. Limitation on Loan Amount. No loan to any “participant” shall be made to the extent that such loan when added to
the outstanding balance of all other loans to the “participant” would exceed the lesser of (a) $50,000 reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest outstanding balance of plan loans during the
one-year period ending on the day before the loan is made over the outstanding balance of plan loans on the date the loan is made, or (b) one-half the present value
of the “participant’s” vested interest in his Account. For purposes of the above limitation, plan loans include all loans from all plans maintained by the Employer and any Related Employer. 

9.6. Interest Rate. Subject to the requirements of the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, all loans shall bear a reasonable rate of
interest as determined by the Administrator based on the prevailing interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans which would be made under similar circumstances. The determination of a reasonable rate of interest must
be based on appropriate regional factors unless the Plan is administered on a national basis in which case the Administrator may establish a uniform reasonable rate of interest applicable to all regions. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 34 

 9.7. Level Amortization. All loans shall by their terms require that repayment
(principal and interest) be amortized in level payments, not less frequently than quarterly, over a period not extending beyond five years from the date of the loan unless such loan is for the purchase of a “participant’s” primary
residence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amortization requirement may be waived while a “participant” is on a leave of absence from employment with the Employer and any Related Employer either without pay or at a rate of pay which,
after withholding for employment and income taxes, is less than the amount of the installment payments required under the terms of the loan, provided that the period of such waiver shall not exceed one year, unless the “participant” is
absent because of military leave during which the “participant” performs services with the uniformed services (as defined in chapter 43 of title 38 of the United States Code), regardless of whether such military leave is a qualified
military leave in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 414(u). Installment payments must resume after such leave of absence ends or, if earlier, after the first year of such leave of absence, in an amount that is not less than the
amount of the installment payments required under the terms of the original loan. Unless a “participant” is absent because of military leave, as discussed below, no waiver of the amortization requirements shall extend the period of the
loan beyond five years from the date of the loan, unless the loan is for purchase of the “participant’s” primary residence. If a “participant” is absent because of military leave during which the “participant”
performs services with the uniformed services (as defined in chapter 43 of title 38 of the United States Code), regardless of whether such military leave is a qualified military leave in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 414(u),
waiver of the amortization requirements may extend the period of the loan to the maximum period permitted for such loan under the separate loan procedures extended by the period of such military leave. 

9.8. Security. Loans must be secured by the “participant’s” vested interest in his Account not to exceed
50 percent of such vested interest. If the provisions of Section 14.04 apply to a Participant, a Participant must obtain the consent of his or her Spouse, if any, to use his vested interest in his Account as security for the loan. Spousal
consent shall be obtained no earlier than the beginning of the 180-day period that ends on the date on which the loan is to be so secured. The consent must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the
loan, and must be witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. Such consent shall thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting Spouse or any subsequent Spouse with respect to that loan. Any revision of such a loan permitted by
Q & A 24(c) of Section 1.401(a)-20 of the Treasury Regulations and the Plan’s separate loan procedures shall be treated as a new loan made on the date of such revision for purposes of
spousal consent. 
 9.9. Loan Repayments. If a “participant’s” loan is being repaid through payroll withholding,
the Employer shall remit any such loan repayment to the Trustee as of the earliest date on which such amount can reasonably be segregated from the Employer’s general assets, but not later than the earlier of (a) the close of the period
specified in the separate loan procedures for preventing a default or (b) the 15th business day of the calendar month following the month in which such amount otherwise would have been paid to the “participant”. 

9.10. Default. The Administrator shall treat a loan in default if: 

(a) any scheduled repayment remains unpaid at the end of the cure period specified in the separate loan procedures (unless payment is not made
due to a waiver of the amortization schedule for a “participant” who is on a leave of absence, as described in Section 9.07), or 

(b) there is an outstanding principal balance existing on a loan after the last scheduled repayment date. 

Upon default, the entire outstanding principal and accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable. If a distributable event (as defined
by the Code) has occurred, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to foreclose on the promissory note and offset the “participant’s” vested interest in his Account by the outstanding balance of the loan. If a distributable event
has not occurred, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to foreclose on the promissory note and offset the “participant’s” vested interest in his Account as soon as a distributable event occurs. The Trustee shall have no
obligation to foreclose on the promissory note and offset the outstanding balance of the loan except as directed by the Administrator. 
 9.11.
Effect of Termination Where Participant has Outstanding Loan Balance. If a Participant has an outstanding loan balance at the time his employment terminates, the entire outstanding principal and accrued interest shall be due and
payable by the end of the cure period specified in the separate loan procedures. Any outstanding loan amounts that are immediately due and payable hereunder shall be treated in accordance with the provisions of Sections 9.10 and 9.12 as if the
Participant had defaulted on the outstanding loan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant with an outstanding loan balance terminates employment with the Employer and all Related Employers under circumstances that do not constitute a
separation from service, as described in Subsection 12.01(b), such Participant may elect, within 60 days of such termination, to roll over the outstanding loan to an eligible retirement plan, as defined in Section 13.04, that accepts such
rollovers. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 35 

 9.12. Deemed Distributions Under Code Section 72(p).
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.10, if a “participant’s” loan is in default, the “participant” shall be treated as having received a taxable “deemed distribution” for purposes of Code
Section 72(p), whether or not a distributable event has occurred. The tax treatment of that portion of a defaulted loan that is secured by Roth 401(k) Contributions shall be determined in accordance with Code Section 402A and guidance
issued thereunder. 
 The amount of a loan that is a deemed distribution ceases to be an outstanding loan for purposes of Code
Section 72, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, and a Participant shall not be treated as having received a taxable distribution when the Participant’s Account is offset by the outstanding balance of the loan amount as
provided in Section 9.10. In addition, interest that accrues on a loan after it is deemed distributed shall not be treated as an additional loan to the Participant and shall not be included in the income of the Participant as a deemed
distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless a Participant repays a loan that has been deemed distributed, with interest thereon, the amount of such loan, with interest, shall be considered an outstanding loan under Code Section 72(p)
for purposes of determining the applicable limitation on subsequent loans under Section 9.05. 
 If a Participant makes payments on a
loan that has been deemed distributed, payments made on the loan after the date it was deemed distributed shall be treated as Employee Contributions to the Plan for purposes of increasing the Participant’s tax basis in his Account, but shall
not be treated as Employee Contributions for any other purpose under the Plan, including application of the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 and application of the Code Section 415 limitations described in Section 6.12.

 The provisions of this Section 9.12 regarding treatment of loans that are deemed distributed shall not apply to loans made prior to
January 1, 2002, except to the extent provided under the transition rules in Q & A 22(c)(2) of Section 1.72(p)-l of the Treasury Regulations. 

9.13. Determination of Vested Interest Upon Distribution Where Plan Loan is Outstanding. Notwithstanding any other provision of
the Plan, the portion of a “participant’s” vested interest in his Account that is held by the Plan as security for a loan outstanding to the “participant” in accordance with the provisions of this Article shall reduce the
amount of the Account payable at the time of death or distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If less than 100 percent of a “participant’s” vested interest in his Account (determined without
regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the “participant’s” surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary, then the Account shall be adjusted by first reducing the “participant’s” vested interest in his Account by the
amount of the security used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit payable to the surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary. 
  

	Article 10.	In-Service Withdrawals. 

 10.1. Availability
of In-Service Withdrawals. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 11.02 with respect to Participants who continue in employment past Normal Retirement Age, or as required under
Section 12.04 with respect to Participants who continue in employment past their Required Beginning Date, a Participant shall not be permitted to make a withdrawal from his Account under the Plan prior to retirement or termination of employment
with the Employer and all Related Employers, if any, except as provided in this Article. 
 (a) Active Military Distribution (HEART
Act): A Participant performing service in the uniformed services as described in Code Section 3401(h)(2)(A) shall be treated as having been severed from employment with the Employer for purposes of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I) and
shall, as long as that service in the uniformed services continues, have the option to request a distribution of all or any part of his or her Account restricted from distribution only due to Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I). Any distribution
taken by a Participant pursuant to the previous sentence shall be considered an eligible rollover distribution pursuant to Section 13.04(c) of the Plan and any Participant taking a distribution under this Subsection shall be suspended from
making Deferral Contributions and Employee Contributions under the Plan for a period of 6 months following the date of any such distribution. 

10.2. Withdrawal of Employee Contributions. A Participant may elect to withdraw up to 100 percent of the amount then credited
to his Employee Contributions Account. Such withdrawals may be made in accordance with the frequency constraints selected through Subsection 1.19(c) of the Adoption Agreement. 

10.3. Withdrawal of Rollover Contributions. A Participant may elect to withdraw up to 100 percent of the amount then credited
to his Rollover Contributions Account. Such withdrawals may be made at any time. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 36 

 10.4. Age 59 1/2 Withdrawals. If so provided by the Employer in Subsection 1.19(b) of
the Adoption Agreement or the In-Service Withdrawals Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, a Participant who continues in employment as an Employee and who has attained the age of 59 1/2 is permitted to withdraw
upon request all or any portion of his Accounts specified by the Employer in Subsection 1.19(b) of the Adoption Agreement or the In-Service Withdrawals Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, as applicable and as
may be limited therein. 
 10.5. Hardship Withdrawals. If so provided by the Employer in Subsection 1.19(a) of the Adoption
Agreement, a Participant who continues in employment as an Employee may apply for a hardship withdrawal. Unless provided otherwise in the Service Agreement, the Participant may apply by certifying to the Administrator all of the required criteria
specified in this Section. Such certification shall represent that the Participant has documentation substantiating the hardship. Such a hardship withdrawal may include all or any portion of the Accounts specified by the Employer in Subsection
1.19(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement and Section (c) of the In-Service Withdrawals Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, if applicable, excluding any earnings on the Deferral Contributions Account accrued
after the later of December 31, 1988 or the last day of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989. The minimum amount, if any, that a Participant may withdraw because of hardship is the dollar amount specified by the Employer in
Subsection 1.19(a) of the Adoption Agreement. 
 For purposes of this Section 10.05, a withdrawal is made on account of hardship if
made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant where such Participant lacks other available resources. The Administrator shall direct the Trustee with respect to hardship withdrawals and those withdrawals shall be based
on the following special rules: 
 (a) The following are the only financial needs considered immediate and heavy: 

(1) expenses incurred or necessary for medical care (that would be deductible under Code Section 213(d), determined without regard to
whether the expenses exceed any applicable income limit) of the Participant, the Participant’s Spouse, children, or dependents, or a primary beneficiary of the Participant; 

(2) costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; 

(3) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board for the next 12 months of post- secondary education for the Participant,
the Participant’s Spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, without regard to subsections (b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B) thereof) , or a primary beneficiary of the Participant; 

(4) payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage on, the Participant’s principal
residence; 
 (5) payments for funeral or burial expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, Spouse, child, or dependent (as defined
in Code Section 152, without regard to subsection (d)(1)(B) thereof) , or a primary beneficiary of the Participant; 
 (6) expenses for
the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds any applicable income limit); or 

(7) any other financial need determined to be immediate and heavy under rules and regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury or his
delegate; provided, however, that any such financial need shall constitute an immediate and heavy need under this paragraph (7) no sooner than administratively practicable following the date such rule or regulation is issued. 

For purposes of this Section, the term “primary beneficiary” means a Beneficiary under the Plan who has an unconditional right to all
or a portion of the Participant’s Account upon the death of the Participant. 
 (b) A distribution shall be considered as necessary to
satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant only if: 
 (1) The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than
the hardship withdrawal, and all nontaxable (at the time of the loan) loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Employer or any Related Employer; 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 37 

 (2) The Participant suspends Deferral Contributions and Employee Contributions to the Plan for
the 6- month period following receipt of his hardship withdrawal. The suspension must also apply to all elective contributions and employee contributions to all other qualified plans and non-qualified plans maintained by the Employer or any Related Employer, other than any mandatory employee contribution portion of a defined benefit plan, including stock option, stock purchase, and other similar
plans, but not including health and welfare benefit plans (other than the cash or deferred arrangement portion of a cafeteria plan); and 

(3) The withdrawal amount is not in excess of the amount of an immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any
Federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution). 
 10.6. Additional In-Service Withdrawal Rules. To the extent required under Code Section 411(d)(6), in-service withdrawals that were available under a prior plan shall be
available under the Plan and indicated using Subsection 1.19(g) of the Adoption Agreement. The Employer may also elect additional in-service withdrawal options using Section 1.19(g) of the Adoption
Agreement. 
 10.7. Restrictions on In-Service Withdrawals. The following restrictions
apply to any in-service withdrawal made from a Participant’s Account under this Article: 
 (a)
Except with regard to a rollover made pursuant to Subsection 1.09(b), if the provisions of Section 14.04 apply to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must obtain the consent of his Spouse, if any, to obtain an in-service withdrawal. 
 (b) In-service withdrawals under this
Article shall be made in a lump sum payment, except that if the provisions of Section 14.04 apply to a Participant’s Account, the Participant shall receive the in-service withdrawal in the form of a
“qualified joint and survivor annuity”, as defined in Subsection 14.01(a), unless the consent rules in Section 14.05 are satisfied, or the Participant may elect to receive the in-service
withdrawal in the form of a “qualified optional survivor annuity”, as defined in Subsection 14.01(b). 
 (c) Notwithstanding any
other provision of the Plan to the contrary other than the provisions of Section 11.02 or 12.04, a Participant shall not be permitted to make an in-service withdrawal from his Account of amounts
attributable to contributions made to a money purchase pension plan, except employee and/or rollover contributions that were held in a separate account(s) under such plan. 

10.8 Qualified Disaster Distributions. To the extent that the Employer has so provided by selecting Section 1.19(d) of the Adoption
Agreement and completing Section (d) of the In-Service Withdrawals Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, Qualified Individuals (as defined in subsection (b) below) may designate all or a portion of a
qualifying distribution as a Qualified Disaster Distribution (as defined in subsection (a) below). 
 (a) A “Qualified Disaster
Distribution” means any distribution made on or after the QDD Effective Date (as defined in subsection (c) below) and before the QDD Distribution Date (as defined in subsection (d) below) to a Qualified Individual, to the extent that
such distribution, when aggregated with all other Qualified Disaster Distributions to the Qualified Individual made under the Plan (and under any other plan maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer), does not exceed $100,000. A Qualified
Disaster Distribution must be made in accordance with and pursuant to the distribution provisions of the Plan, except that: 
 (1) A
Qualified Disaster Distribution of amounts attributable to Nonelective Employer Contributions, Deferral Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Employer contributions shall be deemed to be made after the occurrence of any distributable events
otherwise applicable under Code section 401(k)(2)(B)(i), such as termination of employment (and shall be deemed permissible under Section 12.01), and 

(2) The requirements of Code sections 401(a)(31), 402(f) and 3405 and Section 13.04 shall not apply. 

(b) A “Qualified Individual” means any individual described in Section (d) of the
In-Service Withdrawal Addendum to the Adoption Agreement whose principal place of abode is within a federally declared disaster area on the date so indicated pursuant to Code Section 1400M or other
federal law which treats such a person as if Code Section 1400M applied. 
 (c) The “QDD Effective Date” means the date
described in Section (d) of the In-Service Withdrawal Addendum to the Adoption Agreement upon which Code Section 1400M would be made applicable to the Qualified Individual in accordance with
(b) above. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 38 

 (d) The “QDD Distribution Date” means the date described in Section (d) of the In-Service Withdrawal Addendum to the Adoption Agreement upon which the Qualified Individual is no longer able to take the distribution pursuant to Code Section 1400M in accordance with (b) above due to
his or her principal place of abode at the time. 
 (e) If the Employer elected to provide for Rollover Contributions in Subsection 1.09(a)
of the Adoption Agreement, an Eligible Employee who received a Qualified Disaster Distribution, as defined herein, may repay to the Plan the Qualified Disaster Distribution, provided the Qualified Disaster Distribution is eligible for tax-free rollover treatment. Any such re-contribution will be treated as having been made in a direct rollover to the Plan, provided it is made during the three-year period
beginning on the day after the date on which the Qualified Disaster Distribution was received and does not exceed the amount of such distribution. 

10.9. Qualified Reservist Distributions. If so elected by the Employer in Section 1.19(e) of the Adoption Agreement, and
notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Participant ordered or called to active duty for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period by reason of being a member of a reserve component (as defined in section 101 of title 37,
United States Code), shall be eligible to elect to receive a Qualified Reservist Distribution. A “Qualified Reservist Distribution” means a distribution from the Participant’s Account of amounts attributable to Deferral Contributions,
provided such distribution is made during the period beginning on the date of the order or call to active duty and ending at the close of the active duty period. 

10.10. Age 62 Distribution of Money Purchase Benefits. If so elected by the Employer in Section 1.19(f) of the Adoption Agreement, a
Participant who has attained at least age 62 shall be eligible to elect to receive a distribution of vested benefit amounts accrued as a result of the Participant’s participation in a money purchase pension plan (due to a merger into this Plan
of money purchase pension plan assets), if any. 
  

	Article 11.	Right to Benefits. 

 11.1. Normal or Early Retirement. Each
Participant who continues in employment as an Employee until his Normal Retirement Age or, if so provided by the Employer in Subsection 1.14(b) of the Adoption Agreement, Early Retirement Age, shall have a vested interest in his Account of
100 percent regardless of any vesting schedule elected in Section 1.16 of the Adoption Agreement. If a Participant retires upon the attainment of Normal or Early Retirement Age, such retirement is referred to as a normal retirement. 

11.2. Late Retirement. If a Participant continues in employment as an Employee after his Normal Retirement Age, he shall continue
to have a 100 percent vested interest in his Account and shall continue to participate in the Plan until the date he establishes with the Employer for his late retirement. Until he retires, he has a continuing right to elect to receive
distribution of all or any portion of his Account in accordance with the provisions of Articles 12 and 13; provided, however, that a Participant may not receive any portion of his Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions,
Qualified Matching Employer Contributions, 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, or 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions Accounts prior to his attainment of age 59 1/2. 

11.3. Disability Retirement. If so provided by the Employer in Subsection 1.14(c) of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant who
becomes disabled while employed as an Employee shall have a 100 percent vested interest in his Account regardless of any vesting schedule elected in Section 1.16 of the Adoption Agreement. An Employee is considered disabled if he satisfies
any of the requirements for disability retirement selected by the Employer in Section 1.15 of the Adoption Agreement and terminates his employment with the Employer. Such termination of employment is referred to as a disability retirement. 

11.4. Death. A Participant who dies while employed as an Employee, or while performing qualified military service as defined in
Code Section 414(u)(5), shall have a 100 percent vested interest in his Account and his designated Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive the balance of his Account, plus any amounts thereafter credited to his Account. If a Participant
whose employment as an Employee has terminated dies, his designated Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive the Participant’s vested interest in his Account. 

A copy of the death notice or other sufficient documentation must be provided to the Administrator using procedures established by the
Administrator. If upon the death of the Participant there is, in the opinion of the Administrator, no designated Beneficiary for part or all of the Participant’s Account, such amount shall be paid to his surviving Spouse or, if none, to his
estate (such Spouse or estate shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary for purposes of the Plan). If a Beneficiary dies after benefits to such Beneficiary have commenced, but before they have been completed, and, in the opinion of the Administrator, no
person has been designated to receive such remaining benefits, then such benefits shall be paid in a lump sum to the deceased Beneficiary’s estate. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 39 

 Subject to the requirements of Section 14.04, a Participant may designate a Beneficiary, or
change any prior designation of Beneficiary by giving notice to the Administrator using procedures established by the Administrator. If more than one person is designated as the Beneficiary, their respective interests shall be as indicated on the
designation form. In the case of a married Participant, the Participant’s Spouse shall be deemed to be the designated Beneficiary unless the Participant’s Spouse has consented to another designation in the manner described in
Section 14.06. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant’s Account is subject to the requirements of Section 14.04 and the Employer has specified in Subsection 1.20(d)(2)(B)(ii) of the Adoption Agreement that less than
100 percent of the Participant’s Account that is subject to Section 14.04 shall be used to purchase the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity”, as defined in Section 14.01, the Participant may designate a
Beneficiary other than his Spouse for the portion of his Account that would not be used to purchase the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity,” regardless of whether the Spouse consents to such designation. 

11.5. Other Termination of Employment. If a Participant terminates his employment with the Employer and all Related Employers, if
any, for any reason other than death or normal, late, or disability retirement, he shall be entitled to a termination benefit equal to the sum of (a) his vested interest in the balance of his Matching Employer and/or Nonelective Employer
Contributions Account(s), such vested interest to be determined in accordance with Section 5.11 and the vesting schedule(s) selected by the Employer in Section 1.16 of the Adoption Agreement and/or the Vesting Addendum to the Adoption
Agreement, and (b) the balance of his Deferral, Employee, Qualified Nonelective Employer, Qualified Matching Employer, and Rollover Contributions sub-accounts. 

11.6. Application for Distribution. Except as provided in Subsection 1.21(a) of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant (or his
Beneficiary, if the Participant has died) who is entitled to a distribution hereunder must request such distribution, using procedures established by the Administrator, unless the Employer has elected in Subsection 1.20(e)(1) of the Adoption
Agreement to cash out de minimus Accounts and the Participant’s vested interest in his Account does not exceed the amount subject to automatic distribution pursuant to Section 13.02. 

11.7. Application of Vesting Schedule Following Partial Distribution. If a distribution from a Participant’s Matching
Employer and/or Nonelective Employer Contributions Account has been made to him at a time when his vested interest in such Account balance is less than 100 percent, the vesting schedule(s) in Section 1.16 of the Adoption Agreement shall
thereafter apply only to the balance of his Account attributable to Matching Employer and/or Nonelective Employer Contributions allocated after such distribution. The balance of the Account from which such distribution was made shall be transferred
to a separate account immediately following such distribution. 
 At any relevant time prior to a forfeiture of any portion thereof under
Section 11.08, a Participant’s vested interest in such separate account shall be equal to P(AB+(RxD))-(RxD), where P is the Participant’s vested interest expressed as a percentage at the relevant time determined under
Section 11.05; AB is the account balance of the separate account at the relevant time; D is the amount of the distribution; and R is the ratio of the account balance at the relevant time to the account balance after distribution. Following a
forfeiture of any portion of such separate account under Section 11.08 below, the Participant’s vested interest in any balance in such separate account shall remain 100 percent. 

11.8. Forfeitures. If a Participant terminates his employment with the Employer and all Related Employers before his vested
interest in his Matching Employer and/or Nonelective Employer Contributions Accounts is 100 percent, the non- vested portion of his Account (including any amounts credited after his termination of
employment) shall be forfeited by him as follows: 
 (a) If the Inactive Participant elects to receive distribution of his entire vested
interest in his Account, the non- vested portion of his Account shall be forfeited upon the complete distribution of such vested interest, subject to the possibility of reinstatement as provided in
Section 11.10. For purposes of this Subsection, if the value of an Employee’s vested interest in his Account balance is zero, the Employee shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest immediately following
termination of employment. 
 (b) If the Inactive Participant elects not to receive distribution of his vested interest in his Account
following his termination of employment, the non-vested portion of his Account shall be forfeited after the Participant has incurred five consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service. 

No forfeitures shall occur solely as a result of a Participant’s withdrawal of Employee Contributions. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 40 

 11.9. Application of Forfeitures. Any forfeitures occurring during a Plan Year shall
be applied to reduce the contributions of the Employer. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, forfeitures shall first be used to pay administrative expenses under the Plan, if so directed by the Employer. To the extent
that forfeitures are not used to reduce administrative expenses under the Plan, as directed by the Employer, forfeitures will be applied in accordance with this Section 11.09. 

Pending application, forfeitures shall be held in the Permissible Investment selected for such purpose pursuant to the Service Agreement. 

Except as permitted pursuant to EPCRS and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in no event may forfeitures be used
to reduce the Employer’s obligation to remit to the Trust (or other appropriate Plan funding vehicle) loan repayments made pursuant to Article 9, Deferral Contributions, Employee Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions,
Qualified Matching Employer Contributions, 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions or 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions. 

11.10. Reinstatement of Forfeitures. If a Participant forfeits any portion of his Account under Subsection 11.08(a) because of
distribution of his complete vested interest in his Account, but again becomes an Eligible Employee, then the amount so forfeited, without any adjustment for the earnings, expenses, losses, or gains of the assets credited to his Account since the
date forfeited, shall be recredited to his Account (or to a separate account as described in Section 11.07, if applicable) if he repays the entire amount of his distribution not attributable to Employee Contributions before the earlier of: 

(a) his incurring five-consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service following the date complete distribution of his vested interest was made to him;
or 
 (b) five years after his Reemployment Date. 

If an Employee is deemed to have received distribution of his complete vested interest as provided in Section 11.08, the Employee shall
be deemed to have repaid such distribution on his Reemployment Date. 
 Upon such an actual or deemed repayment, the provisions of the Plan
(including Section 11.07) shall thereafter apply as if no forfeiture had occurred. The amount to be recredited pursuant to this paragraph shall be derived first from the forfeitures, if any, which as of the date of recrediting have yet to be
applied as provided in Section 11.09 and, to the extent such forfeitures are insufficient, from a special contribution to be made by the Employer. 

11.11. Adjustment for Investment Experience. If any distribution under this Article 11 is not made in a single payment, the amount
retained by the Trustee after the distribution shall be subject to adjustment until distributed to reflect the income and gain or loss on the investments in which such amount is invested and any expenses properly charged under the Plan and Trust to
such amounts. 
  

	Article 12.	Distributions. 

 12.1. Restrictions on Distributions. 

(a) Severance from Employment Rule. A Participant, or his Beneficiary, may not receive a distribution from the Participant’s
Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions, Qualified Matching Employer Contributions, 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions or 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions Accounts earlier than upon
the Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer and all Related Employers, death, or disability, except as otherwise provided in Article 10, Section 11.02 or Section 12.04. If the Employer elected Subsection 1.21(c) of the
Adoption Agreement, distribution from the Participant’s Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions, Qualified Matching Employer Contributions, 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions or 401(k) Safe Harbor
Nonelective Employer Contributions Accounts may be further postponed in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 12.01(b) below. 
 (b)
Same Desk Rule. If the Employer elected in Subsection 1.21(b) of the Adoption Agreement to preserve the separation from service rules in effect for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002, a Participant, or his Beneficiary, may not
receive a distribution from the Participant’s Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions, Qualified Matching Employer Contributions, 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions or 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective
Employer Contributions Accounts earlier than upon the Participant’s separation from service with the Employer and all Related Employers, death, or disability, except as otherwise provided in Article 10, Section 11.02 or Section 12.04.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts may also be distributed from such Accounts, in the form of a lump sum only, upon: 

(1) The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of
Code Section 409(d)(2)) used in a trade or business of such corporation if such corporation continues to maintain the Plan with respect to the Participant after the disposition, but only with respect to former Employees who continue employment
with the corporation acquiring such assets. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 41 

 (2) The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated entity of such corporation’s interest
in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(3)) if such corporation continues to maintain the Plan with respect to the Participant, but only with respect to former Employees who continue employment with such subsidiary. 

In addition to the distribution events described in paragraph (a) or (b) above, as applicable, such amounts may also be distributed upon
the termination of the Plan provided that the Employer does not maintain another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7) or 409(a), a simplified employee pension plan as
defined in Code Section 408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code Section 408(p), a plan or contract described in Code Section 403(b) or a plan described in Code Section 457(b) or (f)) at any time during the period beginning
on the date of plan termination and ending 12 months after all assets have been distributed from the Plan. Subject to Section 14.04, such a distribution must be made in a lump sum. 

12.2. Timing of Distribution Following Retirement or Termination of Employment. The balance of a Participant’s vested interest in
his Account shall be distributable upon his termination of employment with the Employer and all Related Employers, if any, because of death, normal, early, or disability retirement (as permitted under the Plan), or other termination of employment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may elect to postpone distribution of his Account until the date in Subsection 1.21(a) of the Adoption Agreement, unless the Employer has elected in Subsection 1.20(e)(1) of the Adoption Agreement to cash
out de minimus Accounts and the Participant’s vested interest in his Account does not exceed the amount subject to automatic distribution pursuant to Section 13.02. A Participant who elects to postpone distribution has a continuing
election to receive such distribution prior to the date as of which distribution is required, unless such Participant is reemployed as an Employee. 

Consistent with the provisions of Section 11.06, if a Participant (or his Beneficiary, if the Participant has died) whose Account is not
subject to cash out in accordance with Section 13.02 does not request a distribution when his Account becomes distributable hereunder, he shall be deemed to have elected to postpone distribution of his Account until the earlier of the date he
requests distribution or the date in Subsection 1.21(a) of the Adoption Agreement. 
 12.3. Participant Consent to Distribution. As
required under Code Section 411(a)(11)(A) and consistent with Section 11.06, no distribution shall be made to the Participant before he reaches his Normal Retirement Age (or age 62, if later) without the Participant’s consent, unless
the Employer has elected in Subsection 1.20(e)(1) of the Adoption Agreement to cash out de minimus Accounts and the Participant’s vested interest in his Account does not exceed the amount subject to automatic distribution pursuant to
Section 13.02. Such consent shall be made within the 180-day period ending on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date. Once a Participant reaches his Normal Retirement Age (or age 62, if later),
distribution shall be made upon the Participant’s request, as provided in Section 12.02. 
 If a Participant’s vested
interest in his Account exceeds the maximum cash out limit permitted under Code Section 411(a)(11)(A) ($5,000 as of January 1, 2013), the consent of the Participant’s Spouse must also be obtained if the Participant’s Account is
subject to the provisions of Section 14.04 and distribution is made before the Participant reaches his Normal Retirement Age (or age 62, if later), unless the distribution shall be made in the form of a “qualified joint and survivor
annuity” or “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” as those terms are defined in Section 14.01. A Spouse’s consent to early distribution, if required, must satisfy the requirements of Section 14.06. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, neither the consent of the Participant nor the Participant’s Spouse
shall be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) or Code Section 415. In addition, upon termination of the Plan if it does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider)
and if the Employer or any Related Employer does not maintain another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)) the Participant’s Account shall, without the
Participant’s consent, be distributed to the Participant. However, if any Related Employer maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)) then the
Participant’s Account shall be transferred, without the Participant’s consent, to the other plan if the Participant does not consent to an immediate distribution. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 42 

 12.4. Required Commencement of Distribution to Participants. In no event shall distribution
to a Participant commence later than the date in Section 1.21(a) of the Adoption Agreement, which date shall not be later than the earlier of the dates described in (a) and (b) below: 

(a) unless the Participant (and his Spouse, if appropriate) elects otherwise, the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the
latest of (i) the date on which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age, or age 65, if earlier, (ii) the date on which the Participant’s employment with the Employer and all Related Employers ceases, or (iii) the 10th
anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; and 
 (b) the Participant’s Required Beginning
Date. 
 Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 12.04(a) above, the failure of a Participant (and the Participant’s Spouse, if
applicable) to consent to a distribution shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment as provided in Section 12.02 above. 

12.5. Required Commencement of Distribution to Beneficiaries. Subject to the requirements of Subsection 12.05(a) below, if a
Participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive distribution of the Participant’s vested interest in his Account in the form provided under Article 13 or 14, as applicable, beginning as soon
as reasonably practicable following the date the Beneficiary’s application for distribution is filed with the Administrator. If distribution is to be made to a Participant’s Spouse, it shall be made available within a reasonable period of
time after the Participant’s death that is no less favorable than the period of time applicable to other distributions. 
 (a) Death
of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire vested interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows: 

(1) If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated beneficiary,” then, except as otherwise
elected under Subsection 12.05(b), minimum distributions, as described in Section 13.03, will begin to the surviving Spouse by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by
December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70  1⁄2, if later. 

(2) If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole “designated beneficiary,” then, except as otherwise
elected under Subsection 12.05(b), minimum distributions, as described in Section 13.03, will begin to the “designated beneficiary” by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the
Participant died. 
 (3) If there is no “designated beneficiary” as of September 30 of the year following the year of the
Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire vested interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. 

(4) If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated beneficiary” and the surviving Spouse dies
after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving Spouse begin, this Subsection 12.05(a), other than Subsection 12.05(a)(1), will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant. 

For purposes of this Subsection 12.05(a), unless Subsection 12.05(a)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the
Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If Subsection 12.05(a)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under Subsection 12.05(a)(1). If distributions under an
annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant’s surviving Spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the
surviving Spouse under Subsection 12.05(a)(1)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence. 

(b) Election of 5-Year Rule. Participants or Beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis
whether the 5-year rule described in Subsection 12.05(a)(3) or the minimum distribution rule described in Section 13.03 applies to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a “designated
beneficiary.” The election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 43 

 
Subsection 12.05(a), or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s (or, if applicable, the surviving Spouse’s) death. If neither
the Participant nor the Beneficiary makes an election under this Subsection 12.05(b), distributions will be made in accordance with Subsection 12.05(a) and Section 13.03. 

Subject to the requirements of Subsection 12.05(a) above, if a Participant dies on or after his Annuity Starting Date, but before his entire
vested interest in his Account is distributed, his Beneficiary shall receive distribution of the remainder of the Participant’s vested interest in his Account beginning as soon as reasonably practicable following the Participant’s date of
death in a form that provides for distribution at least as rapidly as under the form in which the Participant was receiving distribution. 

For purposes of this Section 12.05, “designated beneficiary” is as defined in Subsection 13.03(c)(1). 

12.6. Whereabouts of Participants and Beneficiaries. The Administrator shall at all times be responsible for determining the
whereabouts of each Participant or Beneficiary who may be entitled to benefits under the Plan and shall direct the Trustee as to the maintenance of a current address of each such Participant or Beneficiary. The Trustee shall be under no duty to make
any distributions other than those for which it has received satisfactory direction from the Administrator. 
 Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if the Trustee attempts to make a distribution in accordance with the Administrator’s instructions but is unable to make such distribution because the whereabouts of the distributee is unknown, the Trustee shall notify the
Administrator of such situation and thereafter the Trustee shall be under no duty to make any further distributions to such distributee, except as otherwise provided in written instructions from the Administrator. 

If the Administrator is unable after diligent attempts to locate a Participant or Beneficiary who is entitled to a benefit under the Plan, the
benefit otherwise payable to such Participant or Beneficiary shall be forfeited and applied as provided in Section 11.09. If a benefit is forfeited because the Administrator determines that the Participant or Beneficiary cannot be found, such
benefit shall be reinstated by the Employer if a claim is filed by the Participant or Beneficiary with the Administrator and the Administrator confirms the claim to the Employer. 

 

	Article 13.	Form of Distribution. 

 13.1. Normal Form of Distribution Under Profit Sharing Plan.
Unless a Participant’s Account is subject to the requirements of Section 14.03 or 14.04, distributions to a Participant or to the Beneficiary of the Participant shall be made in a lump sum or, if elected by the Participant (or the
Participant’s Beneficiary, if applicable) and provided by the Employer in Section 1.20 of the Adoption Agreement, under a systematic withdrawal plan (installments). Subject to the requirements of Article 14, if applicable, a Participant or
Beneficiary may elect other forms of distribution which appear on the Forms of Payment Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. A Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary, if applicable) who is receiving distribution under a systematic
withdrawal plan may elect to accelerate installment payments, or any portion thereof, or to receive a lump sum distribution of the remainder of his Account balance. 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if distribution to a Participant commences on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date
as determined under Subsection 2.01(tt), the Participant may elect to receive distributions under a systematic withdrawal plan that provides the minimum distributions required under Code Section 401(a)(9), as described in Section 13.03.

 A Participant whose distribution includes an outstanding loan balance may roll over that outstanding loan
in-kind to a plan which agrees to accept such an outstanding loan in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.11. 

13.2. Cash Out Of Small Accounts. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Employer elected to cash
out small Accounts as provided in and pursuant to Subsection 1.20(e)(1) of the Adoption Agreement, the Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall be distributed following the Participant’s termination of employment because of
retirement, disability, or other termination of employment. For purposes of determining whether an amount being distributed pursuant to this Section 13.02 will be subject to a direct rollover by the Administrator, a Participant’s
“designated Roth contributions”, as defined in Subsection 6.01(e), will be considered separately from the amount within the Participant’s non-Roth Account. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 44 

 If the Employer elected to cash out small Accounts as provided in Subsection 1.20(e)(1) of the
Adoption Agreement and if distribution is to be made to a Participant’s Beneficiary following the death of the Participant and the Beneficiary’s vested interest in the Participant’s Account does not exceed the maximum cash out limit
permitted under Code Section 411(a)(11)(A), distribution shall be made to the Beneficiary in a lump sum following the Participant’s death. 

13.3. Minimum Distributions. Unless a Participant’s vested interest in his Account is distributed in the form of an annuity
purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date, as of the first “distribution calendar year” distributions will be made in accordance with this Section. If a
Participant’s Account is subject to the provisions of Section 14.04, in lieu of the minimum distribution required hereunder, the Administrator may distribute the Participant’s full vested interest in his Account in the form of an
annuity purchased from an insurance company. Any annuity purchased on behalf of a Participant will provide for distributions thereunder to be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations issued
thereunder and the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G). 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing
or any other provisions of this Section, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of
Subsection 13.03(d) below. 
 (a) Required Minimum Distributions During a Participant’s Lifetime. During a Participant’s
lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each “distribution calendar year” is the lesser of: 
 (1) the quotient
obtained by dividing the Participant’s “account balance” by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Q & A 2 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury
Regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the “distribution calendar year”; or 
 (2)
if the Participant’s sole “designated beneficiary” for the “distribution calendar year” is the Participant’s Spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s “account balance” by the number in
the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Q & A 3 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the Participant’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the
Participant’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the “distribution calendar year.” 
 Required minimum
distributions will be determined under this Subsection 13.03(a) beginning with the first “distribution calendar year” and up to and including the “distribution calendar year” that includes the Participant’s date of death. A
Participant who has retired may elect at any time to take any portion of his Account in excess of the amount required to be paid pursuant to this Subsection 13.03(a). 

(b) Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death. 

(1) If a Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a “designated beneficiary,” the minimum amount that
will be distributed for each “distribution calendar year” after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s “account balance” by the longer of the remaining “life
expectancy” of the Participant or the remaining “life expectancy” of the Participant’s “designated beneficiary,” determined as follows: 

(A) The Participant’s remaining “life expectancy” is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced
by one for each subsequent year. 
 (B) If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated
beneficiary,” the remaining life expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving Spouse’s age as of the Spouse’s birthday in that
year. For “distribution calendar years” after the year of the surviving Spouse’s death, the remaining “life expectancy” of the surviving Spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving Spouse as of the Spouse’s
birthday in the calendar year of the Spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year. 
 (C) If the Participant’s
surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole “designated beneficiary,” the “designated beneficiary’s” remaining “life expectancy” is calculated using the age of the “designated beneficiary” in the
year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 45 

 (2) If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no
“designated beneficiary” as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each “distribution calendar year” after the year of the
Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s “account balance” by the Participant’s remaining “life expectancy” calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death,
reduced by one for each subsequent year. 
 (3) Unless the Participant or Beneficiary elects otherwise in accordance with Subsection
12.05(b), if the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a “designated beneficiary,” the minimum amount that will be distributed for each “distribution calendar year” after the year of the
Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s “account balance” by the remaining “life expectancy” of the Participant’s “designated beneficiary,” determined as provided in
Subsection 13.03(b)(1). 
 (4) If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no “designated beneficiary”
as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s full vested interest in his Account will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth
anniversary of the Participant’s death. 
 (5) If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s
surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated beneficiary,” and the surviving Spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under Subsection 12.05(a)(1), Subsections 13.03(b)(3) and
(4) will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant. 
 For purposes of this Subsection 13.03(b), unless
Subsection 13.03(b)(5) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If Subsection 13.03(b)(5) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the
surviving Spouse under Subsection 12.05(a)(1). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant’s
surviving Spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under Subsection 12.05(a)(1)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence. 

(c) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 13.03, the following special definitions shall apply: 

(1) “Designated beneficiary” means the individual who is the Participant’s Beneficiary as defined under
Section 2.01(g) and is the designated beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Section 1.401(a)(9)-4 of the Treasury Regulations. 

(2) “Distribution calendar year” means a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions
beginning before the Participant’s death, the first “distribution calendar year” is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning
after the Participant’s death, the first “distribution calendar year” is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Subsection 12.05(a). The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first
“distribution calendar year” will be made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for other “distribution calendar years,” including the required minimum distribution for the
“distribution calendar year” in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that “distribution calendar year.” 

(3) “Life expectancy” means life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Q & A - 1 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations. 
 (4) A Participant’s “account
balance” means the balance of the Participant’s vested interest in his Account as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the “distribution calendar year” (valuation calendar year) increased by
the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation
date. The “account balance” for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the “distribution calendar year” if distributed or transferred in
the valuation calendar year. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 46 

 (d) Section 242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section and
subject to the requirements of Article 14, if applicable, distribution on behalf of a Participant, including a five-percent owner, may be made pursuant to an election under Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of
1982 and in accordance with all of the following requirements: 
 (1) The distribution is one which would not have disqualified the Trust
under Code Section 401(a)(9), if applicable, or any other provisions of Code Section 401(a), as in effect prior to the effective date of Section 242(a) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982. 

(2) The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution elected by the Participant whose vested interest in his Account is being
distributed or, if the Participant is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Participant. 
 (3) Such election was in writing, was signed by the
Participant or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984. 
 (4) The Participant had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of
December 31, 1983. 
 (5) The method of distribution elected by the Participant or the Beneficiary specifies the form of the
distribution, the time at which distribution will commence, the period over which distribution will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Participant’s death, the Beneficiaries of the Participant listed in order of priority.

 A distribution upon death shall not be made under this Subsection 13.03(d) unless the information in the election contains
the required information described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the death of the Participant. For any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Participant or
the Beneficiary to whom such distribution is being made will be presumed to have designated the method of distribution under which the distribution is being made, if this method of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution satisfies
the requirements in Subsections 13.03(d)(1) and (5). If an election is revoked, any subsequent distribution will be in accordance with the other provisions of the Plan. Any changes in the election will be considered to be a revocation of the
election. However, the mere substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not designated as a Beneficiary in the election), under the election will not be considered to be a revocation of the election, so long as such substitution or addition
does not alter the period over which distributions are to be made under the election directly, or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life). 

The Administrator shall direct the Trustee regarding distributions necessary to comply with the minimum distribution rules set forth in this
Section 13.03. 
 13.4. Direct Rollovers. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, a
“distributee” may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to have any portion or all of an “eligible rollover distribution” paid directly to an “eligible retirement plan” specified by the
“distributee” in a direct rollover; provided, however, that a “distributee” may not elect a direct rollover with respect to a portion of an “eligible rollover distribution” if such portion totals less than $500. In
applying the $500 minimum on rollovers of a portion of a distribution, any “eligible rollover distribution” from a Participant’s “designated Roth contributions”, as defined in Subsection 6.01(e), will be considered
separately from any “eligible rollover distribution” from the Participant’s non-Roth Account. 

The portion of any “eligible rollover distribution” consisting of Employee Contributions may only be rolled over to an individual
retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b) or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a), 403(a) or 403(b) that provides for separate accounting with respect to such accounts,
including separate accounting for the portion of such “eligible rollover distribution” that is includible in income (including the earnings on the portion that is not so includible) and the portion that is not includible in income. That
portion of any “eligible rollover distribution” consisting of Roth 401(k) Contributions, may only be rolled over to another designated Roth account established for the individual under an applicable retirement plan described in Code
Section 402A(e)(1) that provides for “designated Roth contributions”, as defined in Section 6.01, or to a Roth individual retirement account described in Code Section 408A, subject to the rules of Code Section 402(c).

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 47 

 For purposes of this Section 13.04, the following definitions shall apply: 

(a) “Distributee” means a Participant, the Participant’s surviving Spouse, and the Participant’s Spouse or former Spouse
who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, who is entitled to receive a distribution from the Participant’s vested interest in his Account. The term “distributee” shall also include a designated beneficiary
(as defined in Code section 401(a)(9)(E)) of a Participant who is not the surviving Spouse of the Participant who may only elect to roll over such a distribution to an individual retirement plan described in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph
(8)(B) of Code section 402(c) established for the purposes of receiving such distribution. 
 (b) “Eligible retirement plan” means
an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), a qualified defined contribution plan described in
Code Section 401(a), an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), an eligible deferred compensation plan described in Code Section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or
instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state, provided that such 457 plan provides for separate accounting with respect to such rolled over amounts, that accepts “eligible rollover distributions”, or a Roth individual
retirement account described in Code Section 408A However, for a “distributee” who is a designated beneficiary of the Participant (and not the Participant’s surviving Spouse), the definition of “eligible retirement
plan” shall be limited as described in (a) above. 
 (c) “Eligible rollover distribution” means any distribution of all
or any portion of the balance to the credit of the “distributee”, except that an “eligible rollover distribution” does not include the following: 

(1) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or
life expectancy) of the “distributee” or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the “distributee” and the “distributee’s” designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; 

(2) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); or 

(3) any hardship withdrawal made in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.05 or the In-
Service Withdrawals Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. 
 13.5. Notice Regarding Timing and Form of Distribution. Within the
period beginning 180 days before a Participant’s Annuity Starting Date and ending 30 days before such date, the Administrator shall provide such Participant with written notice containing a general description of the material features of each
form of distribution available under the Plan and an explanation of the financial effect of electing each form of distribution available under the Plan. The notice shall also inform the Participant of his right to defer receipt of the distribution
until the date in Subsection 1.21(a) of the Adoption Agreement, the consequences of failing to defer, and his right to make a direct rollover. 

Distribution may commence fewer than 30 days after such notice is given, provided that: 

(a) the Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the
notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option); 
 (b) the
Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution, with his Spouse’s written consent, if necessary; 
 (c) if
the Participant’s Account is subject to the requirements of Section 14.04, the following additional requirements apply: 
 (1) the
Participant is permitted to revoke his affirmative distribution election at any time prior to the later of (A) his Annuity Starting Date or (B) the expiration of the seven-day period beginning the
day after such notice is provided to him; and 
 (2) distribution does not begin to such Participant until such revocation period ends. 

13.6. Determination of Method of Distribution. Subject to Section 13.02, the Participant shall determine the method of
distribution of benefits to himself and may determine the method of distribution to his Beneficiary. If the Participant does not determine the method of distribution to his Beneficiary or if the Participant permits his Beneficiary to override his
determination, the Beneficiary, in the event of the Participant’s death, shall determine the method of distribution of benefits to himself as if he were the Participant. A determination by the Beneficiary must be made no later than the close of
the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under Section 12.05 or, if earlier, the close of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the death of the Participant occurs. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 48 

 13.7. Notice to Trustee. The Administrator shall notify the Trustee in any medium
acceptable to the Trustee, which may be specified in the Service Agreement, whenever any Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to receive benefits under the Plan. To facilitate distributions, the Administrator shall develop processes and procedures
to communicate to the Trustee the form of payment of benefits that such Participant or Beneficiary shall receive, the name of any designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, and any such other information as the Trustee shall require. 

 

	Article 14.	Superseding Annuity Distribution Provisions. 

 14.1. Special Definitions.
For purposes of this Article, the following special definitions shall apply: 
 (a) “Qualified joint and survivor annuity”
means (1) if the Participant is not married on his Annuity Starting Date, an immediate annuity payable for the life of the Participant or (2) if the Participant is married on his Annuity Starting Date, an immediate annuity for the life
of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant’s Spouse (to whom the Participant was married on the Annuity Starting Date) equal to 50 percent (or the percentage designated in the Forms of Payment Addendum to
the Adoption Agreement) of the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and such Spouse, provided that the survivor annuity shall not be payable to a Participant’s Spouse if such Spouse is not the same
Spouse to whom the Participant was married on his Annuity Starting Date. 
 (b) “Qualified optional survivor annuity” means
a joint and survivor annuity that the Participant, subject to the spousal consent rules described in Section 14.05, may elect and which (1) if the survivor annuity portion of the Plan’s qualified joint and survivor annuity (as defined
in (a) above) is less than 75%, then has a survivor annuity portion of 75% or (2) if the survivor annuity portion of the Plan’s qualified joint and survivor annuity (as defined in (a) above) is greater than or equal to 75%, then has a
survivor annuity portion of 50%. The “qualified optional survivor annuity” shall be designated in the Forms of Payment Addendum as a joint and survivor annuity. 

(c) “Qualified preretirement survivor annuity” means an annuity purchased with at least 50 percent of a
Participant’s vested interest in his Account that is payable for the life of a Participant’s surviving Spouse. The Employer shall specify that portion of a Participant’s vested interest in his Account that is to be used to purchase
the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” in the Forms of Payment Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. 
 14.2.
Applicability. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the provisions of this Article shall apply to a Participant’s Account only if: 

(a) the Plan includes assets transferred from a money purchase pension plan; 

(b) the Plan is an amendment and restatement of a plan that provided an annuity form of payment and such form of payment has not
been eliminated; 
 (c) the Plan is an amendment and restatement of a plan that provided an annuity form of payment and such form of
payment has been eliminated, but the Participant elected a life annuity form of payment before the effective date of the elimination; 

(d) the Participant’s Account contains assets attributable to amounts directly or indirectly transferred from a plan that provided an
annuity form of payment and such form of payment has not been eliminated; 
 (e) the Participant’s Account contains assets
attributable to amounts directly or indirectly transferred from a plan that provided an annuity form of payment and such form of payment has been eliminated, but the Participant elected a life annuity form of payment before the
effective date of the elimination. 
 14.3. Annuity Form of Payment. To the extent provided through Section 1.20 of the
Adoption Agreement, a Participant may elect distributions made in whole or in part in the form of an annuity contract. Any annuity contract distributed under the Plan shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 14.03 and, to the extent
provided therein, Sections 14.04 through 14.09. 
 (a) At the direction of the Administrator, the Trustee shall purchase the annuity contract
on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary from an insurance company. Such annuity contract shall be nontransferable. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 49 

 (b) The terms of the annuity contract shall comply with the requirements of the Plan and
distributions under such contract shall be made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder. 

(c) The annuity contract may provide for payment over the life of the Participant and, upon the death of the Participant, may provide a
survivor annuity continuing for the life of the Participant’s designated Beneficiary. Such an annuity may provide for an annuity certain feature for a period not exceeding the life expectancy of the Participant or, if the annuity is payable to
the Participant and a designated Beneficiary, the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and such Beneficiary. If the Participant dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, the annuity contract distributed to the Participant’s
Beneficiary may provide for payment over the life of the Beneficiary, and may provide for an annuity certain feature for a period not exceeding the life expectancy of the Beneficiary. The types of annuity contracts provided under the Plan shall be
limited to the types of annuities described in Section 1.20 of the Adoption Agreement and the Forms of Payment Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. 

(d) The annuity contract must provide for non-increasing payments. 

14.4. “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” and “Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity” Requirements. The
requirements of this Section 14.04 apply to a Participant’s Account if: 
 (a) the Plan includes assets transferred from a money
purchase pension plan; 
 (b) the Employer has selected in Subsection 1.20(d)(2) of the Adoption Agreement that distribution in the form of a
life annuity is the normal form of distribution with respect to such Participant’s Account; or 
 (c) the Employer has indicated on the
Forms of Payment Addendum to the Adoption Agreement that distribution in the form of a life annuity is an optional form of distribution with respect to such Participant’s Account and the Participant is permitted to elect and has elected
distribution in the form of an annuity contract payable over the life of the Participant. 
 If a Participant’s Account is subject to
the requirements of this Section 14.04, distribution shall be made to the Participant with respect to such Account in the form of a “qualified joint and survivor annuity” (with a survivor annuity in the percentage amount specified by
the Employer in the Forms of Payment Addendum to the Adoption Agreement) in the amount that can be purchased with such Account, unless the Participant waives the “qualified joint and survivor annuity” as provided in Section 14.05. If
the Participant dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, distribution shall be made to the Participant’s surviving Spouse, if any, in the form of a “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” in the amount that can be purchased with
such Account, unless the Participant waives the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” as provided in Section 14.05, or the Participant’s surviving Spouse elects in writing to receive distribution in one of the other forms of
payment provided under the Plan. A Participant’s Account that is subject to the requirements of this Section 14.04 shall be used to purchase the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” and the balance of the Participant’s
vested interest in his Account that is not used to purchase the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” shall be distributed to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of Sections 11.04 and 12.05.

 14.5. Waiver of the “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” and/or “Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity”
Rights. A Participant may waive the “qualified joint and survivor annuity” described in Section 14.04 and elect another form of distribution permitted under the Plan at any time during the
180-day period ending on his Annuity Starting Date; provided, however, that if the Participant is married, his Spouse must consent in writing to such election as provided in Section 14.06. A Participant
may waive or revoke a waiver of the “qualified joint and survivor annuity” described in Section 14.04 and elect another form of distribution permitted under the Plan at any time and any number of times during the 180-day period ending on his Annuity Starting Date; provided, however, that if the Participant is married and is electing a form of distribution other than the “qualified joint and survivor annuity” or the
“qualified optional survivor annuity”, his Spouse must consent in writing to such election as provided in Section 14.06. 
 A
Participant may waive the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” and designate a non-Spouse Beneficiary at any time during the “applicable election period”; provided, however, that the
Participant’s Spouse must consent in writing to such election as provided in Section 14.06. The “applicable election period” begins on the later of (1) the date the Participant’s Account becomes subject to the
requirements of Section 14.04 or (2) the first day of the Plan Year in which the 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 50 

 
Participant attains age 35 or, if he terminates employment prior to such date, the date he terminates employment with the Employer and all Related Employers. The “applicable election
period” ends on the earlier of the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date or the date of the Participant’s death. A Participant whose employment has not terminated may elect to waive the “qualified preretirement survivor
annuity” prior to the Plan Year in which he attains age 35, provided that any such waiver shall cease to be effective as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35. 

A Participant’s waiver of the “qualified joint and survivor annuity” or “qualified preretirement survivor annuity”
shall be valid only if the applicable notice described in Section 14.07 or 14.08 has been provided to the Participant. 
 14.6.
Spouse’s Consent to Waiver. A Spouse’s written consent must acknowledge the effect of the Participant’s election and must be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public. In addition, the Spouse’s
written consent must either (a) specify any non-Spouse Beneficiary designated by the Participant and that such designation may not be changed without written spousal consent or (b) acknowledge that the
Spouse has the right to limit consent as provided in clause (a) above, but permit the Participant to change the designated Beneficiary without the Spouse’s further consent. 

A Participant’s Spouse shall be deemed to have given written consent to a Participant’s waiver if the Participant establishes to the
satisfaction of a Plan representative that spousal consent cannot be obtained because the Spouse cannot be located or because of other circumstances set forth in Code Section 401(a)(11) and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder. 

Any written consent given or deemed to have been given by a Participant’s Spouse hereunder shall be irrevocable and shall be effective
only with respect to such Spouse and not with respect to any subsequent Spouse. 
 In addition, with regard to a Participant’s waiver
of the “qualified joint and survivor annuity” form of distribution, the Spouse’s written consent must either (a) specify the form of distribution elected instead of the “qualified joint and survivor annuity”, and that
such form may not be changed (except to a “qualified joint and survivor annuity”) without written spousal consent or (b) acknowledge that the Spouse has the right to limit consent as provided in clause (a) above, but permit the
Participant to change the form of distribution elected without the Spouse’s further consent. To the extent a Participant’s Account is subject to the requirements of Section 14.04, a Spouse’s consent to a Participant’s waiver
shall be valid only if the applicable notice described in Section 14.07 or 14.08 has been provided to the Participant. 
 14.7. Notice
Regarding “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity”. The notice provided to a Participant under Section 14.05 shall include a written explanation that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 417(a)(3) and
regulations issued thereunder. The notice will include a description of the following: (i) the terms and conditions of a qualified joint and survivor annuity and the qualified optional survivor annuity; (ii) the participant’s right to
make and the effect of any election to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity form of benefit; (iii) the rights of a participant’s spouse; and (iv) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to
waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity. 
 14.8. Notice Regarding “Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity”.
If a Participant’s Account is subject to the requirements of Section 14.04, the Participant shall be provided with a written explanation of the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” comparable to the written explanation
provided with respect to the “qualified joint and survivor annuity”, as described in Section 14.07. Such explanation shall be furnished within whichever of the following periods ends last: 

(a) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant reaches age 32 and ending with the end of the Plan Year
preceding the Plan Year in which he reaches age 35; 
 (b) a reasonable period ending after the Employee becomes an Active Participant; 

(c) a reasonable period ending after Section 14.04 first becomes applicable to the Participant’s Account; or 

(d) in the case of a Participant who separates from service before age 35, a reasonable period ending after such separation from service. 

For purposes of the preceding sentence, the two-year period beginning one year prior to the date of
the event described in Subsection 14.08(b), (c) or (d) above, whichever is applicable, and ending one year after such date shall be considered reasonable, provided, that in the case of a Participant who separates from service under Subsection
14.08(d) above and subsequently recommences employment with the Employer, the applicable period for such Participant shall be re- determined in accordance with this Section 14.08. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 51 

 14.9. Former Spouse. For purposes of this Article, a former Spouse of a Participant
shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse of the Participant, and a current Spouse shall not be so treated, to the extent required under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). 

 

	Article 15.	Top-Heavy Provisions. 

 15.1.
Definitions. For purposes of this Article, the following special definitions shall apply: 
 (a) ”Determination
date” means, for any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan, “determination date” means the last day of that Plan Year. 

(b) “Determination period” means the Plan Year containing the “determination date”. 

(c) ”Distribution period” means (i) for any distribution made to an employee on account of severance from employment,
death, disability, or termination of a plan which would have been part of the “required aggregation group” had it not been terminated, the one-year period ending on the “determination date”
and (ii) for any other distribution, the five-year period ending on the “determination date”. 
 (d) ”Key
employee” means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the “determination period” was (1) an officer of the Employer or a Related Employer having annual Compensation greater
than the dollar amount specified in Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)(I) adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002 (e.g., $165,000 for Plan Years beginning in 2013), (2) a five-percent owner of the
Employer or a Related Employer, or (3) a one-percent owner of the Employer or a Related Employer having annual Compensation of more than $150,000. The determination of who is a “key employee”
shall be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and any applicable guidance or regulations issued thereunder. 
 (e)
”Permissive aggregation group” means the “required aggregation group” plus any other qualified plans of the Employer or a Related Employer which, when considered as a group with the “required aggregation group”,
would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410. 
 (f) “Required aggregation group” means:

 (1) Each qualified plan of the Employer or Related Employer in which at least one “key employee” participates, or has
participated at any time during the “determination period” or, unless and until modified by future Treasury guidance, any of the four preceding Plan Years (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and 

(2) any other qualified plan of the Employer or Related Employer which enables a plan described in Subsection 15.01(f)(1) above to meet the
requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410. 
 (g) “Top-heavy plan” means a
plan in which any of the following conditions exists: 
 (1) the “top-heavy ratio” for the
plan exceeds 60 percent and the plan is not part of any “required aggregation group” or “permissive aggregation group”; 

(2) the plan is a part of a “required aggregation group” but not part of a “permissive aggregation group” and the “top-heavy ratio” for the “required aggregation group” exceeds 60 percent; or 

(3) the plan is a part of a “required aggregation group” and a “permissive aggregation group” and the “top-heavy ratio” for both groups exceeds 60 percent. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
plan is not a “top-heavy plan” for a Plan Year if it consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement that satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements under Code Section 401(k) by application
of Code Section 401(k)(12) or 401(k)(13) and, if matching contributions are provided under such plan, satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements under Code Section 401(m) by application of Code Section 401(m)(11) or 401(m)(12). 

(h) “Top-heavy ratio” means: 

(1) With respect to the Plan, or with respect to any “required aggregation group” or “permissive aggregation group” that
consists solely of defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension, as defined in Code Section 408(k)), a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 52 

 
balances of all “key employees” under the plans as of the “determination date” (including any part of any account balance distributed during the “distribution
period”), and the denominator of which is the sum of all account balances (including any part of any account balance distributed during the “distribution period”) of all participants under the plans as of the “determination
date”. Both the numerator and denominator of the “top-heavy ratio” shall be increased, to the extent required by Code Section 416, to reflect any contribution which is due but unpaid as of
the “determination date”. 
 (2) With respect to any “required aggregation group” or “permissive aggregation
group” that includes one or more defined benefit plans which, during the “determination period”, has covered or could cover an Active Participant in the Plan, a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances under
the defined contribution plans for all “key employees” and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plans for all “key employees”, and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the
defined contribution plans for all participants and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plans for all participants. Both the numerator and denominator of the “top-heavy
ratio” shall be increased for any distribution of an account balance or an accrued benefit made during the “distribution period” and any contribution due but unpaid as of the “determination date”. 

For purposes of Subsections 15.01(h)(1) and (2) above, the value of accounts shall be determined as of the most recent
“determination date” and the present value of accrued benefits shall be determined as of the date used for computing plan costs for minimum funding that falls within 12 months of the most recent “determination date”, except as
provided in Code Section 416 and the regulations issued thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan. When aggregating plans, the value of accounts and accrued benefits shall be calculated with reference to the
“determination dates” that fall within the same calendar year. 
 The accounts and accrued benefits of a
Participant who is not a “key employee” but who was a “key employee” in a prior year, or who has not performed services for the Employer or any Related Employer at any time during the
one-year period ending on the “determination date”, shall be disregarded. The calculation of the “top- heavy ratio”, and the extent to which
distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account, shall be made in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations issued thereunder. Deductible employee contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of computing
the “top-heavy ratio”. 
 For purposes of determining if the Plan, or any
other plan included in a “required aggregation group” of which the Plan is a part, is a “top-heavy plan”, the accrued benefit in a defined benefit plan of an Employee other than a “key
employee” shall be determined under the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all plans maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer, or, if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly
than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C). 
 Notwithstanding any other
provision herein to the contrary, Compensation for purposes of this Article 15 shall be based on the amount actually paid or made available to the Participant (or, if earlier, includible in the gross income of the Participant) during the Plan Year,
does not exclude any amounts elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.05(a) of the Adoption Agreement except moving expenses paid or reimbursed by the Employer if it is reasonable to believe they are deductible by the Employee, and
shall include amounts that otherwise would be excluded as “severance amounts” (as defined in Section 2.01(k)) if such amounts are paid to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer because of qualified
military service (as used in Code Section 414(u)(1)) to the extent those amounts do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified
military service. 
 15.2. Application. If the Plan is or becomes a “top-heavy
plan” in any Plan Year or is automatically deemed to be a “top- heavy plan” in accordance with the Employer’s selection in Subsection 1.22(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement, the provisions of
this Article shall apply and shall supersede any conflicting provision in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Article shall not apply if Subsection 1.22(a)(3) of the Adoption Agreement is selected. 

15.3. Minimum Contribution. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section 15.03, the Nonelective Employer
Contributions made for the Plan Year on behalf of any Active Participant who is not a “key employee”, when combined with the Matching Employer Contributions made on behalf of such Active Participant for the Plan Year, shall not be less
than the lesser of three percent (or five percent, if selected by the Employer in Subsection 1.22(b) of the Adoption 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 53 

 
Agreement) of such Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year or, in the case where neither the Employer nor any Related Employer maintains a defined benefit plan which uses the Plan to
satisfy Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410, the largest percentage of Employer contributions made on behalf of any “key employee” for the Plan Year, expressed as a percentage of the “key employee’s” Compensation for the Plan
Year. Catch-Up Contributions made on behalf of a “key employee” for the Plan Year shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of the minimum contribution required
hereunder. 
 If an Active Participant is entitled to receive a minimum contribution under another qualified plan maintained by the Employer
or a Related Employer that is a “top-heavy plan”, no minimum contribution shall be made hereunder unless the Employer has provided in Subsection 1.22(b)(1) of the Adoption Agreement that the minimum
contribution shall be made under this Plan in any event. If the Employer has provided in Subsection 1.22(b)(2) that an alternative means shall be used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements where an Active Participant is covered under
multiple plans that are “top- heavy plans”, no minimum contribution shall be required under this Section, except as provided under the 416 Contributions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. If a
minimum contribution is required to be made under the Plan for the Plan Year on behalf of an Active Participant who is not a “key employee” and who is a participant in a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer
that is aggregated with the Plan, the minimum contribution shall not be less than five percent of such Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. 

The minimum contribution required under this Section 15.03 shall be made to the Account of an Active Participant even though, under other
Plan provisions, the Active Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive a contribution, or would have received a lesser contribution for the Plan Year, because (a) the Active Participant failed to complete the Hours of Service
requirement selected by the Employer in Subsection 1.11(e) or 1.12(d) of the Adoption Agreement, or (b) the Participant’s Compensation was less than a stated amount; provided, however, that no minimum contribution shall be made for a Plan
Year to the Account of an Active Participant who is not employed by the Employer or a Related Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. 

That portion of a Participant’s Account that is attributable to minimum contributions required under this Section 15.03, to the
extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code Section 416(b), may not be forfeited under Code Section 411(a)(3)(B). 
 15.4.
Determination of Minimum Required Contribution. For purposes of determining the amount of any minimum contribution required to be made on behalf of a Participant who is not a “key employee” for a Plan Year, the
Matching Employer Contributions made on behalf of such Participant and the Nonelective Employer Contributions allocated to such Participant for the Plan Year shall be aggregated. If the aggregate amount of such contributions, when expressed as a
percentage of such Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year, is less than the minimum contribution required to be made to such Participant under Section 15.03, the Employer shall make an additional contribution on behalf of such
Participant in an amount that, when aggregated with the Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Matching Employer Contributions and Nonelective Employer Contributions previously allocated to such Participant, will equal the minimum contribution
required to be made to such Participant under Section 15.03. 
 15.5. Accelerated Vesting. If applicable, for any Plan Year
in which the Plan is or is deemed to be a “top-heavy plan” and all Plan Years thereafter, the top-heavy vesting schedule described within Subsection 1.22(c) of
the Adoption Agreement shall automatically apply in lieu of any less favorable schedule specified in the Vesting Schedule Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. The top-heavy vesting schedule applies to all
benefits within the meaning of Code Section 411(a)(7) except those already subject to a vesting schedule which vests at least as rapidly in all cases as the schedule described within Subsection 1.22(c) of the Adoption Agreement, including
benefits accrued before the Plan becomes a “top-heavy plan”. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 15.05, the top-heavy vesting
schedule does not apply to the Account of any Participant who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan initially becomes or is deemed to have become a “top- heavy plan” and such
Employee’s Account attributable to Employer Contributions shall be determined without regard to this Section 15.05. 
 15.6.
Exclusion of Collectively-Bargained Employees. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 15, Employees who are included in a unit covered by a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or
more employers may be included in determining whether or not the Plan is a “top-heavy plan”; provided, however, that if a “key employee” is covered by a collective bargaining agreement for
the “determination period,” all Employees covered by such agreement shall be included. No Employees in a unit covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall be entitled to a minimum contribution under Section 15.03 or accelerated
vesting under Section 15.05, unless otherwise provided in the collective bargaining agreement. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 54 

	Article 16.	Amendment and Termination. 

 16.1. Amendments by the Employer that do not Affect
Volume Submitter Status. The Employer reserves the authority through a board of directors’ resolution or similar action, subject to the provisions of Article 1 and Section 16.04, to amend the Plan as provided herein, and
such amendment shall not affect the status of the Plan as a volume submitter plan. 
 (a) The Employer may amend the Adoption Agreement to
make a change or changes in the provisions previously elected by it. Such amendment may be made either by (1) completing an amended Adoption Agreement, or (2) adopting an amendment in the form provided by the Volume Submitter Sponsor. Any
such amendment must be filed with the Trustee. 
 (b) The Employer may adopt certain model amendments published by the Internal Revenue
Service which specifically provide that their adoption shall not cause the Plan to be treated as an individually designed plan. 
 16.2.
Amendments by the Employer Adopting Provisions not Included in Volume Submitter Specimen Plan. The Employer reserves the authority, subject to the provisions of Section 16.04, to amend the Plan by adopting provisions that
are not included in the Volume Submitter Sponsor’s specimen plan. Any such amendment(s) shall be made through use of the Plan Superseding Provisions Addendum and/or the Trust Superseding Provisions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, as
appropriate. 
 16.3. Amendment by the Volume Submitter Sponsor. 

Effective as of the date the Volume Submitter Sponsor receives approval from the Internal Revenue Service of its Volume Submitter specimen plan, the Volume
Submitter Sponsor may in its discretion amend the volume submitter plan at any time, which amendment may also apply to the Plan maintained by the Employer. The Volume Submitter Sponsor shall satisfy any recordkeeping and notice requirements imposed
by the Internal Revenue Service in order to maintain its amendment authority. The Volume Submitter Sponsor shall provide a copy of any such amendment to each Employer adopting its volume submitter plan at the Employer’s last known address as
shown on the books maintained by the Volume Submitter Sponsor or its affiliates. 
 The Volume Submitter Sponsor will no longer have the
authority to amend the Plan on behalf of an adopting Employer as of the earlier of (a) the date of the adoption of an Employer amendment to the Plan to incorporate a provision that is not allowable in the Volume Submitter program, as described
in Section 16.03 of Rev. Proc. 2011-49 (or the successor thereto), or (b) the date the Internal Revenue Service gives notice that the Plan is being treated as an individually-designed plan due to the
nature and extent of amendments, pursuant to Section 24.03 of Rev. Proc. 2011-49 (or the successor thereto). 

16.4. Amendments Affecting Vested Interest and/or Accrued Benefits. Except as permitted by Section 16.05,
Section 1.20(d) of the Adoption Agreement, and/or Code Section 411(d)(6) and regulations issued thereunder, no amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a Participant’s Account or
eliminating an optional form of benefit with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment. Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of the Plan is amended, the nonforfeitable interest of a Participant in his Account, determined as of
the later of the date the amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, shall not be less than the Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in his Account determined without regard to such amendment. 

If the Plan’s vesting schedule is amended because of a change to “top-heavy plan”
status, as described in Subsection 15.01(g), the accelerated vesting provisions of Section 15.05 shall continue to apply for all Plan Years thereafter, regardless of whether the Plan is a “top-heavy
plan” for such Plan Year. 
 If the Plan’s vesting schedule is amended and an Active Participant’s vested interest, as
calculated by using the amended vesting schedule, is less in any year than the Active Participant’s vested interest calculated under the Plan’s vesting schedule immediately prior to the amendment, the amended vesting schedule shall apply
only to Employees first hired on or after the effective date of the change in vesting schedule. 
 16.5. Retroactive Amendments made by Volume
Submitter Sponsor. An amendment made by the Volume Submitter Sponsor in accordance with Section 16.03 may be made effective on a date prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which it is adopted if, in published guidance, the
Internal Revenue Service either permits or requires such an amendment to be made to enable the Plan and Trust to satisfy the applicable requirements of the Code and all requirements for the retroactive amendment are satisfied. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 55 

 16.6. Termination and Discontinuation of Contributions. The Employer has adopted the
Plan with the intention and expectation that assets shall continue to be held under the Plan on behalf of Participants and their Beneficiaries indefinitely and, unless the Plan is a frozen plan as provided in Subsection 1.01(g)(5) of the Adoption
Agreement, that contributions under the Plan shall be continued indefinitely. However, said Employer has no obligation or liability whatsoever to maintain the Plan for any length of time and may amend the Plan to discontinue contributions under the
Plan or terminate the Plan at any time without any liability hereunder for any such discontinuance or termination. 
 If the Plan is not
already a frozen plan, the Employer may amend the Plan to discontinue further contributions to the Plan by selecting Subsection 1.01(g)(5) of the Adoption Agreement. An Employer that has selected in Subsection 1.01(g)(5) of the Adoption Agreement
may change its selection and provide for contributions under the Plan to recommence with the intention that such contributions continue indefinitely, as provided in the preceding paragraph. 

The Employer may terminate the Plan by written notice delivered to the Trustee. Notwithstanding the effective date of the termination of the
Plan, loan payments being made pursuant to Section 9.07 shall continue to be remitted to the Trust until the loan has been defaulted or distributed pursuant to Sections 9.10 and 9.11 or Section 9.13, respectively. 

16.7. Distribution upon Termination of the Plan. Upon termination or partial termination of the Plan or complete discontinuance of
contributions thereunder, each Participant (including a terminated Participant with respect to amounts not previously forfeited by him) who is affected by such termination or partial termination or discontinuance shall have a vested interest in his
Account of 100 percent. Subject to Section 12.01 and Article 14, upon receipt of instructions from the Administrator, the Trustee shall distribute to each Participant or other person entitled to distribution the balance of the
Participant’s Account in a single lump sum payment. In the absence of such instructions, the Trustee shall notify the Administrator of such situation and the Trustee shall be under no duty to make any distributions under the Plan until it
receives instructions from the Administrator. Upon the completion of such distributions, the Trust shall terminate, the Trustee shall be relieved from all liability under the Trust, and no Participant or other person shall have any claims
thereunder, except as required by applicable law. 
 If distribution is to be made to a Participant or Beneficiary who cannot be located,
following the Administrator’s completion of such search methods as described in applicable Department of Labor guidance, the Administrator shall give instructions to the Trustee to roll over the distribution to an individual retirement account
established by the Administrator in the name of the missing Participant or Beneficiary, which account shall satisfy the requirements of the Department of Labor automatic rollover safe harbor generally applicable to amounts less than or equal to the
maximum cashout amount specified in Code Section 401(a)(31)(B)(ii) ($5,000 as of January 1, 2013) that are mandatorily distributed from the Plan. In the alternative, the Employer may direct the Trustee, subject to applicable guidance, to
transfer the Account of any such missing Participant or Beneficiary, regardless of the amount of any such Account to the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation. In the absence of such instructions, the Trustee shall make no distribution to the
distributee. 
 16.8. Merger or Consolidation of Plan; Transfer of Plan Assets. In case of any merger or consolidation of the
Plan with, or transfer of assets and liabilities of the Plan to, any other plan, provision must be made so that each Participant would, if the Plan then terminated, receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is
equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer if the Plan had then terminated. 
  

	Article 17.	Amendment and Continuation of Prior Plan; Transfer of Funds to or from Other Qualified Plans. 

17.1. Amendment and Continuation of Prior Plan. In the event the Employer has previously established a plan (the “prior
plan”) which is a defined contribution plan under the Code and which on the date of adoption of the Plan meets the applicable requirements of Code Section 401(a), the Employer may, in accordance with the provisions of the prior plan, amend
and restate the prior plan in the form of the Plan and become the Employer hereunder, subject to the following: 
 (a) Subject to the
provisions of the Plan, each individual who was a Participant in the prior plan immediately prior to the effective date of such amendment and restatement shall become a Participant in the Plan on the effective date of the amendment and restatement,
provided he is an Eligible Employee as of that date. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 56 

 (b) Except as provided in Section 16.04, no election may be made under the vesting
provisions of the Adoption Agreement if such election would reduce the benefits of a Participant under the Plan to less than the benefits to which he would have been entitled if he voluntarily separated from the service of the Employer immediately
prior to such amendment and restatement. 
 (c) No amendment to the Plan shall decrease a Participant’s accrued benefit or eliminate an
optional form of benefit, except as permitted under Subsection 1.20(d) of the Adoption Agreement. 
 (d) The amounts standing to the credit
of a Participant’s account immediately prior to such amendment and restatement which represent the amounts properly attributable to (1) contributions by the Participant and (2) contributions by the Employer and forfeitures shall constitute
the opening balance of his Account or Accounts under the Plan. 
 (e) Amounts being paid to an Inactive Participant or to a Beneficiary in
accordance with the provisions of the prior plan shall continue to be paid in accordance with such provisions. 
 (f) Any election and waiver
of the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity”, as defined in Section 14.01, in effect after August 23, 1984, under the prior plan immediately before such amendment and restatement shall be deemed a valid election and waiver
of Beneficiary under Section 14.04 if such designation satisfies the requirements of Sections 14.05 and 14.06, unless and until the Participant revokes such election and waiver under the Plan. 

(g) All assets of the predecessor trust shall be invested by the Trustee as soon as reasonably practicable pursuant to Article 8. The Employer
agrees to assist the Trustee in any way requested by the Trustee in order to facilitate the transfer of assets from the predecessor trust to the Trust Fund. 

17.2. Transfer of Funds from an Existing Plan. The Employer may from time to time direct the Trustee, in accordance with such
rules as the Trustee may establish, to accept cash, allowable Fund Shares or participant loan promissory notes transferred for the benefit of Participants from a trust forming part of another qualified plan under the Code, provided such plan is a
defined contribution plan. Such transferred assets shall become assets of the Trust as of the date they are received by the Trustee. Such transferred assets shall be credited to Participants’ Accounts in accordance with their respective
interests immediately upon receipt by the Trustee. A Participant’s vested interest under the Plan in transferred assets which were fully vested and nonforfeitable under the transferring plan or which were transferred to the Plan in a manner
intended to satisfy the requirements of subsection (b) of this Section 17.02 shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times. A Participant’s interest under the Plan in transferred assets which were transferred to the Plan in a
manner intended to satisfy the requirements of subsection (a) of this Section 17.02 shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the Plan, but applying the Plan’s vesting schedule or the transferor plan’s vesting schedule,
whichever is more favorable, for each year of Vesting Service completed by the Participant. Such transferred assets shall be invested by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 17.01(g) as if such assets were transferred from a
prior plan, as defined in Section 17.01. Except as otherwise provided below, no transfer of assets in accordance with this Section 17.02 may cause a loss of an accrued or optional form of benefit protected by Code Section 411(d)(6).

 The terms of the Plan as in effect at the time of the transfer shall apply to the amounts transferred regardless of whether such
application would have the effect of eliminating or reducing an optional form of benefit protected by Code Section 411(d)(6) which was previously available with respect to any amount transferred to the Plan pursuant to this Section 17.02,
provided that such transfer satisfies the requirements set forth in either (a) or (b): 
  

	 	(a)	(1) The transfer is conditioned upon a voluntary, fully informed election by the Participant to transfer his entire account balance to the Plan. As an alternative to the transfer, the Participant is offered the
opportunity to retain the form of benefit previously available to him (or, if the transferor plan is terminated, to receive any optional form of benefit for which the participant is eligible under the transferor plan as required by Code
Section 411(d)(6)); 

 (2) If the defined contribution plan from which the transfer is made includes a qualified cash or
deferred arrangement, the Plan includes a cash or deferred arrangement; 
 (3) The defined contribution plan from which the transfer is made
is not a money purchase pension plan and 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 57 

	 	(4)	The transfer is made either in connection with an asset or stock acquisition, merger or other similar transaction involving a change in employer of the employees of a trade or business (i.e., an acquisition or
disposition within the meaning of Section 1.410(b)-2(f) of the Treasury Regulations) or in connection with the participant’s change in employment status such that the participant is not entitled to
additional allocations under the transferor plan. 

  

	 	(b)	(1) The transfer satisfies the requirements of subsection (a)(1) of this Section 17.02; 

  

	 	(2)	The transfer occurs at a time when the Participant is eligible, under the terms of the transferor plan, to receive an immediate distribution of his account; 

 

	 	(3)	The transfer occurs at a time when the participant is not eligible to receive an immediate distribution of his entire nonforfeitable account balance in a single sum distribution that would consist entirely of an
eligible rollover distribution within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(31)(C); and 

  

	 	(4)	The amount transferred, together with the amount of any contemporaneous Code Section 401(a)(31) direct rollover to the Plan, equals the entire nonforfeitable account of the participant whose account is being
transferred. 

 It is the Employer’s obligation to ensure that all assets of the Plan, other than those maintained in a
separate trust or fund pursuant to the provisions of Section 20.10, are transferred to the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no liability for and no duty to inquire into the administration of such transferred assets for periods prior to the
transfer. 
 17.3. Acceptance of Assets by Trustee. The Trustee shall not accept assets which are not either in a medium proper for
investment under the Plan, as set forth in the Plan and the Service Agreement, or in cash. Such assets shall be accompanied by instructions in writing (or such other medium as may be acceptable to the Trustee) showing separately the respective
contributions by the prior employer and by the Participant, and identifying the assets attributable to such contributions. The Trustee shall establish such accounts as may be necessary or appropriate to reflect such contributions under the Plan. The
Trustee shall hold such assets for investment in accordance with the provisions of Article 8, and shall in accordance with the instructions of the Employer make appropriate credits to the Accounts of the Participants for whose benefit assets have
been transferred. 
 17.4. Transfer of Assets from Trust. The Employer may direct the Trustee to transfer all or a specified
portion of the Trust assets to any other plan or plans maintained by the Employer or the employer or employers of an Inactive Participant or Participants, provided that the Trustee has received evidence satisfactory to it that such other plan meets
all applicable requirements of the Code, subject to the following: 
 (a) The assets so transferred shall be accompanied by
instructions from the Employer naming the persons for whose benefit such assets have been transferred, showing separately the respective contributions by the Employer and by each Inactive Participant, if any, and identifying the assets attributable
to the various contributions. The Trustee shall not transfer assets hereunder until all applicable filing requirements are met. The Trustee shall have no further liabilities with respect to assets so transferred. 

(b) A transfer of assets made pursuant to this Section 17.04 may result in the elimination or reduction of an optional
form of benefit protected by Code Section 411(d)(6), provided that the transfer satisfies the requirements set forth in either (1) or (2): 
  

	 	(1)	(i) The transfer is conditioned upon a voluntary, fully informed election by the Participant to transfer his entire Account to the other defined contribution plan. As an alternative to the transfer, the Participant is
offered the opportunity to retain the form of benefit previously available to him (or, if the Plan is terminated, to receive any optional form of benefit for which the Participant is eligible under the Plan as required by Code
Section 411(d)(6)); 

  

	 	(ii)	If the Plan includes a qualified cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k), the defined contribution plan to which the transfer is made must include a qualified cash or deferred arrangement; and

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 58 

	 	(iii)	The transfer is made either in connection with an asset or stock acquisition, merger or other similar transaction involving a change in employer of the employees of a trade or business (i.e., an acquisition or
disposition within the meaning of Section 1.410(b)-2(f) of the Treasury Regulations) or in connection with the Participant’s change in employment status such that the Participant becomes an Inactive
Participant. 

  

	 	(2)	(i) The transfer satisfies the requirements of subsection (1)(i) of this Section 17.04; 

  

	 	(ii)	The transfer occurs at a time when the Participant is eligible, under the terms of the Plan, to receive an immediate distribution of his benefit; 

 

	 	(iii)	The transfer occurs at a time when the Participant is not eligible to receive an immediate distribution of his entire nonforfeitable Account in a single sum distribution that would consist entirely of an eligible
rollover distribution within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(31)(C); 

  

	 	(iv)	The Participant is fully vested in the transferred amount in the transferee plan; and 

  

	 	(v)	The amount transferred, together with the amount of any contemporaneous Code Section 401(a)(31) direct rollover to the transferee plan, equals the entire nonforfeitable Account of the Participant whose Account is
being transferred. 

  

	Article 18.	Miscellaneous. 

 18.1. Communication to Participants. The Plan shall
be communicated to all Eligible Employees by the Employer promptly after the Plan is adopted. 
 18.2. Limitation of Rights.
Neither the establishment of the Plan and the Trust, nor any amendment thereof, nor the creation of any fund or account, nor the payment of any benefits, shall be construed as giving to any Participant or other person any legal or equitable
right against the Employer, Administrator or Trustee, except as provided herein; and in no event shall the terms of employment or service of any Participant be modified or in any way affected hereby. It is a condition of the Plan, and each
Participant expressly agrees by his participation herein, that each Participant shall look solely to the assets held in the Trust for the payment of any benefit to which he is entitled under the Plan. 

No Participant or Beneficiary shall have or acquire any right, title or interest in or to the Plan assets or any portion of the Plan assets, except by the
actual payment or distribution from the Plan to such Participant or Beneficiary of such Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit to which he or she is entitled under the provisions of the Plan. Whenever the Plan pays a benefit in excess of
the maximum amount of payment required under the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator will have the right to recover any such excess payment, plus earnings at the Administrator’s discretion, on behalf of the Plan from the Participant
and/or Beneficiary, as the case may be. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein stated, this right of recovery includes, but is not limited to, a right of offset against future benefit payments to be paid under the Plan to the Participant
and/or Beneficiary, as the case may be, which the Administrator may exercise in its sole discretion. 
 18.3. Nonalienability of
Benefits. Except as provided in Code Sections 401(a)(13)(C) and (D)(relating to offsets ordered or required under a criminal conviction involving the Plan, a civil judgment in connection with a violation or alleged violation of
fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA, or a settlement agreement between the Participant and the Department of Labor in connection with a violation or alleged violation of fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA), Section 1.401(a)- 13(b)(2) of
the Treasury Regulations (relating to Federal tax levies), or as otherwise required by law, the benefits provided hereunder shall not be subject to alienation, assignment, garnishment, attachment, execution or levy of any kind, either voluntarily or
involuntarily, and any attempt to cause such benefits to be so subjected shall not be recognized. The preceding sentence shall also apply to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant
pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator to be a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), or any domestic relations
order entered before January 1, 1985. 
 18.4. Qualified Domestic Relations Orders Procedures. The Administrator must
establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of a domestic relations order. Upon receiving a domestic relations order, the Participant and any alternate payee named in the order shall be notified, in writing, of the receipt of
the order and the Plan’s procedures for determining the qualified status of the order. Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the domestic relations order, the Administrator must determine the qualified status of the order. The
Participant and each alternate payee shall be provided notice of such determination by mailing to the individual’s address specified in the domestic relations order, or in a manner consistent with the Department of Labor regulations. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 59 

 If any portion of the Participant’s Account is payable during the period the Administrator
is making its determination of the qualified status of the domestic relations order, the Administrator must make a separate accounting of the amounts payable. If the Administrator determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order within
18 months of the date amounts first are payable following receipt of the order, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to distribute the payable amounts in accordance with the order. If the determination of the qualified status of the order is
not made within the 18- month determination period, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to distribute the payable amounts in the manner the Plan would distribute if the order did not exist and shall
apply the order prospectively if the Administrator later determines that the order is a qualified domestic relations order. 
 The Trustee
shall set up segregated accounts for each alternate payee as directed by the Administrator. 
 A domestic relations order shall not fail to
be deemed a qualified domestic relations order merely because it permits distribution or requires segregation of all or part of a Participant’s Account with respect to an alternate payee prior to the Participant’s earliest retirement age
(as defined in Code Section 414(p)) under the Plan. A distribution to an alternate payee prior to the Participant’s attainment of the earliest retirement age is available only if the order provides for distribution at that time and the
alternate payee consents to a distribution occurring prior to the Participant’s attainment of earliest retirement age. 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or of a domestic relations order, if the Employer has elected to cash out small Accounts
as provided in Subsection 1.20(e)(1) of the Adoption Agreement and the alternate payee’s benefits under the Plan do not exceed the maximum cash out limit permitted under Code Section 411(a)(11)(A), distribution shall be made to the
alternate payee in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the Administrator’s determination that the order is a qualified domestic relations order. 

18.5. Application of Plan Provisions for Multiple Employer Plans. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,
if one of the Employers designated in Subsection 1.02(b) of the Adoption Agreement is or ceases to be a Related Employer (hereinafter “un-Related Employer”), the Plan shall be treated as a multiple
employer plan (as defined in Code Section 413(c)) in accordance with applicable guidance. Any subsequent removal of an un-Related Employer will not be treated as a termination of the Plan with regard to
that un-Related Employer and not be considered a distributable event for Participants still employed with that un-Related Employer. 

For the period, if any, that the Plan is a multiple employer plan, each un-Related Employer shall be
treated as a separate Employer for purposes of contributions, application of the “ADP” and “ACP” tests described in Sections 6.03 and 6.06, application of the Code Section 415 limitations described in Section 6.12, top-heavy determinations and application of the top-heavy requirements under Article 15, and application of such other Plan provisions as the Employers determine to be
appropriate. For any such period, the Volume Submitter Sponsor shall continue to treat the Employer as participating in this volume submitter plan arrangement for purposes of notice or other communications in connection with the Plan, and other
Plan-related services. The Administrator shall be responsible for administering the Plan as a multiple employer plan. 
 18.6. Veterans
Reemployment Rights. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service shall be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u)
and the regulations thereunder. The Administrator shall notify the Trustee of any Participant with respect to whom additional contributions are made because of qualified military service. Additional contributions made to the Plan pursuant to Code
Section 414(u) shall be treated as Deferral Contributions (if Option 1.07(a)(5) is selected in the Adoption Agreement, including, to the extent designated by the Participant, Roth 401(k) Contributions), Employee Contributions, Matching Employer
Contributions, Qualified Matching Employer Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions, or Nonelective Employer Contributions based on the character of the contribution they are intended to replace; provided, however, that the Plan
shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4), 401(k)(3), 401(k)(12), 401(m), 410(b), or 416 by reason of the making of or the right to make such contribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants
dying and/or becoming disabled while performing qualified military service as defined in Code Section 414(u)(5) shall not be treated as having resumed employment pursuant to this Section on the day prior to dying or becoming disabled for
purposes of calculating contributions pursuant to Code Section 414(u)(9). 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 60 

 18.7. Facility of Payment. In the event the Administrator determines, on the basis of
medical reports or other evidence satisfactory to the Administrator, that the recipient of any benefit payments under the Plan is incapable of handling his affairs by reason of minority, illness, infirmity or other incapacity, the Administrator may
direct the Trustee to disburse such payments to a person or institution designated by a court which has jurisdiction over such recipient or a person or institution otherwise having the legal authority under state law for the care and control of such
recipient. The receipt by such person or institution of any such payments shall be complete acquittance therefore, and any such payment to the extent thereof, shall discharge the liability of the Trust for the payment of benefits hereunder to such
recipient. 
 18.8. Information between Employer and/or Administrator and Trustee. The Employer and/or Administrator will
furnish the Trustee, and the Trustee will furnish the Employer and/or Administrator, with such information relating to the Plan and Trust as may be required by the other in order to carry out their respective duties hereunder, including without
limitation information required under the Code and any regulations issued or forms adopted by the Treasury Department thereunder or under the provisions of ERISA and any regulations issued or forms adopted by the Department of Labor thereunder. 

18.9. Effect of Failure to Qualify Under Code. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, if the Employer’s plan
fails to be a qualified plan under the Code, such plan can no longer participate in this volume submitter plan arrangement and shall be considered an individually designed plan. 

18.10. Directions, Notices and Disclosure. Any notice or other communication in connection with this Plan shall be deemed
delivered in writing if addressed as follows and if either actually delivered at said address or, in the case of a letter, three business days shall have elapsed after the same shall have been deposited in the United States mail, first-class postage
prepaid and registered or certified: 
 (a) If to the Employer or Administrator, to it at such address as the Administrator shall direct
pursuant to the Service Agreement; 
 (b) If to the Trustee, to it at the address set forth in Subsection 1.03(a) of the Adoption Agreement;

 or, in each case at such other address as the addressee shall have specified by written notice delivered in accordance with the foregoing to the
addressor’s then effective notice address. 
 Any direction, notice or other communication provided to the Employer, the Administrator
or the Trustee by another party which is stipulated to be in written form under the provisions of this Plan may also be provided in any medium which is permitted under applicable law or regulation. Any written communication or disclosure to
Participants required under the provisions of this Plan may be provided in any other medium (electronic, telephone or otherwise) that is permitted under applicable law or regulation. 

18.11. Governing Law. The Plan and the accompanying Adoption Agreement shall be construed, administered and enforced according to
ERISA, and to the extent not preempted thereby, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 
 18.12. Discharge of Duties by
Fiduciaries. The Trustee, the Employer and any other fiduciary shall discharge their duties under the Plan in accordance with the requirements of ERISA solely in the interests of Participants and their Beneficiaries and with the care,
skill, prudence, and diligence under the applicable circumstances that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in conducting an enterprise of like character with like aims. 

 

	Article 19.	Plan Administration. 

 19.1. Powers and Responsibilities of the
Administrator. The Administrator has the full power and the full responsibility to administer the Plan in all of its details, subject, however, to the requirements of ERISA. The Administrator is the agent for service of legal process
for the Plan. In addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon it in the Plan, the Administrator shall have all such powers and authorities as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan, including the discretionary
power and authority to interpret and construe the provisions of the Plan, such interpretation to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan; to make benefit determinations; to utilize the correction programs or systems
established by the Internal Revenue Service (such as the Employee Plans Compliance and Resolution System) or the Department of Labor; and to resolve any disputes arising under the Plan. The Administrator may, by written instrument, allocate and
delegate its fiduciary responsibilities in accordance with ERISA Section 405, including allocation of such responsibilities to an administrative committee formed to administer the Plan. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 61 

 19.2. Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority. Whenever, in the administration of the
Plan, any discretionary action by the Administrator is required, the Administrator shall exercise its authority in a nondiscriminatory manner so that all persons similarly situated shall receive substantially the same treatment. 

19.3. Claims and Review Procedures. As required under Section 2560.503-1(b)(2) of
Regulations issued by the Department of Labor, the claims and review procedures are described in detail in the Summary Plan Description for the Plan. 
 A
Participant, Beneficiary or alternate payee (collectively referred to as “Claimant” in this section) seeking judicial review of an adverse benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or legal
action (including, without limitation, a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA) within 12 months of the date the final adverse benefit determination is issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Claimant that fails to engage in or exhaust
the claims and review procedures must file any suit or legal action within 12 months of the date of the alleged facts or conduct giving rise to the claim (including, without limitation, the date the Claimant alleges he or she became entitled to the
Plan benefits requested in the suit or legal action). Nothing in this Plan should be construed to relieve a Claimant of the obligation to exhaust all claims and review procedures under the Plan before filing suit in state or federal court. A
claimant who fails to file such suit or legal action within the 12 months limitations period will lose any rights to bring any such suit or legal action thereafter. 

19.4. Named Fiduciary. The Administrator is a “named fiduciary” for purposes of ERISA Section 402(a)(1) and has the
powers and responsibilities with respect to the management and operation of the Plan described herein. 
 19.5. Costs of
Administration. All reasonable costs and expenses (including legal, accounting, and employee communication fees) incurred by the Administrator and the Trustee in administering the Plan and Trust may be paid from the forfeitures (if any)
resulting under Section 11.08, or from the remaining Trust Fund. All such costs and expenses paid from the remaining Trust Fund shall, unless allocable to the Accounts of particular Participants, be charged against the Accounts of all
Participants as provided in the Service Agreement. 
  

	Article 20.	Trust Agreement. 

 20.1. Acceptance of Trust Responsibilities. By
executing the Adoption Agreement, the Employer establishes a trust to hold the assets of the Plan that are invested in Permissible Investments. By executing the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee agrees to accept the rights, duties and responsibilities
set forth in this Article. If the Plan is an amendment and restatement of a prior plan, the Trustee shall have no liability for, and no duty to inquire into, the administration of the assets of the Plan for periods prior to the date such assets are
transferred to the Trust. 
 20.2. Establishment of Trust Fund. A trust is hereby established under the Plan. The Trustee shall
open and maintain a trust account for the Plan and, as part thereof, Accounts for such individuals as the Employer shall from time to time notify the Trustee are Participants in the Plan. The Trustee shall accept and hold in the Trust Fund such
contributions on behalf of Participants as it may receive from time to time from the Employer. The Trust Fund shall be fully invested and reinvested in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Plan in Fund Shares or as otherwise provided in
Section 20.10. 
 20.3. Exclusive Benefit. The Trustee shall hold the assets of the Trust Fund for the exclusive purpose of
providing benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries and defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. No assets of the Plan shall revert to the Employer except as specifically permitted by the terms of the Plan. 

20.4. Powers of Trustee. The Trustee shall have no discretion or authority with respect to the investment of the Trust Fund but
shall act solely as a directed trustee of the funds contributed to it. In addition to and not in limitation of such powers as the Trustee has by law or under any other provisions of the Plan, the Trustee shall have the following powers, each of
which the Trustee exercises solely as a directed trustee in accordance with the written direction of the Employer except to the extent a Plan asset is subject to Participant direction of investment and provided that no such power shall be exercised
in any manner inconsistent with the provisions of ERISA: 
 (a) to deal with all or any part of the Trust Fund and to invest all or a part of
the Trust Fund in Permissible Investments, without regard to the law of any state regarding proper investment; 
 (b) to transfer to and
invest all or any part of the Trust in any collective investment trust which is then maintained by a bank or trust company (or any affiliate) and which is tax-exempt pursuant to Code Section 501(a) and
Rev. Rul. 81-100; provided that such collective investment trust is a Permissible Investment; and provided, further, that the instrument establishing such collective investment trust, as amended from time to
time, shall govern any investment therein, and is hereby made a part of the Plan and this Trust Agreement to the extent of such investment therein; 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 62 

 (c) to retain uninvested such cash as the Administrator or a named fiduciary under the Plan may,
from time to time, direct; 
 (d) to sell, lease, convert, redeem, exchange, or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the assets
constituting the Trust Fund; 
 (e) to borrow funds from a bank or other financial institution not affiliated with the Trustee in order to
provide sufficient liquidity to process Plan transactions in a timely fashion, provided that the cost of borrowing shall be allocated in a reasonable fashion to the Permissible Investment(s) in need of liquidity and the Employer acknowledges that it
has received the disclosure on the Trustee’s line of credit program and credit allocation policy and a copy of the text of Prohibited Transaction Exemption 2002-55 prior to executing the Adoption
Agreement, if applicable; 
 (f) to enforce by suit or otherwise, or to waive, its rights on behalf of the Trust, and to defend claims
asserted against it or the Trust, provided that the Trustee is indemnified to its satisfaction against liability and expenses (including claims for delinquent contributions or repayments in accordance with Section 5.12); 

(g) to employ legal, accounting, clerical, and other assistance to carry out the provisions of this Trust and to pay the reasonable expenses of
such employment, including compensation, from the Trust if not paid by the Employer; 
 (h) to compromise, adjust and settle any and all
claims against or in favor of it or the Trust; 
 (i) to oppose, or participate in and consent to the reorganization, merger, consolidation,
or readjustment of the finances of any enterprise, to pay assessments and expenses in connection therewith, and to deposit securities under deposit agreements; 

(j) to apply for or purchase annuity contracts in accordance with Article 14; 

(k) to hold securities unregistered, or to register them in its own name or in the name of nominees in accordance with the provisions of Section 2550.403a-1(b) of Department of Labor Regulations; 
 (l) to appoint custodians to hold
investments within the jurisdiction of the district courts of the United States and to deposit securities with stock clearing corporations or depositories or similar organizations; 

(m) to make, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all instruments that it deems necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein
granted; 
 (n) generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect to all or any part of the Trust Fund; and 

(o) to take all such actions as may be necessary under the Trust Agreement, to the extent consistent with applicable law. 

The Employer specifically acknowledges and authorizes that affiliates of the Trustee may act as its agent in the performance of ministerial,
nonfiduciary duties under the Trust. 
 The Trustee shall provide the Employer with reasonable notice of any claim filed against the Plan or
Trust or with regard to any related matter, or of any claim filed by the Trustee on behalf of the Plan or Trust or with regard to any related matter. 

20.5. Accounts. The Trustee shall keep full accounts of all receipts and disbursements and other transactions hereunder. Within
120 days after the close of each Plan Year and at such other times as may be appropriate, the Trustee shall determine the then net fair market value of the Trust Fund as of the close of the Plan Year, as of the termination of the Trust, or as of
such other time, whichever is applicable, and shall render to the Employer and Administrator an account of its administration of the Trust during the period since the last such accounting, including all allocations made by it during such period.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 63 

 20.6. Approval of Accounts. To the extent permitted by law, the written approval of
any account by the Employer or Administrator shall be final and binding, as to all matters and transactions stated or shown therein, upon the Employer, Administrator, Participants and all persons who then are or thereafter become interested in the
Trust. The failure of the Employer or Administrator to notify the Trustee within six months after the receipt of any account of its objection to the account shall, to the extent permitted by law, be the equivalent of written approval. If the
Employer or Administrator files any objections within such six month period with respect to any matters or transactions stated or shown in the account, and the Employer or Administrator and the Trustee cannot amicably settle the question raised by
such objections, the Trustee shall have the right to have such questions settled by judicial proceedings. Nothing herein contained shall be construed so as to deprive the Trustee of the right to have judicial settlement of its accounts. In any
proceeding for a judicial settlement of any account or for instructions, the only necessary parties shall be the Trustee, the Employer and the Administrator. 

20.7. Distribution from Trust Fund. The Trustee shall make such distributions from the Trust Fund as the Employer or Administrator
may direct (in writing or such other medium as may be acceptable to the Trustee), consistent with the terms of the Plan and either for the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries, or for the payment of expenses of administering the
Plan. 
 20.8. Transfer of Amounts from Qualified Plan. If amounts are to be transferred to the Plan from another qualified plan
or trust under Code Section 401(a), such transfer shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and with such rules as may be established by the Trustee. The Trustee shall only accept assets which are in a medium proper for
investment under this Trust Agreement or in cash, and that are accompanied in a timely manner, as agreed to by the Administrator and the Trustee, by instructions in writing (or such other medium as may be acceptable to the Trustee) showing
separately the respective contributions by the prior employer and the transferring Employee, the records relating to such contributions, and identifying the assets attributable to such contributions. The Trustee shall hold such assets for investment
in accordance with the provisions of this Trust Agreement. 
 20.9. Transfer of Assets from Trust. Subject to the provisions of
the Plan, the Employer may direct the Trustee to transfer all or a specified portion of the Trust assets to any other plan or plans maintained by the Employer or the employer or employers of an Inactive Participant or Participants, provided that the
Trustee has received evidence satisfactory to it that such other plan meets all applicable requirements of the Code. The assets so transferred shall be accompanied by written instructions from the Employer naming the persons for whose benefit such
assets have been transferred, showing separately the respective contributions by the Employer and by each Participant, if any, and identifying the assets attributable to the various contributions. The Trustee shall have no further liabilities with
respect to assets so transferred. 
 20.10. Separate Trust or Fund. Subject to agreement with the Trustee, the Employer may
maintain a trust or fund (including a group annuity contract) under this volume submitter plan document for Permissible Investments for which the Trustee will not take responsibility under this Trust Agreement as indicated in the Service Agreement.
Any Permissible Investments for which the Trustee has not agreed to take responsibility shall not be governed by the terms of this Trust (including Sections 20.11 and 20.12) but rather shall be subject to procedures established in the Service
Agreement to govern contributions, distributions and exchanges between such Permissible Investments and any other Permissible Investments for the Plan. In addition, the Employer may also appoint a trustee to establish a separate trust for claims on
behalf of the Trust for delinquent contributions or loan repayments under the Plan. The Trustee shall have no authority and no responsibility for the Plan assets held in such separate trust or fund. The Employer shall be responsible for assuring
that such separate trust or fund is maintained pursuant to a separate trust or custodial agreement signed by the Employer and any such trustee or custodian, to the extent such an agreement is required. The duties and responsibilities of the trustee
of a separate trust shall be provided by the separate trust agreement, between the Employer and the trustee of the separate trust. 

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee may agree in writing to provide ministerial recordkeeping
services for assets held outside of this Trust Agreement. 
 The Trustee shall not be the owner of any insurance contract purchased for the
Plan. All insurance contract(s) must provide that proceeds shall be payable to the Plan; provided, however, that the policy holder shall be required to pay over all proceeds of the contract(s) to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary in
accordance with the distribution provisions of this Plan. A Participant’s Spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary of the proceeds in all circumstances unless a qualified election has been made in accordance with Article 14. Under no
circumstances shall the policy holder retain any part of the proceeds. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Plan and the terms of any insurance contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control. 

Any life insurance contracts held in the Trust Fund or in the separate trust are subject to the following limits: 

(a) Ordinary life—For purposes of these incidental insurance provisions, ordinary life insurance contracts are contracts with both
nondecreasing death benefits and nonincreasing premiums. If such contracts are held, less than 1/2 of the aggregate employer contributions allocated to any Participant shall be used to pay the premiums attributable to them. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 64 

 (b) Term and universal life—No more than 1/4 of the aggregate employer contributions
allocated to any participant shall be used to pay the premiums on term life insurance contracts, universal life insurance contracts, and all other life insurance contracts which are not ordinary life. 

(c) Combination—The sum of 1/2 of the ordinary life insurance premiums and all other life insurance premiums shall not exceed 1/4 of the
aggregate employer contributions allocated to any Participant. 
 20.11. Self-Directed Brokerage Option. If one of the
Permissible Investments under the Plan is Fidelity BrokerageLink®, the self-directed brokerage option (“BrokerageLink”), the Employer hereby directs the Trustee to use Fidelity
Brokerage Services LLC (“FBSLLC”) to purchase or sell individual securities for each Participant BrokerageLink account (“PBLA”) in accordance with investment directions provided by such Participant. The Employer directs the
Trustee to establish a PBLA with FBSLLC in the name of the Trustee for each Participant electing to utilize the BrokerageLink option. Each electing Participant shall be granted limited trading authority over the PBLA established for such
Participant, and FBSLLC shall accept and act upon instructions from such Participants to buy, sell, exchange, convert, tender, trade and otherwise acquire and dispose of securities in the PBLA. The provision of BrokerageLink shall be subject to the
following: 
 (a) Each Participant who elects to utilize the BrokerageLink option must complete a BrokerageLink Participant Acknowledgement
Form which incorporates the provisions of the BrokerageLink Account Terms and Conditions. Upon acceptance by FBSLLC of the BrokerageLink Participant Acknowledgement Form, FBSLLC will establish a PBLA for the Participant. Participant activity in the
PBLA will be governed by the BrokerageLink Participant Acknowledgement Form and the BrokerageLink Account Terms and Conditions. If the BrokerageLink Participant Acknowledgement Form or the BrokerageLink Account Terms and Conditions conflicts with
the terms of this Trust, the Plan or an applicable statute or regulation, the Trust, the Plan or the applicable statute or regulation shall control. 

(b) Any successor organization of FBSLLC, through reorganization, consolidation, merger or similar transactions, shall, upon consummation of
such transaction, become the successor broker in accordance with the terms of this authorization provision. 
 (c) The Trustee and FBSLLC
shall continue to rely on this direction provision until notified to the contrary. The Employer reserves the right to terminate this direction upon written notice to FBSLLC (or its successor) and the Trustee, such termination to be implemented as
soon as administratively feasible. Such notice shall be deemed a direction to terminate BrokerageLink as an investment option. 
 (d) The
Trustee shall provide the Employer with a list of the types of securities which may not be purchased under BrokerageLink. Administrative procedures governing investment in and withdrawals from a PBLA will also be provided to the Employer by the
Trustee. 
 (e) With respect to exchanges from the Participant’s Account holding investments outside of the BrokerageLink option
(hereinafter, the “SPO”) into the PBLA, the named fiduciary hereby directs the Trustee to submit for processing all instructions for purchases into the core account indicated in the BrokerageLink Account Terms and Conditions (the
“BrokerageLink Core Account”) received before the close of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on a particular date resulting from such exchange requests the next day that the NYSE is operating. 

(f) A Participant has the authority to designate an agent to have limited trading authority over assets in the PBLA established for such
Participant. Such agent as the Participant may designate shall have the same authority to trade in and otherwise transact business in the PBLA, in the same manner and to the same extent as the Participant is otherwise empowered to do hereunder, and
FBSLLC shall act upon instructions from the agent as if the instructions had come from the Participant. Designation of an agent by the Participant is subject to acceptance by FBSLLC of a completed BrokerageLink Third Party Limited Trading
Authorization Form, the terms of which shall govern the activity of the Participant and the authorized agent. In the event that a provision of the BrokerageLink Third Party Limited Trading Authorization Form conflicts with the terms of the
BrokerageLink Participant Acknowledgement Form, the BrokerageLink Account Terms and Conditions, this Trust, the Plan or an applicable statute or regulation, the terms of the BrokerageLink Participant Acknowledgement Form, the Brokerage Link Account
Terms and Conditions, this Trust, the Plan or the applicable statute or regulation shall control. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 65 

 (g) The Participant shall be solely responsible for receiving and responding to all trade
confirmations, account statements, prospectuses, annual reports, proxies and other materials that would otherwise be distributed to the owner of the PBLA. With respect to proxies for securities held in the PBLA, FBSLLC shall send a copy of the
meeting notice and all proxies and proxy solicitation materials, together with a voting direction form, to the Participant and the Participant shall have the authority to direct the exercise of all shareholder rights attributable to those
securities. The Trustee shall not exercise such rights in the absence of direction from the Participant. 
 (h) FBSLLC shall buy, sell,
exchange, convert, tender, trade and otherwise acquire and dispose of securities in each PBLA, transfer funds to and from the BrokerageLink Core Account and the SPO default fund, collect any fees or other remuneration due FBSLLC or any of its
affiliates (other than the Fidelity BrokerageLink Plan related Account Fee, which shall be assessed and collected as described in the Service Agreement), and make distributions to the Participant, in accordance with the Service Agreement. No prior
notice to or consent from the Participant is required. In the event of a transfer of the Plan to another service provider, the directions of the Employer in transferring Plan assets shall control. Such transfers may be effected without notice to or
consent from the Participant. 
 (i) FBSLLC may accept from the Participant changes to indicative data including, but not limited to, postal
address, email address, and phone number associated with the PBLA established for the Participant. 
 20.12. Employer Stock Investment
Option. If one of the Permissible Investments is equity securities issued by the Employer or a Related Employer (“Employer Stock”), such Employer Stock must be publicly traded and “qualifying employer securities”
within the meaning of ERISA Section 407(d)(5). Plan investments in Employer Stock shall be made via the Employer Stock Investment Fund (the “Stock Fund”) which shall consist of either (i) the shares of Employer Stock held for
each Participant who participates in the Stock Fund (a “Share Accounting Stock Fund”), or (ii) a combination of shares of Employer Stock and short-term liquid investments, consisting of mutual fund shares or commingled money market
pool units as agreed to by the Employer and the Trustee, which are necessary to satisfy the Stock Fund’s cash needs for transfers and payments (a “Unitized Stock Fund”). Dividends received by the Stock Fund are reinvested in
additional shares of Employer Stock or, in the case of a Unitized Stock Fund, in short-term liquid investments. The determination of whether each Participant’s interest in the Stock Fund is administered on a share-accounting or a unitized basis
shall be determined by the Employer’s election in the Service Agreement. 
 In the case of a Unitized Stock Fund, such units shall
represent a proportionate interest in all assets of the Unitized Stock Fund, which includes shares of Employer Stock, short-term investments, and at times, receivables for dividends and/or Employer Stock sold and payables for Employer Stock
purchased. A net asset value per unit shall be determined daily for each cash unit outstanding of the Unitized Stock Fund. The return earned by the Unitized Stock Fund shall represent a combination of the dividends paid on the shares of Employer
Stock held by the Unitized Stock Fund, gains or losses realized on sales of Employer Stock, appreciation or depreciation in the market price of those shares owned, and interest on the short- term investments held by the Unitized Stock Fund. A target
range for the short-term liquid investments shall be maintained for the Unitized Stock Fund. The named fiduciary shall, after consultation with the Trustee, establish and communicate to the Trustee in writing such target range and a drift allowance
for such short-term liquid investments. Such target range and drift allowance may be changed by the named fiduciary, after consultation with the Trustee, provided any such change is communicated to the Trustee in writing. The Trustee is responsible
for ensuring that the actual short-term liquid investments held in the Unitized Stock Fund fall within the agreed upon target range over time, subject to the Trustee’s ability to execute open-market trades in Employer Stock or to otherwise
trade with the Employer. 
 Investments in Employer Stock shall be subject to the following limitations: 

(a) Acquisition Limit. Pursuant to the Plan, the Trust may be invested in Employer Stock to the extent necessary to comply with
investment directions under Section 8.02 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for Deferral Contributions made for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1999, the portion of a Participant’s Deferral Contributions
that the Employer may require to be invested in Employer Stock for a Plan Year cannot exceed one percent of such Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. 

(b) Fiduciary Duty of Named Fiduciary. The Administrator or any person designated by the Administrator as a named fiduciary under
Section 19.01 (the “named fiduciary”) shall continuously monitor the suitability under the fiduciary duty rules of ERISA Section 404(a)(1) (as modified by ERISA Section 404(a)(2)) of acquiring and holding Employer Stock. The
Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, or by reason of any breach, which arises from the 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 66 

 
directions of the named fiduciary with respect to the acquisition and holding of Employer Stock, unless it is clear on their face that the actions to be taken under those directions would be
prohibited by the foregoing fiduciary duty rules or would be contrary to the terms of the Plan or this Trust Agreement. 
 (c) Execution
of Purchases and Sales. Purchases and sales of Employer Stock shall be made on the open market on the date on which the Trustee receives in good order all information and documentation necessary to accurately effect such purchases and sales or
(i) if later, in the case of purchases, the date on which the Trustee has received a transfer of the funds necessary to make such purchases, (ii) as otherwise provided in the Service Agreement, or (iii) as provided in Subsection
(d) below. Such general rules shall not apply in the following circumstances: 
 (1) If the Trustee is unable to determine the number of
shares required to be purchased or sold on such day; 
 (2) If the Trustee is unable to purchase or sell the total number of shares required
to be purchased or sold on such day as a result of market conditions; or 
 (3) If the Trustee is prohibited by the Securities and Exchange
Commission, the New York Stock Exchange, or any other regulatory body from purchasing or selling any or all of the shares required to be purchased or sold on such day. 

In the event of the occurrence of the circumstances described in (1), (2), or (3) above, the Trustee shall purchase or
sell such shares as soon as possible thereafter and, in the case of a Share Accounting Stock Fund, shall determine the price of such purchases or sales to be the average purchase or sales price of all such shares purchased or sold, respectively.

 (d) Purchases and Sales from or to Employer. If directed by the Employer in writing prior to the trading date, the Trustee may
purchase or sell Employer Stock from or to the Employer if the purchase or sale is for adequate consideration (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(18)) and no commission is charged. If Employer contributions or contributions made by the
Employer on behalf of the Participants under the Plan are to be invested in Employer Stock, the Employer may transfer Employer Stock in lieu of cash to the Trust. In such case, the shares of Employer Stock to be transferred to the Trust will be
valued at a price that constitutes adequate consideration (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(18)). 
 (e) Use of Broker to
Purchase Employer Stock. The Employer hereby directs the Trustee to use Fidelity Capital Markets, Inc., an affiliate of the Trustee, or any other affiliate or subsidiary of the Trustee (collectively, “Capital Markets”), to provide
brokerage services in connection with all market purchases and sales of Employer Stock for the Stock Fund, except in circumstances where the Trustee has determined, in accordance with its standard trading guidelines or pursuant to Employer
direction, to seek expedited settlement of trades. The Trustee shall provide the Employer with the commission schedule for such transactions and a copy of Capital Markets’ brokerage placement practices. The following shall apply as well: 

(1) Any successor organization of Capital Markets through reorganization, consolidation, merger, or similar transactions, shall, upon
consummation of such transaction, become the successor broker in accordance with the terms of this provision. 
 (2) The Trustee shall
continue to rely on this Employer direction until notified to the contrary. The Employer reserves the right to terminate this authorization upon sixty (60) days written notice to Capital Markets (or its successor) and the Trustee and the
Employer and the Trustee shall decide on a mutually- agreeable alternative procedure for handling brokerage transactions on behalf of the Stock Fund. 

(f) Securities Law Reports. The named fiduciary shall be responsible for filing all reports required under Federal or state securities
laws with respect to the Trust’s ownership of Employer Stock; including, without limitation, any reports required under Section 13 or 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and shall immediately notify the Trustee in writing of any
requirement to stop purchases or sales of Employer Stock pending the filing of any report. The Trustee shall provide to the named fiduciary such information on the Trust’s ownership of Employer Stock as the named fiduciary may reasonably
request in order to comply with Federal or state securities laws. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 67 

 (g) Voting and Tender Offers. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Trust Agreement
the provisions of this Subsection shall govern the voting and tendering of Employer Stock. For purposes of this Subsection, each Participant shall be designated as a named fiduciary under ERISA with respect to shares of Employer Stock that reflect
that portion, if any, of the Participant’s interest in the Stock Fund not acquired at the direction of the Participant in accordance with ERISA Section 404(c). 

The Employer shall pay for all printing, mailing, tabulation and other costs associated with the voting and tendering of
Employer Stock. The Trustee, after consultation with the Employer, shall prepare any necessary documents associated with the voting and tendering of Employer Stock for the Trust. 

 

	 	(1)	Voting. 

 (A) When the issuer of the Employer Stock prepares for any annual or special
meeting, the Employer shall notify the Trustee at least thirty (30) days in advance of the intended record date and shall cause a copy of all proxy solicitation materials to be sent to the Trustee. If requested by the Trustee, the Employer
shall certify to the Trustee that the aforementioned materials represent the same information distributed to shareholders of Employer Stock. The Employer shall cause proxy solicitation materials to be provided to each Participant with an interest in
Employer Stock held in the Trust, together with an instruction form to be returned to the Trustee or a designee. The form shall show the proportional interest in the number of full and fractional shares of Employer Stock credited to the
Participant’s sub-accounts held in the Stock Fund. 
 (B) Each Participant with an interest in
the Stock Fund shall have the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which the Trustee is to vote (including not to vote) that number of shares of Employer Stock that is credited to his Account, if the Plan uses share accounting, or, if
accounting is by units of participation, that reflects such Participant’s proportional interest in the Stock Fund (both vested and unvested). Directions from a Participant to the Trustee concerning the voting of Employer Stock shall be
communicated in writing, or by such other means agreed upon by the Trustee and the Employer. These directions shall be held in confidence by the Trustee and shall not be divulged to the Employer, or any officer or employee thereof, or any other
person, except to the extent that the consequences of such directions are reflected in reports regularly communicated to any such persons in the ordinary course of the performance of the Trustee’s services hereunder. Upon its receipt of the
directions, the Trustee shall vote the shares of Employer Stock that reflect the Participant’s interest in the Stock Fund as directed by the Participant. The Trustee shall not vote shares of Employer Stock that reflect a Participant’s
interest in the Stock Fund for which the Trustee has received no direction from the Participant, except as required by law, or to the extent that the Employer or Administrator directs the Trustee through the Service Agreement to vote shares of
Employer Stock that reflect a Participant’s interest in the Stock Fund for which the Trustee has received no directions from the Participant in the same proportion on each issue as it votes those shares that reflect all Participants’
interests in the Stock Fund (in the aggregate) for which it received voting instructions from Participants. 
 (C) Except as otherwise
required by law, the Trustee shall vote that number of shares of Employer Stock not credited to Participants’ Accounts in the same proportion on each issue as it votes those shares credited to Participants’ Accounts for which it received
voting directions from Participants. 
  

	 	(2)	Tender Offers. 

 (A) Upon commencement of a tender offer for any securities held in the
Trust that are Employer Stock, the Employer shall timely notify the Trustee in advance of the intended tender date and shall cause a copy of all materials to be sent to the Trustee. The Employer shall certify to the Trustee that the aforementioned
materials represent the same information distributed to shareholders of Employer Stock. Based on these materials, the Trustee shall prepare a tender instruction form. The tender instruction form shall show the number of full and fractional shares of
Employer Stock credited to the Participant’s Account, if the Plan uses share accounting, or, if accounting is by units of participation, that reflect the Participant’s proportional interest in the

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 68 

 
Stock Fund (both vested and unvested). The Employer shall cause tender materials to be sent to each Participant with an interest in the Stock Fund, together with the foregoing tender instruction
form, such materials and form to be returned to the Trustee or a designee. 
 (B) Each Participant with an interest in the Stock Fund shall
have the right to direct the Trustee to tender or not to tender some or all of the shares of Employer Stock that are credited to his Account, if the Plan uses share accounting, or, if accounting is by units of participation, that reflect such
Participant’s proportional interest in the Stock Fund (both vested and unvested). Directions from a Participant to the Trustee concerning the tender of Employer Stock shall be communicated in writing, or by such other means agreed upon by the
Trustee and the Employer. These directions shall be held in confidence by the Trustee and shall not be divulged to the Employer, or any officer or employee thereof, or any other person, except to the extent that the consequences of such directions
are reflected in reports regularly communicated to any such persons in the ordinary course of the performance of the Trustee’s services hereunder. The Trustee shall tender or not tender shares of Employer Stock as directed by the Participant.
Except as otherwise required by law, the Trustee shall not tender shares of Employer Stock that are credited to a Participant’s Account, if the Plan uses share accounting, or, if accounting is by units of participation, that reflect a
Participant’s proportional interest in the Stock Fund for which the Trustee has received no direction from the Participant. 
 (C)
Except as otherwise required by law, the Trustee shall tender shares of Employer Stock not credited to Participants’ accounts in the same proportion as it tenders shares of Employer Stock credited to Participants’ accounts. 

(D) A Participant who has directed the Trustee to tender some or all of the shares of Employer Stock that reflect the Participant’s
proportional interest in the Stock Fund may, at any time prior to the tender offer withdrawal date, direct the Trustee to withdraw some or all of such tendered shares, and the Trustee shall withdraw the directed number of shares from the tender
offer prior to the tender offer withdrawal deadline. Prior to the withdrawal deadline, if any shares of Employer Stock not credited to Participants’ accounts have been tendered, the Trustee shall redetermine the number of shares of Employer
Stock that would be tendered under the previous paragraph if the date of the foregoing withdrawal were the date of determination, and withdraw from the tender offer the number of shares of Employer Stock not credited to Participants’ accounts
necessary to reduce the amount of tendered Employer Stock not credited to Participants’ accounts to the amount so redetermined. A Participant shall not be limited as to the number of directions to tender or withdraw that the Participant may
give to the Trustee. 
 (E) A direction by a Participant to the Trustee to tender shares of Employer Stock that reflect the
Participant’s proportional interest in the Stock Fund shall not be considered a written election under the Plan by the Participant to withdraw, or have distributed, any or all of his withdrawable shares. If the Plan uses share accounting, the
Trustee shall credit to the Participant’s Account the proceeds received by the Trustee in exchange for the shares of Employer Stock tendered from the Participant’s Account. If accounting is by units of participation, the Trustee shall
credit to each proportional interest of the Participant from which the tendered shares were taken the proceeds received by the Trustee in exchange for the shares of Employer Stock tendered from that interest. Pending receipt of direction (through
the Administrator) from the Participant or the named fiduciary, as provided in the Plan, as to which of the remaining Permissible Investments the proceeds should be invested in, the Trustee shall invest the proceeds in the Permissible Investment
specified for such purposes in the Service Agreement. 
 (h) Shares Credited. If accounting with respect to the Stock Fund is by units
of participation, then for all purposes of this Section 20.12, the number of shares of Employer Stock deemed “reflected” in a Participant’s proportional interest shall be determined as of the last preceding valuation date. The
trade date is the date the transaction is valued. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 69 

 (i) General. With respect to all rights other than the right to vote, the right to tender,
and the right to withdraw shares previously tendered, in the case of Employer Stock credited to a Participant’s Account or proportional interest in the Stock Fund, the Trustee shall follow the directions of the Participant and if no such
directions are received, the directions of the named fiduciary. The Trustee shall have no duty to solicit directions from Participants. The Administrator is responsible for ensuring that (i) the procedures established in accordance with the
provisions of Subsection 20.12(g) are sufficient to safeguard the confidentiality of the information described therein, (ii) such procedures are being followed, and (iii) an independent fiduciary, as described in regulations issued under
ERISA Section 404(c), is appointed when needed in accordance with those regulations. 
 (j) Conversion. All provisions in this
Section 20.12 shall also apply to any securities received as a result of a conversion to Employer Stock. 
 20.13. Voting; Delivery of
Information. The Trustee shall deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Employer or Administrator all notices, prospectuses, financial statements, proxies and proxy soliciting materials received by the Trustee relating
to securities held by the Trust or, if applicable, deliver these materials to the appropriate Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant. Unless provided otherwise in the Service Agreement, the Trustee shall vote any securities held by
the Trust in accordance with the instructions of the Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant and shall not vote securities for which it has not received instructions. 

20.14. Compensation and Expenses of Trustee. The Trustee’s fee for performing its duties hereunder shall be such reasonable
amounts as specified in the Service Agreement or any other written agreement with the Employer. Such fee, any taxes of any kind which may be levied or assessed upon or with respect to the Trust Fund, and any and all expenses, including without
limitation legal fees and expenses of administrative and judicial proceedings, reasonably incurred by the Trustee in connection with its duties and responsibilities hereunder shall, unless some or all have been paid by the Employer, be paid from the
Trust in the method specified in the Service Agreement. 
 20.15. Reliance by Trustee on Other Persons. The Trustee may rely
upon and act upon any writing from any person authorized by the Employer or the Administrator pursuant to the Service Agreement or any other written direction to give instructions concerning the Plan and may conclusively rely upon and be protected
in acting upon any written order from the Employer or the Administrator or upon any other notice, request, consent, certificate, or other instructions or paper reasonably believed by it to have been executed by a duly authorized person, so long as
it acts in good faith in taking or omitting to take any such action. The Trustee need not inquire as to the basis in fact of any statement in writing received from the Employer or the Administrator. 

The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the latest certificate it has received from the Employer or the Administrator as to any person or
persons authorized to act for the Employer or the Administrator hereunder and to sign on behalf of the Employer or the Administrator any directions or instructions, until it receives from the Employer or the Administrator written notice that such
authority has been revoked. 
 Except with respect to instructions from a Participant as to the Participant’s Account that are
otherwise authorized under the Plan, the Trustee shall be under no duty to take any action with respect to any Participant’s Account (other than as specified herein) unless and until the Employer or the Administrator furnishes the Trustee with
written instructions on a form acceptable to the Trustee, and the Trustee agrees thereto in writing. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken pursuant to the Employer’s or the Administrator’s written instructions (nor the
purpose or propriety of any distribution made thereunder). 
 20.16. Indemnification by Employer. The Employer shall indemnify
and save harmless the Trustee, and all affiliates, employees, agents and sub-contractors of the Trustee, from and against any and all liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) to which
the Trustee, or such other individuals or entities, may be subjected by reason of any act or conduct being taken in the performance of any Plan-related duties, including those described in this Trust Agreement and the Service Agreement, unless such
liability or expense results from the Trustee’s, or such other individuals’ or entities’, negligence or willful misconduct. 
 20.17.
Consultation by Trustee with Counsel. The Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may be but need not be counsel for the Employer or the Administrator) concerning any question which may arise with respect to its rights and
duties under the Plan and Trust, and the opinion of such counsel shall, to the extent permitted by law, be full and complete protection in respect of any action taken or omitted by the Trustee hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the
opinion of such counsel. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 70 

 20.18. Persons Dealing with the Trustee. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be
bound to see to the application of any money or property paid or delivered to the Trustee or to inquire into the validity or propriety of any transactions. 

20.19. Resignation or Removal of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Employer, which resignation
shall be effective 60 days after delivery to the Employer. The Trustee may be removed by the Employer by written notice to the Trustee, which removal shall be effective 60 days after delivery to the Trustee or such shorter period as may be mutually
agreed upon by the Employer and the Trustee. 
 Except in the case of Plan termination, upon resignation or removal of the Trustee, the
Employer shall appoint a successor trustee. Any such successor trustee shall, upon written acceptance of his appointment, become vested with the estate, rights, powers, discretion, duties and obligations of the Trustee hereunder as if he had been
originally named as Trustee in this Agreement. 
 Upon resignation or removal of the Trustee, the Employer shall no longer participate in
this volume submitter plan and shall be deemed to have adopted an individually designed plan. In such event, the Employer shall appoint a successor trustee within said 60-day period and the Trustee shall
transfer the assets of the Trust to the successor trustee upon receipt of sufficient evidence (such as a determination letter or opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee) that such trust
shall be a qualified trust under the Code. 
 The appointment of a successor trustee shall be accomplished by delivery to the Trustee of
written notice that the Employer has appointed such successor trustee, and written acceptance of such appointment by the successor trustee. The Trustee may, upon transfer and delivery of the Trust Fund to a successor trustee, reserve such reasonable
amount as it shall deem necessary to provide for its fees, compensation, costs and expenses, or for the payment of any other liabilities chargeable against the Trust Fund for which it may be liable. The Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or
omissions of any successor trustee. 
 20.20. Fiscal Year of the Trust. The fiscal year of the Trust shall coincide with the
Plan Year. 
 20.21. Amendment. In accordance with provisions of the Plan, and subject to the limitations set forth therein,
this Trust Agreement may only be amended by the Employer and the Trustee executing an amendment to the Trust Superseding Provisions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. No amendment to this Trust Agreement shall divert any part of the Trust Fund to
any purpose other than as provided in Section 20.03. 
 20.22. Plan Termination. Upon termination or partial termination of
the Plan or complete discontinuance of contributions thereunder, the Trustee shall make distributions to the Participants or other persons entitled to distributions as the Employer or Administrator directs in accordance with the provisions of the
Plan. In the absence of such instructions and unless the Plan otherwise provides, the Trustee shall notify the Employer or Administrator of such situation and the Trustee shall be under no duty to make any distributions under the Plan until it
receives written instructions from the Employer or Administrator. Upon the completion of such distributions, the Trust shall terminate, the Trustee shall be relieved from all liability under the Trust, and no Participant or other person shall have
any claims thereunder, except as required by applicable law. 
 20.23. Permitted Reversion of Funds to Employer. If it is
determined by the Internal Revenue Service that the Plan does not initially qualify under Code Section 401, all assets then held under the Plan shall be returned by the Trustee, as directed by the Administrator, to the Employer, but only if the
application for determination is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s return for the taxable year in which the Plan was adopted or such later date as may be prescribed by regulations. Such distribution shall be made
within one year after the date the initial qualification is denied. Upon such distribution the Plan shall be considered to be rescinded and to be of no force or effect. 

Contributions under the Plan are conditioned upon their deductibility under Code Section 404. In the event the deduction of a
contribution made by the Employer is disallowed under Code Section 404, such contribution (to the extent disallowed) must be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction. 

Any contribution made by the Employer because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer within one year of the contribution. 

20.24. Governing Law. This Trust Agreement shall be construed, administered and enforced according to ERISA and, to the extent not
preempted thereby, the laws of the State or Commonwealth in which the Trustee has its principal place of business. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 71 

 20.25. Assignment and Successors. This Trust Agreement, and any of its rights and
obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other party(ies), and such consent may be withheld in any party’s sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee may assign this
Agreement in whole or in part, and any of its rights and obligations hereunder, to a subsidiary or affiliate of the Trustee without consent of the Employer. Any successor to the Trustee or successor trustee, either through sale or transfer of the
business or trust department of the Trustee or successor trustee, or through reorganization, consolidation, or merger, or any similar transaction of either the Trustee or successor trustee, shall, upon consummation of the transaction, become the
successor trustee under this Agreement. All provisions in this Trust Agreement shall extend to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 72 

 VOLUME SUBMITTER DEFINED
CONTRIBUTION PLAN 
 ADDENDUM 

RE: American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 and Code Sections 401(k) & 401(m) Final Regulations 

Amendments for Fidelity Basic Plan Document No. 17 

PREAMBLE 
 Adoption and Effective Date of
Amendment. This amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect statutory changes pursuant to the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (“ATRA”), the final regulations adopted pursuant to Code Sections 401(k) & 401(m), and any
related guidance. This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of the ATRA and those final regulations and is to be construed in accordance with guidance issued thereunder. 

Except as provided otherwise below, the amendments contained herein shall effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2014. 

Supersession of Inconsistent Provisions. This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are
inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment. 
 Article 1. In-Plan Roth
Conversions. The following shall be added to Article 5 effective for Roth conversions within the Plan after December 31, 2012: 

In-Plan Roth Conversions. If elected by the Employer in Section (a) of the corresponding
Adoption Agreement Addendum, and effective for in-plan Roth conversions on and after the date elected by the Employer in such Section (a), any Participant meeting the requirements set forth in Section
(a) of the corresponding Adoption Agreement Addendum may elect to have any part of the portions of his Account as may be described and limited therein, which are not “designated Roth contributions” under the Plan, be considered
“designated Roth contributions” for purposes of the Plan. Any assets converted in such a way shall be separately accounted for, be maintained in such records as are necessary for the proper reporting thereof, and have any distribution
constraints, such as those found in Article 14, applicable to them prior to the conversion continue to apply to them. 
 Article 2.
Changing Testing Methods. Section 6.11 is amended by replacing subsection (d) it in its entirety with the following: 
 (d)
A Plan may be amended to reduce or suspend 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions for a Plan year, if the Employer provides in the notice described in Section 6.09(b) that the plan may
be amended during the Plan Year to reduce or suspend such contributions or the Employer is operating at an economic loss (as described in Code Section 412(c)(2)(A)), and revert to the “ADP” testing method (and, if applicable, the
“ACP” testing method) for such Plan Year if: 
 (1) All Eligible Employees are provided notice of the reduction or suspension
describing (i) the consequences of the amendment, (ii) the procedures for changing their salary reduction agreements, and (iii) the effective date of the reduction or suspension. 

(2) The reduction or suspension of such contributions is no earlier than the later of (i) 30 days after the date the notice described in
paragraph (1) is provided to Eligible Employees or (ii) the date the amendment is adopted. 
 (3) Active Participants are given a
reasonable opportunity before the reduction or suspension occurs, including a reasonable period after the notice described in paragraph (1) is provided to Eligible Employees, to change amounts elected or deemed elected under Section 5.03
and, if applicable, Section 5.04. 
 (4) With regard to 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, the Plan satisfies the
401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions provisions of the Adoption Agreement in effect prior to the amendment with respect to amounts elected or deemed elected under Section 5.03 and, if applicable, Section 5.04 made through the
effective date of the amendment. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 73 

 (5) With regard to 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions, the Plan satisfies the
401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions provisions of the Adoption Agreement in effect prior to the amendment with respect to the safe harbor compensation (compensation meeting the requirements of
Section 1.401(k)-3(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations) paid through the effective date of the amendment. 

If the Employer amends its Plan in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (d), the “ADP” test described in
Section 6.03 and the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 shall be applied as if it had been in effect for the entire Plan Year using the current year testing method in Subsection 1.06(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement. With regard
to 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions, the conditions for which an Employer may make an amendment to revert to “ADP” testing shall be considered effective for amendments adopted after May 18, 2009. 

The Volume Submitter Sponsor (Fidelity Management & Research Company) executed this Amendment by separate resolution on August 27, 2014.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan	  	Basic Plan Document 17

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 74 

 VOLUME SUBMITTER 

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN 

(PROFIT SHARING/401(K) PLAN) 

A FIDELITY VOLUME SUBMITTER PLAN 

Adoption Agreement No. 001 

For use With 
 Fidelity
Basic Plan Document No. 17 
 Fidelity Management & Research Company and its affiliates do not provide tax or legal advice. Nothing
herein or in any attachments hereto should be construed, or relied upon, as tax or legal advice. 
 IRS CIRCULAR 230 DISCLOSURE: To the extent this
document (including attachments), mentions or references any tax matter, it is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used by the recipient or any other person, for the purpose of (1) avoiding penalties under the Internal Revenue
Code or (2) promoting, marketing or recommending to another party the matter addressed herein. Please consult an independent tax advisor for advice on your particular circumstances. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 1.1
	 	PLAN INFORMATION	  	 	1	 
	 1.2
	 	EMPLOYER	  	 	2	 
	 1.3
	 	TRUSTEE	  	 	2	 
	 1.4
	 	COVERAGE	  	 	2	 
	 1.5
	 	COMPENSATION	  	 	6	 
	 1.6
	 	TESTING RULES	  	 	7	 
	 1.7
	 	DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	8	 
	 1.8
	 	EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS (AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS)	  	 	11	 
	 1.9
	 	ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	11	 
	 1.10
	 	QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	12	 
	 1.11
	 	MATCHING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	12	 
	 1.12
	 	NONELECTIVE EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS	  	 	16	 
	 1.13
	 	EXCEPTIONS TO CONTINUING ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS	  	 	19	 
	 1.14
	 	RETIREMENT	  	 	20	 
	 1.15
	 	DEFINITION OF DISABLED	  	 	20	 
	 1.16
	 	VESTING	  	 	20	 
	 1.17
	 	PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER SERVICE	  	 	22	 
	 1.18
	 	PARTICIPANT LOANS	  	 	22	 
	 1.19
	 	IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS	  	 	22	 
	 1.20
	 	FORM OF DISTRIBUTIONS	  	 	23	 
	 1.21
	 	TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS	  	 	24	 
	 1.22
	 	TOP HEAVY STATUS	  	 	24	 
	 1.23
	 	CORRECTION TO MEET 415 REQUIREMENTS UNDER MULTIPLE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS	  	 	25	 
	 1.24
	 	INVESTMENT DIRECTION	  	 	26	 
	 1.25
	 	ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS AND PROTECTED BENEFITS	  	 	26	 
	 1.26
	 	SUPERSEDING PROVISIONS	  	 	26	 
	 1.27
	 	RELIANCE ON ADVISORY LETTER	  	 	26	 
	 1.28
	 	ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE AND RECORDS	  	 	27	 
	 1.29
	 	VOLUME SUBMITTER INFORMATION:	  	 	27	 
	EXECUTION PAGE	  	 	28	 
	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS ADDENDUM	  	 	29	 
	401(k) SAFE HARBOR MATCHING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS ADDENDUM	  	 	30	 
	IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS ADDENDUM	  	 	31	 
	VESTING SCHEDULE ADDENDUM	  	 	32	 
	ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS ADDENDUM	  	 	33	 
	ADDENDUM TO ADOPTION AGREEMENT	  	 	37	 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 

 ADOPTION AGREEMENT 

ARTICLE 1 

PROFIT SHARING/401(K) PLAN 

 

							
		
	1.1	  	PLAN INFORMATION
			
	 	  	(a)	  	Name of Plan:
			
		  		  	This is the LiquidPower Specialty Products Inc. 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan (the “Plan”)
			
	 	  	(b)	  	Type of Plan:
				
		  		  	(1)	  	 ☐    401(k) Only

				
		  		  	(2)	  	 ☑    401(k) and Profit Sharing

				
		  		  	(3)	  	 ☐    Profit Sharing Only

			
	 	  	(c)	  	Administrator Name (if not the Employer):
			
		  	(d)	  	Plan Year End (month/day):         12/31
			
		  	(e)	  	Three Digit Plan Number:             001
			
	 	  	(f)	  	Limitation Year (check one):
				
		  		  	(1)	  	 ☐    Calendar Year

				
		  		  	(2)	  	 ☑    Plan Year

				
		  		  	(3)	  	 ☐    Other, (12-month period
ending on the following date):

			
	 	  	(g)	  	Plan Status:
				
		  		  	(1)	  	Adoption Agreement Effective Date: 01/01/2018 (cannot be earlier than the later of (i) the first day of the 2007 Plan Year or (ii) the effective date of the Plan)
				
		  		  	(2)	  	The Adoption Agreement Effective Date is:

  

									
				
		 	(A)	  	☐	  	A new Plan Effective Date
				
		 	(B)	  	☑	  	An amendment Effective Date (check one):
				
		 		  	(i)	  	 ☐   an amendment and restatement of this Basic Plan
Document No. 17 (or restatement of former Fidelity Basic Plan Document No. 14) and its Adoption Agreement previously executed by the Employer;

				
		 		  	(ii)	  	 ☐   a conversion to Basic Plan Document No. 17 and its
Adoption Agreement.

				
		 		  	The original effective date of the Plan:	  	

  

							
				
		  		  	(3)	  	 ☐    Special Effective Dates. Certain provisions of the Plan shall
be effective as of a date other than the date specified in Subsection 1.01(g)(1) above. Please complete the Special Effective Dates Addendum to the Adoption Agreement indicating the affected provisions and their effective dates.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 1 

							
				
		  		  	(4)	  	 ☐    Plan Merger Effective Dates. Certain plan(s) were merged
into the Plan on or after the date specified in Subsection 1.01(g)(1) above. Please complete the appropriate subsection(s) of the Plan Mergers Addendum.

				
		  		  	(5)	  	 ☐    Frozen Plan. The Plan is currently frozen. While the
Plan is frozen, the definition of Compensation for purposes of determining contributions under Section 5.02 of the Basic Plan Document shall not include compensation earned after the date the Plan is frozen. Plan assets will continue to be held
on behalf of Participants and their Beneficiaries until distributed in accordance with the Plan terms. (If this provision is selected, it will override any conflicting provision selected in the Adoption Agreement.)(Choose
one.)

				
		  		  		  	 (A)      ☐  Contributions under the Plan
are permanently discontinued. Accounts of all Employees shall be 100% vested without regard to any schedule selected in 1.16.

				
		  		  		  	 (B)      ☐  Contributions under the Plan
are temporarily suspended. The Employer contemplates that contributions will resume at a later date.

				
		  		  		  	Note: Deferral Contributions and Employee Contributions shall not be taken from compensation earned after the date the Plan is frozen, however, loan repayments shall continue to be made until the loan obligation is
satisfied.
			
	 1.2
	  	EMPLOYER	  	
			
		  	(a)	  	Employer Name: LiquidPower Specialty Products Inc.
				
		  		  	(1)	  	Employer’s Tax Identification Number: 73-6091775
				
		  		  	(2)	  	Employer’s fiscal year end: 12/31
			
		  	(b)	  	The term “Employer” includes the following participating employers (choose one):
				
		  		  	(1)	  	 ☐    No other employers participate in the Plan.

				
		  		  	(2)	  	 ☑    Certain other employers participate in the Plan. Please
complete the Participating Employers Addendum.

							
			
	 1.3
	  	TRUSTEE	  	
				
		  	(a)	  	Trustee Name:	  	Fidelity Management Trust Company
				
		  		  	Address:	  	245 Summer Street
		  		  		  	Boston, MA 02210

							
			
	 1.4
	  	COVERAGE	  	
		
		  	All Employees who meet the conditions specified below shall be eligible to participate in the Plan:
			
		  	(a)	  	 Age  Requirement (check one):

				
		  		  	(1)	  	 ☑    no age requirement.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 2 

							
				
		  		  	(2)	  	 ☐    must have attained
age:    (not to exceed 21).

			
		  	(b)	  	Eligibility Service Requirement(s) - There shall be no eligibility service requirements for contributions to the Plan unless selected below for the following contributions:

  

							
	 (1)
Deferral
Contributions,
Employee
Contributions,
Qualified
Nonelective
Employer
Contributions
	  	 (2) Nonelective
Employer
Contributions
	  	 (3) Matching
Employer
Contributions
	  	 
		  		  		  	N/A – not applicable – type(s) of contribution not selected
				
		  		  		  	days of Eligibility Service requirement (no minimum Hours of Service). (Do not indicate more than 365 days in column (1) or 730 days in either of the other
columns.)
				
		  		  		  	months of Eligibility Service requirement (no minimum Hours of Service). (Do not indicate more than 12 months in column (1) or 24 months in either of the other
columns.)
				
		  		  		  	one year of Eligibility Service requirement (at least                 (not to exceed 1,000) Hours of Service are required
during the Eligibility Computation Period).
				
		  		  		  	two years of Eligibility Service requirement (at least                 (not to exceed 1,000) Hours of Service are required
during the Eligibility Computation Period). (Select only for column (2) or (3).)

 Note: If the Employer selects an Eligibility Service requirement of more than 365 days or 12 months or
selects the two year Eligibility Service requirement, then (1) contributions subject to such Eligibility Service requirement must be 100% vested when made, and (2) if the Plan has selected either Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions
in Option 1.11(a)(3) or Safe Harbor Formula in Option 1.12(a)(3), then only one year of Eligibility Service (with at least 1000 Hours of Service) is required for such contributions. 

Note: The Plan shall be disaggregated for testing pursuant to Section 6.09 of the Basic Plan Document if a more stringent
eligibility requirement is elected in Subsection 1.04(a) or (b) either (1) with respect to Matching Employer Contributions and Option 1.11(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, is selected or (2) with respect to
Nonelective Employer Contributions and Option 1.12(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula, is selected, than with respect to Deferral Contributions. 

Note: If different eligibility requirements are selected for Deferral Contributions than for Employer Contributions and the Plan becomes
a “top-heavy plan,” the Employer may need to make a minimum Employer Contribution on behalf of non-key Employees who have satisfied the eligibility
requirements for Deferral Contributions and are employed on the last day of the Plan Year, but have not satisfied the eligibility requirements for Employer Contributions. 
  

					
			
		  	(4)	  	 ☐    Hours of Service Crediting.
Hours of Service will be credited in accordance with the equivalency selected in the Hours of Service Equivalencies Addendum rather than in accordance with the equivalency described in Subsection 2.01(cc) of the Basic Plan Document. Please complete
the Hours of Service Equivalencies Addendum.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 3 

							
			
		  	(c)	  	Eligibility Computation Period - The Eligibility Computation Period is the 12-consecutive-month period beginning on an Employee’s Employment Commencement Date
and each 12-consecutive-month period beginning on an anniversary of his Employment Commencement Date.
			
		  	 (d)
	  	 Eligible Class of Employees:

				
		  		  	 (1)
	  	 Generally, the Employees eligible to participate in the Plan are (choose one):

				
		  		  		  	 (A)   ☑        all
Employees of the Employer.

				
		  		  		  	 (B)   ☐        only
Employees of the Employer who are covered by (choose one):

				
		  		  		  	 (i)        ☐ any collective
bargaining agreement with the Employer, provided that the agreement requires the employees to be included under the Plan.

				
		  		  		  	 (ii)       ☐ the following collective
bargaining agreement(s) with the Employer:

                   
                                         
                                         
           

				
		  		  	 (2)
	  	 ☑    Notwithstanding the selection in Subsection 1.04(d)(1)
above, certain Employees of the Employer are excluded from participation in the Plan:

				
		  		  		  	Note: Certain employees (e.g., residents of Puerto Rico) are excluded automatically pursuant to Subsection 2.01(r) of the Basic Plan Document, regardless of the Employer’s selection under this Subsection
1.04(d)(2).
				
		  		  		  	
				
		  		  		  	
(A)        ☐   employees covered by a
collective bargaining agreement, unless the agreement requires the employees to be included under the Plan. (Do not choose if Option 1.04(d)(1)(B) is selected above.)

				
		  		  		  	 (B)        ☐   Highly
Compensated Employees as defined in Subsection 2.01(bb) of the Basic Plan Document.

				
		  		  		  	 (C)        ☑   Leased
Employees as defined in Subsection 2.01(ee) of the Basic Plan Document.

				
		  		  		  	
(D)        ☑   nonresident aliens who do not
receive any earned income from the Employer which constitutes United States source income.

				
		  		  		  	
(E)        ☑   other:

				
		  		  		  	 Part-time (under 1000 hours) and Temporary employees; Intern/Co-op
employees; Student Summer employees; Any Employee who is an active participant in and accruing a retirement benefit under the LSPI Pension Plan

				
		  		  		  	 Note: The eligible group defined above must be a definitely determinable group and cannot be subject to the
discretion of the Employer. In addition, the design of the classifications cannot be such that the only Non-Highly Compensated Employees benefiting under the Plan are those with the lowest compensation and/or
the shortest periods of service and who may represent the minimum number of such employees necessary to satisfy coverage under Code Section 410(b).

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 4 

									
					
		  		  		  	(i)	  	 ☑   Notwithstanding this exclusion, any Employee
who would otherwise be excluded from participation solely because he is in a group described below shall be part of the class of Employees eligible to participate in the Plan and, if he has never been a Participant in the Plan previously, will be
required to meet different age and service requirements for eligibility than those specified in Subsections (a) and (b) permitting him to enter on the Entry Date immediately following the end of the Eligibility Computation Period during which
he first satisfies the following requirements: (I) has attained age 21 and (II) has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service. This Subsection 1.04(d)(2)(E)(i) applies to the following excluded Employees (Must choose if an exclusion
in (E) above directly or indirectly imposes an age and/or service requirement for participation, for example by excluding part- time or temporary employees):

					
		  		  		  		  	 Part-time (under 1000 hours) and Temporary employees; Intern/Co-op
employees; Student Summer employees

				
		  		  		  	Note: Exclusion of employees may adversely affect the Plan’s satisfaction of the minimum coverage requirements, as provided in Code Section 410(b).

  

							
		  	 (e)
	  	Entry Dates – The Entry Dates shall be as indicated below with respect to the applicable type(s) of contribution. (Complete the table below by checking the appropriate boxes to indicate Entry Dates
for the contributions listed.)

  

									
	 	  	 (1)
Deferral
Contributions,
Employee
Contributions,
Qualified
Nonelective
Employer
Contributions
	  	 (2) Nonelective
Employer
Contributions
	  	 (3) Matching
Employer
Contributions
	  	 
	 (A)
	  		  		  		  	N/A – not applicable – type(s) of contribution not selected
					
	 (B)
	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	Immediate upon meeting the eligibility requirements specified in Subsections 1.04(a) and 1.04(b)
					
	 (C)
	  		  		  		  	the first day of each Plan Year and the first day of the seventh month of each Plan Year
					
	 (D)
	  		  		  		  	the first day of each Plan Year and the first day of the fourth, seventh, and tenth months of each Plan Year
					
	 (E)
	  		  		  		  	the first day of each month
					
	 (F)
	  		  		  		  	the first day of each Plan Year (Do not select if there is an Eligibility Service requirement of more than six months in Subsection 1.04(b) for the type(s) of contribution or if there is an age requirement of more than 20 1/2
in Subsection 1.04(a) for the type(s) of contribution.)

 Note: If another plan is merged into the Plan, the Plan may provide on the Plan Mergers Addendum that
the effective date of the merger is also an Entry Date with respect to certain Employees. 
  

	 	(f)	Date of Initial Participation - An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the Entry Date coinciding with or immediately following the date such Eligible Employee completes the age and
service requirement(s) in Subsections 1.04(a) and (b), if any, or in Subsection 1.04(d)(2)(E)(i), if applicable, except (check one): 

  

	 	(1)	☑        no exceptions. 

  

	 	(2)	☐        Eligible Employees employed on (insert date) shall become Participants on that date. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 5 

											
					
		  		  	(3)	  	☐	  	Eligible Employees who meet the age and service requirement(s) of Subsections 1.04(a) and (b) on (insert date) shall become Participants on that date.
		
	 1.5
	  	COMPENSATION
		
		  	Compensation, as defined in Subsection 2.01(k) of the Basic Plan Document, shall be modified as provided below.
			
		  	(a)	  	Compensation Exclusions - Compensation shall not include reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving
expenses, deferred compensation, welfare benefits, unused leave (as described in Section 2.01(k)(2)), or any of the following additional item(s):
					
		  		  	(1)	  	☐	  	No additional exclusions.
					
		  		  	(2)	  	☐	  	Differential Wages.
					
		  		  	(3)	  	☐	  	Overtime pay.
					
		  		  	(4)	  	☐	  	Bonuses.
					
		  		  	(5)	  	☐	  	Commissions.
					
		  		  	(6)	  	☐	  	The value of restricted stock or of a qualified or a non-qualified stock option granted to an Employee by the Employer to the extent such value is includable in the Employee’s
taxable income.
					
		  		  	(7)	  	☐	  	Severance pay received prior to termination of employment. (Severance pay received following termination of employment is a severance amount as described in Subsection 2.01(k) and is always excluded.)
					
		  		  	(8)	  	☑	  	See Additional Provisions Addendum.
			
		  		  	Note: If the Employer selects an option, other than (1) or (2) above, with respect to Nonelective Employer Contributions, Compensation must be tested to show that it meets the requirements of Code
Section 414(s), unless 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula has been selected, or the allocations must be tested to show that they meet the general test under regulations issued under Code Section 401(a)(4). If the Employer selects an option, other
than (1) or (2) above, and Option 1.11(a)(3), Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, is selected, a Participant must be permitted to make Deferral Contributions under the Plan sufficient to receive the full 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching
Employer Contribution, determined as a percentage of Compensation meeting the requirements of Code Section 414(s).
			
		  	(b)	  	Compensation for the First Year of Participation - Contributions for the Plan Year in which an Employee first becomes a Participant shall be determined based on the Employee’s Compensation as provided
below.
					
		  		  	(1)	  	☑	  	Compensation for the entire Plan Year. (Complete (A) below, if applicable. If (A) is not selected, the amount of any Nonelective Employer Contribution for the initial Plan Year will be determined in
accordance with this subsection 1.05(b)(1) using only Compensation from the Effective Date of the Plan through the end of the initial Plan Year.)
					
		  		  		  	(A)	  	 ☐   For purposes of determining the
amount of Nonelective Employer Contributions, other than 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions, Compensation for the 12-month period ending on the last day of the initial Plan Year shall be
used.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 6 

													
					
		 		 	(2)	 	☐	 	Only Compensation for the portion of the Plan Year in which the Employee is eligible to participate in the Plan. (Complete (A) below, if applicable. If (A) is not selected, the amount of any Nonelective
Employer Contribution for the initial Plan Year will be determined in accordance with this subsection 1.05(b)(2) using only Compensation from the Effective Date of the Plan through the end of the initial Plan Year.)
						
		 		 		 	(A)	 	☐	  	For purposes of determining the amount of Nonelective Employer Contributions, other than 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions, for those Employees who become Active Participants on the Effective Date of
the Plan, Compensation for the 12-month period ending on the last day of the initial Plan Year shall be used. For all other Employees, only Compensation for the period in which they are eligible shall be
used.
		
	1.6	 	TESTING RULES
			
		 	(a)	 	ADP/ACP Present Testing Method - The testing method for purposes of applying the “ADP” and “ACP” tests described in Sections 6.03 and 6.06 of the Basic Plan Document shall be the (check
one):
					
		 		 	(1)	 	☑	 	Current Year Testing Method - The “ADP” or “ACP” of Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall be compared to the “ADP” or “ACP” of
Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year. (Must choose if Option 1.11(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, or Option 1.12(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula, with respect
to Nonelective Employer Contributions is checked.)
					
		 		 	(2)	 	☐	 	Prior Year Testing Method - The “ADP” or “ACP” of Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall be compared to the “ADP” or “ACP” of
Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the immediately preceding Plan Year. (Do not choose if Option 1.10(a)(1), alternative allocation formula for Qualified Nonelective Contributions.)
					
		 		 	(3)	 	☐	 	Not applicable. (Only if Option 1.01(b)(3), Profit Sharing Only, is checked and Option 1.08(a)(1), Future Employee Contributions, and Option 1.11(a), Matching Employer Contributions, are not checked or Option
1.04(d)(2)(B), excluding all Highly Compensated Employees from the eligible class of Employees, is checked.)
			
		 		 	Note: Restrictions apply on elections to change testing methods.
			
		 	(b)	 	First Year Testing Method - If the first Plan Year that the Plan, other than a successor plan, permits Deferral Contributions or provides for either Employee or Matching Employer Contributions, occurs on or
after the Effective Date specified in Subsection 1.01(g), the “ADP” and/or “ACP” test for such first Plan Year shall be applied using the actual “ADP” and/or “ACP” of
Non-Highly Compensated Employees for such first Plan Year, unless otherwise provided below.
					
		 		 	(1)	 	☐	 	The “ADP” and/or “ACP” test for the first Plan Year that the Plan permits Deferral    Contributions or provides for either Employee or Matching Employer Contributions shall be
applied assuming a 3% “ADP” and/or “ACP” for Non-Highly Compensated Employees. (Do not choose unless Plan uses prior year testing method described in Subsection
1.06(a)(2).)

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 7 

													
			
		 	(c)	 	HCE Determinations: Look Back Year - The look back year for purposes of determining which Employees are Highly Compensated Employees shall be the 12-consecutive-month
period preceding the Plan Year, unless otherwise provided below.
					
		 		 	(1)	 	☐	 	Calendar Year Determination - The look back year shall be the calendar year beginning within the preceding Plan Year. (Do not choose if the Plan Year is the calendar year.)
			
		 	(d)	 	HCE Determinations: Top Paid Group Election - All Employees with Compensation exceeding the dollar amount specified in Code Section 414(q)(1)(B)(i) adjusted pursuant to Code Section 415(d) (e.g.,
$115,000 for “determination years” beginning in 2013 and “look-back years” beginning in 2012) shall be considered Highly Compensated Employees, unless Top Paid Group Election below is checked.
					
		 		 	(1)	 	☐	 	Top Paid Group Election - Employees with Compensation exceeding the dollar amount specified in Code Section 414(q)(1)(B)(i) adjusted pursuant to Code Section 415(d) shall be considered Highly Compensated
Employees only if they are in the top paid group (the top 20% of Employees ranked by Compensation).
		
		 	Note: Plan provisions for Sections 1.06(c) and 1.06(d) must apply consistently to all retirement plans of the Employer for determination years that begin with or within the same calendar year
		
	1.7	 	DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS
				
		 	(a)	 	☑	 	Deferral Contributions - Participants may elect to have a portion of their Compensation contributed to the Plan on a before-tax basis pursuant to Code
Section 401(k).
				
		 		 	(1)	 	Regular Contributions - The Employer shall make a Deferral Contribution in accordance with Section 5.03 of the Basic Plan Document on behalf of each Participant who has an executed salary reduction agreement
in effect with the Employer for the payroll period in question. Such Deferral Contribution shall not exceed the deferral limit below.
						
		 		 		 	(A)	 	☑	  	The deferral limit is 75.00% (must be a whole number multiple of one percent) of Compensation.
				
		 		 		 	Note: If Catch-Up Contributions are selected below, a Participant eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions shall (subject to the
statutory limits in Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(v)- 1(b)(1)(i)) in any event be permitted to contribute in excess of the specified deferral limit up to 100% of the Participant’s “effectively available Compensation”
(i.e., Compensation available after other withholding).
						
		 		 		 	(B)	 	☐	  	Instead of specifying a percentage of Compensation, a Participant’s salary reduction agreement may specify a dollar amount to be contributed each payroll period, provided such dollar amount does not exceed the
maximum percentage of Compensation specified in Subsection 5.03(a) of the Basic Plan Document or in Subsection 1.07(a)(1)(A) above, as applicable.
					
		 		 		 	(C)	 	A Participant may change, on a prospective basis, his salary reduction agreement (check one):
							
		 		 		 		 	(i)	  	☑	  	as of the beginning of each payroll period.
							
		 		 		 		 	(ii)	  	☐	  	as of the first day of each month.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 8 

											
		 		 		 	(iii)	  	☐	  	as of each Entry Date. (Do not select if immediate entry is elected with respect to Deferral Contributions in Subsection 1.04(e).)
						
		 		 		 	(iv)	  	☐	  	as of the first day of each calendar quarter.
						
		 		 		 	(v)	  	☐	  	as of the first day of each Plan Year.
						
		 		 		 	(vi)	  	☐	  	other. (Specify, but must be at least once per Plan Year)
						
		 		 		 		  		  	                                     
                                         
                       
				
		 		 		 	Note: Notwithstanding the Employer’s election hereunder, if Option 1.11(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, or Option 1.12(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula, with respect to
Nonelective Employer Contributions is checked, the Plan provides that an Active Participant may change his salary reduction agreement for the Plan Year within a reasonable period (not fewer than 30 days) of receiving the notice described in Section
6.09 of the Basic Plan Document.
				
		 		 	(D)	 	A Participant may revoke, on a prospective basis, a salary reduction agreement at any time upon proper notice to the Administrator but in such case may not complete a new salary reduction agreement until (check
one):
						
		 		 		 	(i)	  	☑	  	the beginning of the next payroll period.
						
		 		 		 	(ii)	  	☐	  	the first day of the next month.
						
		 		 		 	(iii)	  	☐	  	the next Entry Date. (Do not select if immediate entry is elected with respect to Deferral Contributions in Subsection 1.04(e).)
						
		 		 		 	(iv)	  	☐	  	as of the first day of each calendar quarter.
						
		 		 		 	(v)	  	☐	  	as of the first day of each Plan Year.
						
		 		 		 	(vi)	  	☐	  	other. (Specify, but must be at least once per Plan Year)
						
		 		 		 		  		  	                                     
                                         
                       
				
		 	(2)	 	☐	 	Additional Deferral Contributions - The Employer shall allow a Participant upon proper notice and approval to enter into a special salary reduction agreement to make additional Deferral Contributions in an amount
up to 100% of their effectively available Compensation for the payroll period(s) designated by the Employer.
				
		 	(3)	 	☐	 	Bonus Contributions - The Employer shall allow a Participant upon proper notice and approval to enter into a special salary reduction agreement to make Deferral Contributions from any Employer paid cash bonuses
designated by the Employer on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis that are made for such Participants during the Plan Year in an amount up to 100% of such bonuses. The Compensation definition elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.05(a) must
include bonuses if bonus contributions are permitted. Unless a Participant has entered into a special salary reduction agreement with respect to bonuses, the percentage deferred from any Employer paid cash bonus shall be (check (A) or (B)
below):
						
		 		 	(A)	 	☐	  	Zero.	  	

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 9 

									
					
		 		 	(B)	  	☐	  	The same percentage elected by the Participant for his regular contributions in accordance with Subsection 1.07(a)(1) above or deemed to have been elected by the Participant in accordance with Option 1.07(a)(6) below.
		
		 	Note: A Participant’s contributions under Subsection 1.07(a)(2) and/or (3) may not cause the Participant to exceed the percentage limit specified by the Employer in Subsection 1.07(a)(1)(A) for the full Plan
Year. If the Administrator anticipates that the Plan will not satisfy the “ADP” and/or “ACP” test for the year, the Administrator may reduce the rate of Deferral Contributions of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
to an amount objectively determined by the Administrator to be necessary to satisfy the “ADP” and/or “ACP” test.
				
		 	(4)	 	☑	  	Catch-Up Contributions - The following Participants who have attained or are expected to attain age 50 before the close of the taxable year will be permitted to make Catch-Up Contributions to the Plan, as
described in Subsection 5.03(a) of the Basic Plan Document:
					
		 		 	(A)	  	☑	  	All such Participants.
					
		 		 	(B)	  	☐	  	All such Participants except those covered by a collective-bargaining agreement under which retirement benefits were a subject of good faith bargaining unless the bargaining agreement specifically provides for Catch-Up
Contributions to be made on behalf of such Participants.
			
		 		 	Note: The Employer must not select Option 1.07(a)(4) above unless all applicable plans (as defined in Code Section 414(v)(6)(A), other than any plan that is qualified under Puerto Rican law or that
covers only employees who are covered by a collective bargaining agreement under which retirement benefits were a subject of good faith bargaining) maintained by the Employer and by any other employer that is treated as a single employer with the
Employer under Code Section 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) also permit Catch-Up Contributions in the same dollar amount.
				
		 	(5)	 	☑	  	Roth 401(k) Contributions. Participants shall be permitted to irrevocably designate pursuant to Subsection 5.03(b) of the Basic Plan Document that a portion or all of the Deferral Contributions made under
this Subsection 1.07(a) are Roth 401(k) Contributions that are includable in the Participant’s gross income at the time deferred.
				
		 	(6)	 	☑	  	Automatic Enrollment Contributions. Unless they affirmatively elect otherwise, certain Eligible Employees will have their Compensation reduced in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 5.03(c) of the
Basic Plan Document (an “Automatic Enrollment Contribution”), Section 1.07(b) of the Additional Provisions Addendum, and the following:
					
		 		 	(A)	  	☑	  	All newly Eligible Employees shall be subject to the same automatic enrollment provisions.
					
		 		 	(B)	  	☐	  	The automatic enrollment provisions of the Plan shall be/are different for different groups of Eligible Employees.
					
		 		 	(C)	  	☑	  	Some form of automatic deferral increase will be part of the automatic enrollment provisions.
					
		 		 	(D)	  	☐	  	A qualified automatic contribution arrangement described in Code Section 401(k)(13) (“QACA”) has been adopted. (Select Option 1.11(a)(3) or 1.12(a)(3) and complete appropriate Addendum.)

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 10 

											
						
		 		 		 	(E)	  	☐	  	An eligible automatic enrollment arrangement described in Code Section 414(w) (“EACA”) has been adopted.
		
	 1.8  
	 	EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS (AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS)
				
		 	(a)	 	☑	 	Future Employee Contributions - Participants may make voluntary, non-deductible, after-tax Employee Contributions pursuant to Section 5.04 of the Basic Plan Document. The Employee Contribution made on
behalf of an Active Participant each payroll period shall not exceed the contribution limit specified in Subsection 1.08(a)(1) below.
				
		 		 	(1)	 	The contribution limit is 75% of Compensation.
				
		 	(b)	 	☐	 	Frozen Employee Contributions - Participants may not currently make after-tax Employee Contributions to the Plan, but the Employer does maintain frozen Employee Contributions Accounts.
				
		 	(c)	 	☑	 	See Additional Provisions Addendum.
		
	1.9	 	ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS
				
		 	(a)	 	☑	 	Rollover Contributions - Employees may roll over eligible amounts from other plans to the Plan subject to the additional following requirements:
					
		 		 	(1)	 	☐	  	The Plan will not accept rollovers of after-tax employee contributions.
					
		 		 	(2)	 	☐	  	The Plan will not accept rollovers of designated Roth contributions. (Must be selected if Roth 401(k) Contributions are not elected in Subsection 1.07(a)(5).)
				
		 	(b)	 	☐	 	In-Plan Roth Rollover Contributions (Choose only if Roth 401(k) Contributions are selected in Option 1.07(a)(5) above) – Unless Option 1.09(b)(1) is selected below and in accordance with Section 5.06
of the Basic Plan Document, any Participant, spousal alternate payee or spousal Beneficiary may elect to have otherwise distributable portions of his Account, which are not part of an outstanding loan balance pursuant to Article 9 of the Basic Plan
Document and are not “designated Roth contributions” under the Plan, be considered “designated Roth contributions” for purposes of the Plan.
					
		 		 	(1)	 	☐	  	Only a Participant who is still employed by the Employer (or a spousal alternate payee or spousal Beneficiary of such a Participant) may elect to make such an in-plan Roth Rollover.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 11 

											
	1.10	 	QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
			
		 	(a)	 	Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions - The Employer may contribute an amount which it designates as a Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution for any permissible purpose, as provided in Section
5.07 of the Basic Plan Document. If Option 1.07(a) or 1.08(a)(1) is checked, except as provided in Section 5.07 of the Basic Plan Document or as otherwise provided below, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be allocated to all
Participants who were eligible to participate in the Plan at any time during the Plan Year and are Non-Highly Compensated Employees in the ratio which each such Participant’s “testing compensation”, as defined in Subsection 6.01(s) of
the Basic Plan Document, for the Plan Year bears to the total of all such Participants’ “testing compensation” for the Plan Year.
					
		 		 	(1)	 	 ☐
	  	Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be allocated only among such Participants described above who are designated by the Employer as eligible to receive a Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution for
the Plan Year. The amount of the Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution allocated to each such Participant shall be as designated by the Employer, but not in excess of the “regulatory maximum.” The “regulatory maximum” means
5% (10% for Qualified Nonelective Contributions made in connection with the Employer’s obligation to pay prevailing wages) of the “testing compensation” for such Participant for the Plan Year. The “regulatory maximum” shall
apply separately with respect to Qualified Nonelective Contributions to be included in the “ADP” test and Qualified Nonelective Contributions to be included in the “ACP” test. (Cannot be selected if the Employer has elected
prior year testing in Subsection 1.06(a)(2).)
		
	1.11	 	MATCHING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
				
		 	 (a)
	 	☑	 	Matching Employer Contributions - The Employer shall make Matching Employer Contributions on behalf of each of its “eligible” Participants as provided in this Section 1.11. For purposes of this
Section 1.11, an “eligible” Participant means any Participant who is an Active Participant during the Contribution Period and who satisfies the requirements of Subsection 1.11(e) or Section 1.13.
					
		 		 	(1)	 	☐	  	Non-Discretionary Matching Employer Contributions - The Employer shall make a Matching Employer Contribution on behalf of each “eligible” Participant in an amount equal to the following percentage of the
eligible contributions made by the “eligible” Participant during the Contribution Period (complete all that apply):
						
		 		 		 	(A)	  	☐	  	Flat Percentage Match:                 % to all “eligible” Participants.
						
		 		 		 	(B)	  	☐	  	Tiered Match:                 % of the
first                 % of the “eligible” Participant’s Compensation contributed to the Plan,
						
		 		 		 		  		  	                % of the next                % of the
“eligible” Participant’s Compensation contributed to the Plan,
						
		 		 		 		  		  	                % of the next                % of the
“eligible” Participant’s Compensation contributed to the Plan.
					
		 		 		 		  	Note: The group of “eligible” Participants benefiting under each match rate must satisfy the nondiscriminatory coverage requirements of Code Section 410(b) and the group to whom the match rate is
effectively available must not substantially favor HCEs.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 12 

											
					
		 		 	(C)	 	☐	  	Limit on Non-Discretionary Matching Employer Contributions (check the appropriate box(es)):
						
		 		 		 	(i)	  	☐	  	Contributions in excess of %                 of the “eligible” Participant’s Compensation for the Contribution Period shall not
be considered for non-discretionary Matching Employer Contributions.
						
		 		 		 	(ii)	  	☐	  	Matching Employer Contributions for each “eligible” Participant for each Plan Year shall be limited to $                .
				
		 	(2)	 	☐	 	Discretionary Matching Employer Contributions - The Employer may make a discretionary Matching Employer Contribution on behalf of “eligible” Participants, or a designated group of “eligible”
Participants, in accordance with Section 5.08 of the Basic Plan Document. An “eligible” Participant’s allocable share of the discretionary Matching Employer Contribution shall be a percentage of the eligible contributions made by the
“eligible” Participant during the Contribution Period. The Employer may limit the eligible contributions taken into account under the allocation formula to contributions up to a specified percentage of Compensation or dollar amount or may
provide for Matching Employer Contributions to be made in a different ratio for eligible contributions above and below a specified percentage of Compensation or dollar amount. The Matching Employer Contribution is allocated among
“eligible” Participants so that each “eligible” Participant receives a rate or amount that is identical to the rate or amount received by all other “eligible” Participants (or designated group of “eligible”
Participants, if applicable) as determined by the Employer on or before the due date of the Employer’s tax return for the year of allocation.
				
		 		 		 	Note: If the Matching Employer Contribution made in accordance with this Subsection 1.11(a)(2) matches different percentages of contributions for different groups of “eligible” Participants, the group of
“eligible” Participants benefiting under each match rate must satisfy the nondiscriminatory coverage requirements of Code Section 410(b) and the group to whom the match rate is effectively available must not substantially favor
HCEs.
					
		 		 	(A)	 	☐	  	4% Limitation on Discretionary Matching Employer Contributions for Deemed Satisfaction of “ACP” Test - In no event may the dollar amount of the discretionary Matching Employer Contribution made on an
“eligible” Participant’s behalf for the Plan Year exceed 4% of the “eligible” Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. (Only if Option 1.12(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula, with respect to Nonelective
Employer Contributions is checked.)
				
		 	(3)	 	☑	 	401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions - If the Employer elects one of the safe harbor formula Options provided in the 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions Addendum to the Adoption
Agreement and provides written notice each Plan Year to all Active Participants of their rights and obligations under the Plan, the Plan shall be deemed to satisfy the “ADP” test and, under certain circumstances, the “ACP”
test.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 13 

													
				
		  	(b)	  	☐	  	Additional Matching Employer Contributions - The Employer may at Plan Year end make an additional Matching Employer Contribution on behalf of each “eligible” Participant in an amount equal to a
percentage of the eligible contributions made by each “eligible” Participant during the Plan Year. The additional Matching Employer Contribution may be limited to match only contributions up to a specified percentage of Compensation or
limit the amount of the match to a specified dollar amount.
				
		  		  		  	Note: If the additional Matching Employer Contribution made in accordance with this Subsection 1.11(b) matches different percentages of contributions for different groups of “eligible” Participants,
the group of “eligible” Participants benefiting under each match rate must satisfy the nondiscriminatory coverage requirements of Code Section 410(b) and the group to whom the match rate is effectively available must not substantially
favor HCEs.
					
		  		  	(1)	  	 ☐
	  	4% Limitation on additional Matching Employer Contributions for Deemed Satisfaction of “ACP” Test - In no event may the dollar amount of the additional Matching Employer Contribution made on an
“eligible” Participant’s behalf for the Plan Year exceed 4% of the “eligible” Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. (Only if Option 1.11(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, or Option
1.12(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula, with respect to Nonelective Employer Contributions is checked.)
			
		  		  	 Note: If the Employer elected Option 1.11(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer
Contributions, above and wants to be deemed to have satisfied the “ADP” test, the additional Matching Employer Contribution must meet the requirements of Section 6.09 of the Basic Plan Document. In addition to the foregoing requirements,
if the Employer elected Option 1.11(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, or Option 1.12(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula, with respect to Nonelective Employer Contributions, and wants to be deemed to have satisfied the
“ACP” test with respect to Matching Employer Contributions for the Plan Year, the eligible contributions matched may not exceed the limitations in Section 6.10 of the Basic Plan Document.

			
		  	(c)	  	 Contributions Matched - The Employer matches the following contributions (check
appropriate box(es)):

				
		  		  	(1)	  	 Deferral Contributions - Deferral Contributions made to the Plan are matched at the rate specified
in this Section 1.11. Catch-Up Contributions are not matched unless the Employer elects Option 1.11(c)(1)(A) below.

						
		  		  		  	(A)	  	☑	  	 Catch-Up Contributions made to the Plan pursuant to Subsection 1.07(a)(4) are matched at the rates
specified in this Section 1.11.

					
		  		  		  		  	 Note: Notwithstanding the above, if the Employer elected Option 1.11(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor
Matching Employer Contributions, Deferral Contributions shall be matched at the rate specified in the 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement without regard to whether they are Catch-Up
Contributions.

					
		  		  	(2)	  	☑	  	 See Additional Provisions Addendum.

			
		  	(d)	  	 Contribution Period for Matching Employer Contributions - The Contribution Period for
purposes of calculating the amount of Matching Employer Contributions is:

					
		  		  	(1)	  	☐	  	 each calendar month.

					
		  		  	(2)	  	☐	  	 each Plan Year quarter.

					
		  		  	(3)	  	☑	  	 each Plan Year.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 14 

									
					
		  		  	(4)	  	☐	  	each payroll period.
					
		  		  	(5)	  	☐	  	The Employer shall determine the Contribution Period for calculation of any discretionary Matching Employer Contributions elected pursuant to Option 1.11(a)(2) above at the time that the matching contribution formula is
determined.
			
		  		  	The Contribution Period for additional Matching Employer Contributions described in Subsection 1.11(b) is the Plan Year.
			
		  		  	Note: If Option (5) is selected, one of the other options must be selected to apply to any non-discretionary Matching Employer Contributions.
			
		  		  	Note: If Matching Employer Contributions are made more frequently than for the Contribution Period selected above, the Employer must calculate the Matching Employer Contribution required with respect to the full
Contribution Period, taking into account the “eligible” Participant’s contributions and Compensation for the full Contribution Period, and contribute any additional Matching Employer Contributions necessary to “true up” the
Matching Employer Contribution so that the full Matching Employer Contribution is made for the Contribution Period.
			
		  	(e)	  	Continuing Eligibility Requirement(s) - A Participant who is an Active Participant during a Contribution Period and makes eligible contributions during the Contribution Period shall only be entitled to
receive Matching Employer Contributions under Section 1.11 for that Contribution Period if the Participant satisfies the following requirement(s) (Check the appropriate box(es). Options (3) and (4) may not be elected together; Option (5) may not be
elected with Option (2), (3), or (4); Options (2), (3), (4), (5), and (7) may not be elected with respect to Matching Employer Contributions if Option 1.11(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, is checked or if Option
1.12(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula, with respect to Nonelective Employer Contributions is checked and the Employer intends to satisfy the Code Section 401(m)(11) safe harbor with respect to Matching Employer Contributions):
					
		  		  	(1)	  	☑	  	No requirements.
					
		  		  	(2)	  	☐	  	Is employed by the Employer or a Related Employer on the last day of the Contribution Period.
					
		  		  	(3)	  	☐	  	Earns at least 501 Hours of Service during the Plan Year. (Only if the Contribution Period is the Plan Year.)
					
		  		  	(4)	  	☐	  	Earns at least (not to exceed 1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan Year. (Only if the Contribution Period is the Plan Year.)
					
		  		  	(5)	  	☐	  	Either earns at least 501 Hours of Service during the Plan Year or is employed by the Employer or a Related Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. (Only if the Contribution Period is the Plan Year.)
					
		  		  	(6)	  	☐	  	Is not a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year.
					
		  		  	(7)	  	☐	  	Is not a partner or a member of the Employer, if the Employer is a partnership or an entity taxed as a partnership.
					
		  		  	(8)	  	☐	  	Special continuing eligibility requirement(s) for additional Matching Employer Contributions. (Only if Option 1.11(b), Additional Matching Employer Contributions, is checked.)

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 15 

									
					
		  		  		  	(A)	  	The continuing eligibility requirement(s) for additional Matching Employer Contributions is/are:                (Fill in number of applicable
eligibility requirement(s) from above, including the number of Hours of Service if Option (4) has been selected. Options (2), (3), (4), (5), and (7) may not be elected with respect to additional Matching Employer Contributions if Option 1.11(a)(3),
401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, is checked or if Option 1.12(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula, with respect to Nonelective Employer Contributions is checked and the Employer intends to satisfy the Code Section 401(m)(11) safe
harbor with respect to Matching Employer Contributions.)
			
		  		  	Note: Except when added in conjunction with the addition of a new Matching Employer Contribution, if Option (2), (3), (4), or (5) is adopted during a Contribution Period, such Option shall not become effective
until the first day of the next Contribution Period. Matching Employer Contributions attributable to the Contribution Period that are funded during the Contribution Period shall not be subject to the eligibility requirements of Option (2), (3), (4),
or (5). If Option (2), (3), (4), (5), or (7) is elected with respect to any Matching Employer Contributions and if Option 1.12(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula, is also elected, the Plan will not be deemed to satisfy the “ACP” test in
accordance with Section 6.10 of the Basic Plan Document and will have to pass the “ACP” test each year.
				
		  	(f)	  	☐	  	Qualified Matching Employer Contributions - Prior to making any Matching Employer Contribution hereunder (other than a 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contribution), the Employer may designate all or a
portion of such Matching Employer Contribution as a Qualified Matching Employer Contribution that may be used to satisfy the “ADP” test on Deferral Contributions and excluded in applying the “ACP” test on Employee and Matching
Employer Contributions. Unless the additional eligibility requirement is selected below, Qualified Matching Employer Contributions shall be allocated to all Participants who were Active Participants during the Contribution Period and who meet the
continuing eligibility requirement(s) described in Subsection 1.11(e) above for the type of Matching Employer Contribution being characterized as a Qualified Matching Employer Contribution.
					
		  		  	(1)	  	☐	  	To receive an allocation of Qualified Matching Employer Contributions a Participant must also be a Non-Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year.
			
		  		  	Note: Qualified Matching Employer Contributions may not be excluded in applying the “ACP” test for a Plan Year if the Employer elected Option 1.11(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer
Contributions, or Option 1.12(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula, with respect to Nonelective Employer Contributions, and the “ADP” test is deemed satisfied under Section 6.09 of the Basic Plan Document for such Plan Year.
		
	1.12	  	NONELECTIVE EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
		
		  	If (a) or (b) is elected below, the Employer may make Nonelective Employer Contributions on behalf of each of its “eligible” Participants in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.12. Except as
otherwise defined in this Adoption Agreement pertaining to Nonelective Employer Contributions, for purposes of this Section 1.12, an “eligible” Participant means a Participant who is an Active Participant during the Contribution Period and
who satisfies the requirements of Subsection 1.12(d) or Section 1.13.
		
		  	Note: An Employer may elect both a fixed formula and a discretionary formula. If both are selected, the discretionary formula shall be treated as an additional Nonelective Employer Contribution and allocated
separately in accordance with the allocation formula selected by the Employer.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 16 

															
				
		  	(a)	  	☐	  	Fixed Formula:
					
		  		  	(1)	  	☐	  	Fixed Percentage Employer Contribution - For each Contribution Period, the Employer shall contribute for each “eligible” Participant a percentage of such “eligible” Participant’s
Compensation equal to):
					
		  		  		  	(A)	  	                % (not to exceed 25%) to all “eligible” Participants.
				
		  		  		  	Note: The allocation formula in Option 1.12(a)(1)(A) above generally satisfies a design-based safe harbor pursuant to the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(4).
					
		  		  	(2)	  	☐	  	Fixed Flat Dollar Employer Contribution - The Employer shall contribute for each “eligible” Participant an amount equal to:
					
		  		  		  	(A)	  	$                to all “eligible” Participants. (Complete (i) below).
						
		  		  		  		  	(i)	  	The contribution amount is based on an “eligible” Participant’s service for the following period (check one of the following):
								
		  		  		  		  		  	(I)	  	☐	  	Each paid hour.
								
		  		  		  		  		  	(II)	  	☐	  	Each Plan Year.
								
		  		  		  		  		  	(III)	  	☐	  	Other:                                 (must be a
period within the Plan Year that does not exceed one week and is uniform with respect to all “eligible” Participants).
				
		  		  		  	Note: The allocation formula in Option 1.12(a)(2)(A) above generally satisfies a design-based safe harbor pursuant to the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(4).
					
		  		  	(3)	  	☐	  	401(k) Safe Harbor Formula - The Nonelective Employer Contribution specified in the 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions Addendum is intended to satisfy the safe harbor contribution requirements
under Sections 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code such that the “ADP” test (and, under certain circumstances, the “ACP” test) is deemed satisfied. Please complete the 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions Addendum to
the Adoption Agreement. (Choose only if Option 1.07(a), Deferral Contributions, is checked.)
				
		  	(b)	  	☑	  	Discretionary Formula - The Employer may decide each Contribution Period whether to make a discretionary Nonelective Employer Contribution on behalf of “eligible” Participants in accordance with
Section 5.10 of the Basic Plan Document.
					
		  		  	(1)	  	☐	  	Non-Integrated Allocation Formula - In the ratio that each “eligible” Participant’s Compensation bears to the total Compensation paid to all “eligible” Participants for the Contribution
Period.
			
		  		  	Note: The allocation formula in Option 1.12(b)(1) above generally satisfies a design-based safe harbor pursuant to the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(4).
					
		  		  	(2)	  	☐	  	Integrated Allocation Formula - As (1) a percentage of each “eligible” Participant’s Compensation plus (2) a percentage of each “eligible” Participant’s Compensation in excess of the
“integration level” as defined below. The percentage of Compensation in excess of the “integration level” shall be equal to the lesser of the percentage of the “eligible” Participant’s Compensation allocated under
(1) above or the “permitted disparity limit” as defined below.
				
		  		  		  	Note: An Employer that has elected Option 1.12(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula, may not take Nonelective Employer Contributions made to satisfy the 401(k) safe harbor into account in applying the integrated
allocation formula described above.
					
		  		  		  	(A)	  	“Integration level” means the Social Security taxable wage base for the Plan Year, unless the Employer elects a lesser amount in (i) or (ii) below.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 17 

													
					
		 		 		 	(i)	  	                % (not to exceed 100%) of the Social Security taxable wage base for the Plan Year, or
					
		 		 		 	(ii)	  	$                (not to exceed the Social Security taxable wage base).
				
		 		 		 	“Permitted disparity limit” means the percentage provided by the following table:

 

					
	 The “Integration Level”

is         % of the

Taxable Wage Base
	  	The “Permitted
Disparity
Limit” is	 
	 20% or less
	  	 	5.7	% 
	 More than 20%, but not more than 80%
	  	 	4.3	% 
	 More than 80%, but less than 100%
	  	 	5.4	% 
	 100%
	  	 	5.7	% 

  

													
			
		 		 	The Social Security taxable wage base is the contribution and benefit base in effect under Section 230 of the Social Security Act at the beginning of the Plan Year.
			
		 		 	Note: The allocation formula in Option 1.12(b)(2) above generally satisfies a design-based safe harbor pursuant to the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(4).
			
		 		 	Note: An Employer who maintains any other plan that provides for or imputes Social Security Integration (permitted disparity) may not elect Option 1.12(b)(2).
				
		 	 (3)
	 	 ☑
	 	 See Additional Provisions Addendum.

		
	(c)	 	Contribution Period for Nonelective Employer Contributions - The Contribution Period for purposes of calculating the amount of Nonelective Employer Contributions is the Plan Year, unless the Employer
elects another Contribution Period below. Regardless of any selection made below, the Contribution Period for 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions under Option 1.12(a)(3) or Nonelective Employer Contributions allocated under an
integrated formula selected under Option 1.12(b)(2) is the Plan Year.
				
		 	 (1)
	 	 ☐
	 	 each calendar month.

				
		 	 (2)
	 	 ☐
	 	 each Plan Year quarter.

				
		 	 (3)
	 	 ☐
	 	 each payroll period.

		
		 	Note: If Nonelective Employer Contributions are made more frequently than for the Contribution Period selected above, the Employer must calculate the Nonelective Employer Contribution required with respect to the
full Contribution Period, taking into account the “eligible” Participant’s Compensation for the full Contribution Period, and contribute any additional Nonelective Employer Contributions necessary to “true up” the
Nonelective Employer Contribution so that the full Nonelective Employer Contribution is made for the Contribution Period.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 18 

	 	(d)	Continuing Eligibility Requirement(s) - A Participant shall only be entitled to receive Nonelective Employer Contributions for a Plan Year under this Section 1.12 if the Participant is an
Active Participant during the Plan Year and satisfies the following requirement(s) (Check the appropriate box(es) - Options (3) and (4) may not be elected together; Option (5) may not be elected with Option (2), (3), or (4); Options (2),
(3), (4), (5), and (7) may not be elected with respect to Nonelective Employer Contributions under the fixed formula if Option 1.12(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula, is checked): 

 

							
		  	(1)	    	☐	    	No requirements.
				
		  	(2)	    	☑	    	Is employed by the Employer or a Related Employer on the last day of the Contribution Period.
				
		  	(3)	    	☐	    	Earns at least 501 Hours of Service during the Plan Year. (Only if the Contribution Period is the Plan Year.)
				
		  	(4)	    	☑	    	Earns at least 1,000 (not to exceed 1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan Year. (Only if the Contribution Period is the Plan Year.)
				
		  	(5)	    	☐	    	Either earns at least 501 Hours of Service during the Plan Year or is employed by the Employer or a Related Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. (Only if the Contribution Period is the Plan Year.)
				
		  	(6)	    	☐	    	Is not a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year.
				
		  	(7)	    	☐	    	Is not a partner or a member of the Employer, if the Employer is a partnership or an entity taxed as a partnership.
				
		  	(8)	    	☐	    	Special continuing eligibility requirement(s) for discretionary Nonelective Employer Contributions. (Only if both Options 1.12(a) and (b) are checked.)
				
		  		    	(A)	    	The continuing eligibility requirement(s) for discretionary Nonelective Employer Contributions is/are:                 
(Fill in number of applicable eligibility requirement(s) from above, including the number of Hours of Service if Option (4) has been selected.)

 Note: Except when added in conjunction with the addition of a new Nonelective Employer Contribution, if
Option (2), (3), (4), or (5) is adopted during a Contribution Period, such Option shall not become effective until the first day of the next Contribution Period. Nonelective Employer Contributions attributable to the Contribution Period that
are funded during the Contribution Period shall not be subject to the eligibility requirements of Option (2), (3), (4), or (5). 
  

	1.13	EXCEPTIONS TO CONTINUING ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS 

  

	 	☐	Death, Disability, and Retirement Exceptions - All Participants who become disabled, as defined in Section 1.15, retire, as provided in Subsection 1.14(a), (b), or (c), or die are excepted from
any last day or Hours of Service requirement. For purposes of this Section, any Participant who dies while performing qualified military service as defined in Code Section 414(u)(5) will be excepted from any last day or Hours of Service
requirement. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 19 

	1.14	RETIREMENT 

  

									
		 	(a)	    	The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is (check one):
					
		 		    	(1)	    	☐	    	age 65.
					
		 		    	(2)	    	☑	    	age 55 (specify between 55 and 64).
					
		 		    	(3)	    	☐	    	later of age                  (not to exceed 65) or the
                 (not to exceed 5th) anniversary of the Participant’s Employment Commencement Date.
				
		 	(b)	    	☐	    	The Early Retirement Age is the date the Participant attains age                  and completes
                 years of Vesting Service.
			
		 		    	Note: If this Option is elected, Participants who are employed by the Employer or a Related Employer on the date they reach Early Retirement Age shall be 100% vested in their Accounts under the Plan.
				
		 	(c)	    	☑	    	A Participant who becomes disabled, as defined in Section 1.15, is eligible for disability retirement.
			
		 		    	Note: If this Option is elected, Participants who are employed by the Employer or a Related Employer on the date they become disabled shall be 100% vested in their Accounts under the Plan. Pursuant to Section
11.03 of the Basic Plan Document, a Participant is not considered to be disabled until he terminates his employment with the Employer.

  

	1.15	DEFINITION OF DISABLED 

 A Participant is disabled if he/she meets
any of the requirements selected below: 
  

							
		  	(a)	    	☐	    	The Participant satisfies the requirements for benefits under the Employer’s long-term disability plan.
				
		  	(b)	    	☐	    	The Participant satisfies the requirements for Social Security disability benefits.
				
		  	(c)	    	☑	    	The Participant is determined to be disabled by a physician approved by the Employer.

  

	1.16	VESTING 

 A Participant’s vested interest in Matching Employer Contributions
and/or Nonelective Employer Contributions, other than those described in Subsection 5.11(a) of the Basic Plan Document, shall be based upon his years of Vesting Service and the schedule selected in Subsection 1.16(c) below, except as provided in the
Vesting Schedule Addendum to the Adoption Agreement or as provided in Subsection 1.22(c). 
  

							
		 	(a)	    	When years of Vesting Service are determined, the elapsed time method shall be used.
				
		 	(b)	    	☐	    	Years of Vesting Service shall exclude service prior to the Plan’s original Effective Date as listed in Subsection 1.01(g)(1) or Subsection 1.01(g)(2), as applicable.
			
		 	(c)	    	Vesting Schedule(s)

  

			
	 (1) Nonelective Employer Contributions

(check one):
	  	 (2) Matching Employer Contributions

(check one):

		
	(A)    ☐    N/A - No Nonelective Employer	  	(A)    ☐    N/A – No Matching Employer

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 20 

													
		 	Contributions	  	Contributions
							
		 	(B)	  	☑	  	100% Vesting immediately	  	(B)	  	☑	  	100% Vesting immediately
							
		 	(C)	  	☐	  	3 year cliff (see C below)	  	(C)	  	☐	  	3 year cliff (see C below)
							
		 	(D)	  	☐	  	6 year graduated (see D below)	  	(D)	  	☐	  	6 year graduated (see D below)
							
		 	(E)	  	☐	  	Other vesting (complete E1 below)	  	(E)	  	☐	  	Other vesting (complete E2 below)

  

											
	 	 	 Years of Vesting
Service
	  	 Applicable Vesting Schedule(s)

	 	 	 	  	 C
	  	 D
	  	 E1
	  	 E2

		 	0	  	0%	  	0%	  	            %	  	            %
		 	1	  	0%	  	0%	  	            %	  	            %
		 	2	  	0%	  	20%	  	            %	  	            %
		 	3	  	100%	  	40%	  	            %	  	            %
		 	4	  	100%	  	60%	  	            %	  	            %
		 	5	  	100%	  	80%	  	            %	  	            %
		 	6 or more	  	100%	  	100%	  	            %	  	            %

  

							
		 	Note: A schedule elected under E1 or E2 above must be at least as favorable as one of the schedules in C or D above. If the vesting schedule is amended, any such amendment must satisfy the requirements of
Section 16.04 of the Basic Plan Document
		
		 	Note: The amendment of the plan to add a Fixed Nonelective Employer Contribution, Discretionary Nonelective Employer Contribution, 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution, Fixed Matching Employer
Contribution, Discretionary Matching Employer Contribution, Additional Matching Employer Contribution, or 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contribution and an attendant vesting schedule does not constitute an amendment to a vesting schedule
under Section 16.04 of the Basic Plan Document, unless a contribution source of the same type exists under the Plan on the effective date of such amendment. Any amendment to the vesting schedule of one such contribution source shall not require
the amendment of the vesting schedule of any other such contribution source, notwithstanding the fact that one or more Participants may be subject to different vesting schedules for such different contribution sources.
				
		 	(d)	    	☑	    	A vesting schedule or schedules different from the vesting schedule(s) selected above applies to certain Participants. Please complete Section (a) of the Vesting Schedule Addendum to the Adoption Agreement.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 21 

							
	1.17	  	PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER SERVICE
				
		  	(a)	 	☑	    	 Service for purposes of eligibility in Subsection 1.04(b) and vesting in Subsection 1.16 of this Plan shall include service with the
following predecessor employer(s):
  
 Lubrizol Corporation, Weatherford Corporation,
Berkshire Hathaway Inc., National Indemnity Company, Government Employees Insurance Company, National Fire & Marine Insurance Company, GEICO Corporation, Conoco, Conoco Phillips, Phillips 66, Phillips 66 Company, Phillips Specialty Products
Inc. and Sentinel Transportation LLC

  

							
	1.18	  	PARTICIPANT LOANS
				
		  	(a)	    	☑	    	Participant loans are allowed in accordance with Article 9.

  

											
	1.19	  	 IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS

		
		  	Participants may make withdrawals prior to termination of employment under the following circumstances:
				
		  	(a)	    	☑	    	Hardship Withdrawals - Hardship withdrawals shall be allowed in accordance with Section 10.05 of the Basic Plan Document, subject to a $500.00 minimum amount.
				
		  		    	(1)	    	Hardship withdrawals will be permitted from:
						
		  		    		    	(A)	    	☑	    	A Participant’s Deferral Contributions Account only.
						
		  		    		    	(B)	    	☐	    	The Accounts specified in the In-Service Withdrawals Addendum. Please complete Section (c) of the In-Service Withdrawals Addendum.
				
		  	(b)	    	☑	    	Age 59 1/2 - Participants shall be entitled to receive a distribution of all or any portion of the following Accounts upon attainment of age 59 1/2:
					
		  		    	(1)	    	☐	    	Deferral Contributions Account.
					
		  		    	(2)	    	☑	    	All vested Account balances.
			
		  	(c)	    	Withdrawal of Employee Contributions, Rollover Contributions and certain other contributions
				
		  		    	(1)	    	Unless otherwise provided below, Employee Contributions may be withdrawn in accordance with Section 10.02 of the Basic Plan Document at any time.
						
		  		    		    	(A)	    	☐	    	Employees may not make withdrawals of Employee Contributions more frequently than:
						
		  		    		    		    		    	                                      
                                         
                                         
        
				
		  		    	(2)	    	Rollover Contributions may be withdrawn in accordance with Section 10.03 of the Basic Plan Document at any time.
				
		  		    	(3)	    	Active Military Distribution (HEART Act) - Certain contributions restricted from distribution only due to Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I) may be withdrawn by Participants performing military service in
accordance with Section 10.01 of the Basic Plan Document at any time.
				
		  	(d)	    	☐	    	Qualified Disaster Distribution – One or more Qualified Disaster Distributions shall be allowed in accordance with Section 10.08 of the Basic Plan Document. Please complete the In-Service Withdrawals Addendum to the Adoption Agreement identifying each such Qualified Disaster Distribution.
				
		  	(e)	    	☐	    	Qualified Reservist Distribution - A Qualified Reservist Distribution shall be allowed in accordance with Section 10.09 of the Basic Plan Document.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 22 

															
		 		 	(f)	    	☐	    	 Age 62 Distribution of Money Purchase Benefits - A Participant who has attained at least age 62, shall be entitled
to receive a distribution of all or any portion of the vested amounts attributable to benefit amounts accrued as a result of the Participant’s participation in a money purchase pension plan (due to a merger into this Plan of money purchase
pension plan assets), if any. (Choose only if Option 1.20(d)(1)(B) is selected.)

					
		 		 	(g)	    	☑	    	 Additional In-Service Withdrawal
Provisions - Benefits are payable as (check the appropriate box(es)):

						
		 		 		    	(1)	    	☐	    	an in-service withdrawal of vested amounts attributable to Employer Contributions maintained in a Participant’s Account (check (A) and/or (B)):
							
		 		 		    		    	(A)	    	☐	    	for at least                  (24 or more) months.
								
		 		 		    		    		    	(i)	    	☐	    	Special restrictions apply to such in-service withdrawals, see the In- Service Withdrawals Addendum to the Adoption Agreement.
							
		 		 		    		    	(B)	    	☐	    	after the Participant has at least 60 months of participation.
								
		 		 		    		    		    	(i)	    	☐	    	Special restrictions apply to such in-service withdrawals, see the In- Service Withdrawals Addendum to the Adoption Agreement.
						
		 		 		    	(2)	    	☑	    	another in-service withdrawal option that is permissible under the Code. Please complete the In-Service Withdrawals Addendum to the Adoption
Agreement identifying the in- service withdrawal option(s).
			
		 		 	Note: Any withdrawal indicated in this Section may be a “protected benefit” under Code Section 411(d)(6) which can be eliminated only to the extent permitted by applicable
guidance.

  

											
		 	1.20	 	FORM OF DISTRIBUTIONS
			
		 		 	Subject to Section 13.01, 13.02 and Article 14 of the Basic Plan Document, distributions under the Plan shall be paid as provided below.
				
		 		 	(a)	    	Lump Sum Payments - Lump sum payments are always available under the Plan and are the normal form of payment under the Plan except as modified in Subsection 1.20(d)(2) below.
					
		 		 	(b)	    	☑	    	Installment Payments - Participants may elect distribution under a systematic withdrawal plan (installments).
					
		 		 	(c)	    	☑	    	Partial Withdrawals - A Participant whose employment has terminated and whose Account is distributable in accordance with the provisions of Article 12 of the Basic Plan Document may elect to withdraw any
portion of his Distributable vested interest in his Account in cash at any time.
					
		 		 	(d)	    	☐	    	Annuities (Check if the Plan is retaining any annuity form(s) of payment.)
						
		 		 		    	(1)	    	☐	    	An annuity form of payment is available under the Plan because the Plan either converted from or received a transfer of assets from a plan that was subject to the minimum funding requirements of Code Section 412 and therefore
an annuity form of payment is a protected benefit under the Plan in accordance with Code Section 411(d)(6).

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 23 

													
				
		 		    	(2)	    	The normal form of payment under the Plan is (check (A) or (B)):
						
		 		    		    	(A)	    	☐	    	Lump sum is the normal form of payment for:
						
		 		    		    		    	(i)	    	☐ All Participants
						
		 		    		    		    	(ii)	    	☐ All Participants except those as indicated on the Forms of Payment Addendum.
						
		 		    		    	(B)	    	 ☐
	    	Life annuity is the normal form of payment for all Participants.
					
		 		    	(3)	    	☐	    	The Plan offers at least one other form of annuity as specified in the Forms of Payment Addendum.
			
		 		    	Note: A life annuity option will continue to be an available form of payment for any Participant who elected such life annuity payment before the effective date of its elimination.
			
		 	(e)	    	Cash Outs and Implementation of Required Rollover Rule
					
		 		    	(1)	    	☑	    	If the vested Account balance payable to an individual is less than or equal to the cash out limit utilized for such individual, such Account will be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.02 or
18.04 of the Basic Plan Document. The cash out limit is:
							
		 		    		    	(A)	    	☐	    	$1,000.	  	
						
		 		    		    	(B)	    	☑	    	The dollar amount specified in Code Section 411(a)(11)(A) ($5,000 as of January 1, 2013). Any distribution greater than $1,000 that is made to a Participant without the Participant’s consent before the
Participant’s Normal Retirement Age (or age 62, if later) will be rolled over to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator.
		
	1.21	 	TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS
		
		 	Except as provided in Subsection 1.21(a) or (b), distribution shall be made to an eligible Participant from his vested interest in his Account as soon as reasonably practicable following the Participant’s request
for distribution pursuant to Article 12 of the Basic Plan Document.
			
		 	(a)	    	Distribution shall be made to an eligible Participant from his vested interest in his Account as soon as reasonably practicable following the date the Participant’s application for distribution is received by the
Administrator, but in no event later than his Required Beginning Date, as defined in Subsection 2.01(ss).
				
		 	(b)	    	☐	    	Preservation of Same Desk Rule - Check if the Employer wants to continue application of the same desk rule described in Subsection 12.01(b) of the Basic Plan Document regarding distribution of Deferral
Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions, Qualified Matching Employer Contributions, 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, and 401(k) Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions. (If any of the above-listed
contribution types were previously distributable upon severance from employment, this Option may not be selected.)
		
	1.22	 	TOP HEAVY STATUS
			
		 	(a)	    	The Plan shall be subject to the Top-Heavy Plan requirements of Article 15 (check one):
					
		 		    	(1)	    	☐	    	for each Plan Year, whether or not the Plan is a “top-heavy plan” as defined in Subsection 15.01(g) of the Basic Plan Document.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 24 

															
						
		 		 		    	(2)	    	☑	    	 for each Plan Year, if any, for which the Plan is a “top-heavy plan” as defined
in Subsection 15.01(g) of the Basic Plan Document.

						
		 		 		    	(3)	    	☐	    	Not applicable. (Choose only if (A) Plan covers only employees subject to a collective bargaining agreement, or (B) Option 1.11(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, or Option
1.12(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula, is selected, and the Plan does not provide for Employee Contributions or any other type of Employer Contributions.)
				
		 		 	(b)	    	If the Plan is or is treated as a “top-heavy plan” for a Plan Year, each non-key Employee shall receive an Employer Contribution
of at least 3% (3 or 5)% of Compensation for the Plan Year or such other amount in accordance with Section 15.03 of the Basic Plan Document or as elected on the 416 Contributions Addendum. The minimum Employer Contribution provided in this
Subsection 1.22(b) shall be made under this Plan only if the Participant is not entitled to such contribution under another qualified plan of the Employer, unless the Employer elects otherwise below:
						
		 		 		    	(1)	    	☐	    	The minimum Employer Contribution shall be paid under this Plan in any event.
						
		 		 		    	(2)	    	☐	    	Another method of satisfying the requirements of Code Section 416. Please complete the 416 Contributions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement describing the way in which the minimum contribution requirements will be
satisfied in the event the Plan is or is treated as a “top-heavy plan”.
						
		 		 		    	(3)	    	☐	    	Not applicable. (Choose only if (A) Plan covers only employees subject to a collective bargaining agreement, or (B) Option 1.11(a)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, or Option
1.12(b)(3), 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula, is selected, and the Plan does not provide for Employee Contributions or any other type of Employer Contributions.)
				
		 		 		    	Note: The minimum Employer Contribution may be less than the percentage indicated in Subsection 1.22(b) above to the extent provided in Section 15.03 of the Basic Plan Document.
				
		 		 	(c)	    	If the Plan is or is treated as a “top-heavy plan” for a Plan Year, the vesting schedule found in Subsection 1.16(c)(1) shall apply for such Plan Year and each Plan Year
thereafter, except with regard to Participants for whom there is a more favorable vesting schedule for Nonelective Employer Contributions. If the Employer has selected Option 1.01(b)(1) and the minimum Employer Contribution will not be immediately
100% vested, the Vesting Schedule Addendum must contain the applicable vesting schedule.
			
		 	1.23	 	CORRECTION TO MEET 415 REQUIREMENTS UNDER MULTIPLE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS
				
		 		 	☐	    	Other Order for Limiting Annual Additions – If the Employer maintains other defined contribution plans, annual additions to a Participant’s Account shall be limited as provided in
Section 6.12 of the Basic Plan Document to meet the requirements of Code Section 415, unless the Employer elects this Option and completes the 415 Correction Addendum describing the order in which annual additions shall be limited among
the plans.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 25 

									
	 1.24 
	 	INVESTMENT DIRECTION
		
		 	Subject to Section 8.03 of the Basic Plan Document, Participant Accounts shall be invested (check one):
				
		 	(a)	    	☐	    	in accordance with the investment directions provided to the Trustee by the Employer for allocating all Participant Accounts among the Permissible Investments.
				
		 	(b)	    	☑	    	in accordance with the investment directions provided to the Trustee by each Participant for allocating his entire Account among the Permissible Investments.
				
		 	(c)	    	☐	    	in accordance with the investment directions provided to the Trustee by each Participant for all contribution sources in his Account, except that the following sources shall be invested in accordance with the investment
directions provided by the Employer (check (1) and/or (2)):
					
		 		    	(1)	    	☐	    	Nonelective Employer Contributions
					
		 		    	(2)	    	☐	    	Matching Employer Contributions
		
		 	 Note: The Employer must direct the applicable sources among the Permissible
Investments.

		
	1.25	 	ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS AND PROTECTED BENEFITS
				
		 	(a)	    	☑	    	Additional Provisions - The Plan includes certain provisions that are not delineated through the above elections in this Adoption Agreement, but are incorporated into Fidelity Basic Plan Document 17 and are
described within the Additional Provisions Addendum. The provisions included within the Additional Provisions Addendum supplement and/or alter the provisions of this Adoption Agreement and/or the Basic Plan Document.
				
		 	(b)	    	☐	    	Protected Benefit Provisions - The Plan includes provisions that are “protected benefits” under
 Code
Section 411(d)(6) and are not delineated through the above elections in this Adoption Agreement, but are described within the Protected Benefit Provisions Addendum.

		
	1.26	 	SUPERSEDING PROVISIONS
				
		 	(a)	    	☐	    	The Employer has completed the Plan Superseding Provisions Addendum to show the provisions of the Plan which supersede provisions of this Adoption Agreement and/or the Basic Plan Document.
				
		 		    		    	Note: If the Employer elects superseding provisions in Option (a) above, the Employer may not be permitted to rely on the Volume Submitter Sponsor’s advisory letter for qualification of its Plan. In
addition, such superseding provisions may in certain circumstances affect the Plan’s status as a pre-approved volume submitter plan eligible for the 6-year remedial
amendment cycle.
				
		 	(b)	    	☐	    	The Employer has completed the Trust Superseding Provisions Addendum to show the provisions of the Plan which supersede provisions of the Trust Agreement in the Basic Plan Document.
		
	1.27	 	RELIANCE ON ADVISORY LETTER
		
		 	An adopting Employer may rely on an advisory letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that this Plan is qualified under Code Section 401 only to the extent provided in Section 19.02 of Revenue
Procedure 2011- 49. The Employer may not rely on the advisory letter in certain other circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements, which are specified in the advisory letter issued with respect to this Plan and in Section
19.03 of Revenue Procedure 2011-49. In order to have reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such qualification requirements, application for a determination letter must be made to Employee Plans
Determinations of the Internal Revenue Service.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 26 

 Failure to properly complete the Adoption Agreement and failure to operate the Plan in accordance
with the terms of the Plan document may result in disqualification of the Plan. 
 This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction
with Fidelity Basic Plan Document No. 17. The Volume Submitter Sponsor shall inform the adopting Employer of any amendments made to the Plan or of the discontinuance or abandonment of the volume submitter plan document. 

 

	1.28	ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE AND RECORDS 

 This Adoption Agreement, and any
amendment thereto, may be executed or affirmed by an electronic signature or electronic record permitted under applicable law or regulation, provided the type or method of electronic signature or electronic record is acceptable to the Trustee. 

 

	1.29	VOLUME SUBMITTER INFORMATION: 

  

					
	Name of Volume Submitter Sponsor:	  	Fidelity Management & Research Company	  	
	Address of Volume Submitter Sponsor:	  	 245 Summer Street
 Boston, MA 02210
	  	

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 27 

 EXECUTION PAGE 
  

			
	Plan Name	  	LiquidPower Specialty Products Inc. 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan (the “Plan”)
		
	Employer:	  	LiquidPower Specialty Products Inc.

 The Fidelity Basic Plan Document No. 17 and the accompanying Adoption Agreement together comprise the Volume Submitter
Defined Contribution Plan. It is the responsibility of the adopting Employer to review this volume submitter plan document with its legal counsel to ensure that the volume submitter plan is suitable for the Employer and that Adoption Agreement has
been properly completed prior to signing. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Adoption Agreement to be executed on 

12/1/2017 | 2:52:06 PM EST    . 
  

							
		  	Employer:	  	LiquidPower Specialty Products Inc.	  	
		  	By:	  	

	  	
		  	Title:	  	Chief HR Officer	  	

 Note: Only one authorized signature is required to execute this Adoption Agreement unless the Employer’s corporate
policy mandates two authorized signatures. 
  

							
		  	Employer:	  	LiquidPower Specialty Products Inc.	  	
		  	By:	  	  
	  	
		  	Title:	  	  
	  	

  

					
	Accepted by:	 	Fidelity Management Trust Company, as Trustee	  	
	By:	 	

	  	Date: 12/1/2017 | 3:00:05 PM EST
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory	  	

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 28 

 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS ADDENDUM 

for 
 Plan Name: LiquidPower
Specialty Products Inc. 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan 
 Note: All participating employers must be a business entity of a type recognized under
Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-2(a). 
  

					
	(a)	  	☑	  	Only the following Related Employers (as defined in Subsection 2.01(rr) of the Basic Plan Document) participate in the Plan (list each participating Related Employer and its Employer Tax Identification Number):
			
		  		  	LiquidPower Specialty Products Transport, LLC, 47-1539501
			
	(b)	  	☐	  	All Related Employer(s) as defined in Subsection 2.01(rr) of the Basic Plan Document participate in the Plan.

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 29 

 401(k) SAFE HARBOR MATCHING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS ADDENDUM 

for 
 Plan Name: LiquidPower
Specialty Products Inc. 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan 
 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions will be made on behalf of
“eligible” Participants, as defined in Section 1.11 and, if applicable, as limited herein. 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions will only satisfy the “ADP” test with respect to Deferral Contributions made under this
Plan. 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions may only be distributed because of death, disability, severance from employment, age 59 1/2, or termination of the Plan without the establishment of a successor plan. In addition, each Plan
Year, the Employer must provide written notice to all Active Participants of their rights and obligations under the Plan. 
  

	(a)	401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions Formula 

  

	 	(1)	The formula is: 

 Enhanced Match: 100% of the first 6% of the
“eligible” Participant’s Compensation contributed to the Plan, 
 Note: To satisfy the 401(k) safe harbor contribution
requirement for the “ADP” test, the percentages specified above for Matching Employer Contributions may not increase as the percentage of Compensation contributed increases, and the aggregate amount of Matching Employer Contributions at
such rates must at least equal the aggregate amount of Matching Employer Contributions which would be made under the percentages described in Subsection (a)(1) of this Addendum. 

 

	 	(A)	The formula specified above is also intended to satisfy the safe harbor contribution requirement for deemed satisfaction of the “ACP” test with respect to Matching Employer Contributions. (Employee
Contributions must still be tested.) 

 Note: To satisfy the safe harbor contribution requirement for the
“ACP” test, the Deferral Contributions and/or Employee Contributions matched cannot exceed 6% of an “eligible” Participant’s Compensation. 
  

	(b)	Participants to receive 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Contributions: 

  

	 	(1)	401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions shall be made on behalf of all “eligible” Employees. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 30 

 IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS ADDENDUM 

for 
 Plan Name: LiquidPower
Specialty Products Inc. 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan 
  

	(a)	Other In-Service Withdrawal Provisions - In-service withdrawals from a Participant’s Accounts specified below
shall be available to Participants who satisfy the requirements also specified below: 

In-service withdrawal are allowed at age 55 of fully vested Matching Contributions made prior to
1/1/2015 
 In-service withdrawal are allowed at the later of age 55 or 5 years of service of
Profit Sharing Contributions 
  

	 	(1)	The following restrictions apply to a Participant’s Account following an in-service withdrawal made pursuant to (a) above (cannot include any mandatory
suspension of contributions restriction): 

  

                       
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
      

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 31 

 VESTING SCHEDULE ADDENDUM 

for 
 Plan Name: LiquidPower
Specialty Products Inc. 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan 
  

	(a)	Different Vesting Schedule 

 Note: With regard to contributions for plan
years beginning after December 31, 2006, any schedule provided hereunder must be at least as favorable as one of the schedules in C or D in the table shown in Section 1.16(c). 

 

	 	(1)	A vesting schedule different from the vesting schedule selected in Section 1.16 applies to the Participants and contributions described below. 

 

	 	(A)	The following vesting schedule applies to the class of Participants described in (a)(1)(B) and the contributions described in (a)(1)(C) below: 

 

			
	 Years of Vesting
Service
	  	 Vested
Interest

	0	  	100

  

	 	(B)	The vesting schedule specified in (a)(1)(A) above applies to the following class of Participants: 

Participants entitled to assets held in the Prior Employer Match and Prior Profit Sharing sources 

 

	 	(C)	The vesting schedule specified in (a)(1)(A) above applies to the following contributions: 

Prior Employer Match 

Prior Profit Sharing 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 32 

 ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS ADDENDUM 

for 
 Plan Name: LiquidPower
Specialty Products Inc. 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan 
 (a) Additional Provision(s) – The following provisions
supplement and/or, to the degree described herein, supersede other provisions of this Adoption Agreement and the Basic Plan Document in the following manner: 
  

	(1)	The following modifies Subsection 1.05(a): 

  

	 	(a)	Compensation Exclusions — Compensation shall exclude the item(s) below. 

  

	 	(8)	The following other items are excluded from Compensation (List separately any items excluded from Compensation only for a particular group of employees and provide a description of that group.):

 Highly Compensated Employees’ long-term incentive compensation that provides bonus or incentive compensation based
upon performance over a period in excess of one year 
 Note: The Participant group(s) identified above must be clearly defined in
a manner that will not violate the definite predetermined allocation formula requirement of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401-1(b)(1)(ii). 

Note: If the Employer has selected Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions or 401(k) Safe Harbor Formula, any exclusion listed above
must be a permitted exclusion under Section 1.414(s)-1(d)(2) of the Treasury Regulations. If the Employer has selected Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contributions, a Participant must also be permitted to
make Deferral Contributions under the Plan sufficient to receive the full 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contribution, determined as a percentage of Compensation meeting the requirements of Code Section 414(s). 

 

	(2)	The following shall be added as Section 1.07(b): 

  

	 	(b)	Additional Automatic Enrollment Provisions – Automatic enrollment made in accordance with Section 5.03(c) of the Basic Plan Document is subject to the following: 

 

	 	(1)	An initial pre-tax Deferral Contribution of 3.00% will be made for: 

  

	 	(A)	Newly-eligible Employees 30 days after such Employee’s date of hire, but no sooner than such Employee’s Entry Date. 

 

	 	(B)	Active Participants (who are not suspended from making Deferral Contributions), beginning on 01/01/2018 if they meet any of the following criteria: 

 

	 	(i)	They are without a deferral election on file. 

  

	 	(C)	Each Eligible Employee having a Reemployment Commencement Date will be treated as follows for purposes of the above-described automatic enrollment contributions: 

 

	 	(i)	Shall be automatically enrolled later of 30 days from date of rehire or Entry Date. 

Note: If the Employer has elected a QACA in Option 1.07(a)(6)(D), then after the effective date of this election, any Participant
automatically enrolled pursuant to this subparagraph (C) who was automatically enrolled under the QACA at the time of leaving employment shall be automatically enrolled at the same rate in effect immediately prior to his leaving employment plus
any increases missed in accordance with paragraph (2) below (if applicable) prior to his Reemployment. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 33 

	 	(2)	Those Participants with a deferral rate greater than zero (who are not suspended from making Deferral Contributions) will have that deferral increased annually by 1% (not to exceed 3%) as a pre-tax Deferral Contribution until a deferral rate of 6.00% is reached with the following additional parameters: 

  

	 	(A)	Applies only to those: 

  

	 	(i)	Participants who are still automatically enrolled under paragraph (1) above. 

  

	 	(B)	Each applicable increase shall occur: 

  

	 	(i)	For Participants who are described within subparagraph (2)(A)(i) above: 

  

	 	(I)	Each year on 07/01, except with regard to the first such annual increase which shall not apply to a Participant within the first six months following the date such Participant was automatically enrolled
pursuant to paragraph (1) above. 

 (3) The following replaces Subsection 1.08: 

 

	 	(a)	Future Employee Contributions - Participants may make voluntary, non-deductible, after-tax Employee
Contributions pursuant to Section 5.04 of the Basic Plan Document. The Employee Contribution made on behalf of an Active Participant each payroll period shall not exceed the contribution limit specified in Subsection 1.08(a)(1) below.

  

	 	(1)	The contribution limit is 75% of Compensation. 

  

	 	(2)	The sum of a Participant’s Deferral Contributions plus his Employee Contributions cannot exceed 75.00% of Compensation. 

(4) The following is inserted at the end of Subsection 1.11(c): 
  

	 	(2)	Employee Contributions - Employee Contributions made to the Plan pursuant to Subsection 1.08(a)(1) are matched at the rate specified in this Section 1.11. 

Note: If Employee Contributions are matched under the Plan, in-service withdrawals of Employee
Contributions must be subject to the limitation specified in Subsection 1.19(c)(1)(B) through this Additional Provisions Addendum. 

Note: If the Employer elects to match more than one type of contribution, the limits on
non-discretionary Matching Employer Contributions elected in Subsection 1.11(a)(1)(F) apply to the combined contributions. 

(5) The following replaces Subsection 1.12(b): 
  

	 	(b)	Discretionary Formula - The Employer may decide each Contribution Period whether to make a discretionary Nonelective Employer Contribution on behalf of “eligible” Participants in
accordance with Section 5.10 of the Basic Plan Document. 

  

	 	(4)	Participant Group Allocation Method – The Nonelective Employer Contribution is allocated first at the Employer’s discretion among the employee groups with the same allocation rate, as identified below.
The amount allocated to each such group shall then be allocated among the “eligible” Participants within such group in the ratio that each “eligible” Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total
Compensation paid to all “eligible” Participants within the group. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 34 

	 	(A)	Employee Groups – Allocation groups will be determined in the following manner: 

  

	 	(1)	“Eligible” Participants will be divided into the following allocation groups (one or more) with each “eligible” Participant within the allocation group having the same allocation rate.
(Identify each allocation group by category of eligible employee, including both Highly Compensated and Non-Highly Compensated Employees. No “eligible” Participant may be assigned to more than one
allocation group. 

 Population Group 1: 

Participants who are under age 36 as of the last day of the plan year, even if they terminate or become deceased prior to achieving this
age. 
 Population Group 2: 

Participants who are age 36-40 as of the last day of the plan year, even if they terminate or
become deceased prior to achieving this age. 
 Population Group 3: 

Participants who are age 41-45 as of the last day of the plan year, even if they terminate or
become deceased prior to achieving this age. 
 Population Group 4: 

Participants who are age 46-50 as of the last day of the plan year, even if they terminate or
become deceased prior to achieving this age. 
 Population Group 5: 

Participants who are age 51-55 as of the last day of the plan year, even if they terminate or
become deceased prior to achieving this age. 
 Population Group 6: 

Participants who are age 56-60 as of the last day of the plan year, even if they terminate or
become deceased prior to achieving this age. 
 Population Group 7: 

Participants who are age 61 and older as of the last day of the plan year, even if they terminate or become deceased prior to achieving
this age. 
 Note: The specific categories of “eligible” Participants should be such that resulting allocations are
provided pursuant to a definite predetermined formula that complies with Treasury Regulations Section 1.401-1(b)(1)(ii). 
  

	 	(B)	Unless the Plan can be restructured in accordance with regulations under Code Section 401(a)(4) to provide uniform percentages of Compensation to “eligible Participants”, the Plan will not satisfy
a design-based safe harbor pursuant to the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(4). If the Plan cannot be restructured, the Plan shall be required to satisfy the nondiscriminatory amount requirement by testing in accordance with Section 1.401(a)(4)-2(a) of the Treasury Regulations. If the Plan is required to pass cross-testing in accordance with Section 1.401(a)(4)-8 of the Treasury
Regulations to satisfy the nondiscriminatory amount requirement and the Plan does not meet the exception found in Section 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(1)(i)(B)(1) or (2), the Plan shall provide a gateway contribution
to Participants required to benefit under this allocation to the extent described in Section 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(1)(vi). All Participants not included in an allocation group above shall be considered as not
benefiting under this allocation for the Contribution Period unless otherwise is required to pass the nondiscriminatory amount testing pursuant to Section 1.401(a)(4)-8 of the Treasury Regulations. The
Employer shall notify the Plan Administrator of the amount allocable to each group. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 35 

 Note: The requirements of Treasury Regulations
Section 1.401(k)-1(a)(6) (describing what constitutes a cash or deferred arrangement with respect to Self-Employed Individuals) applies to the allocation formula under this Option. Therefore, the
allocation formula should be structured so that application of the formula does not create a cash or deferred arrangement with respect to a Self-Employed Individual (e.g., by permitting partners to directly or indirectly vary the amount of
contribution made on their behalf). 
 (6) The following is added at the end of Subsection 1.19(c)(1)(A) as a new Subsection 1.19(c)(1)(B):

  

	 	(B)	Participants may only withdraw Employee Contributions that have been maintained in their Account for at least 24 (24 or more) months. (Select if Option 1.11(c)(2), match on Employee Contributions, is
selected.) 

 (7) The following replaces Section 19.05: 

19.05. Costs of Administration. All reasonable costs and expenses (including legal, accounting, and employee
communication fees) incurred by the Administrator and the Trustee in administering the Plan and Trust may be paid from the forfeitures (if any) resulting under Section 11.08, from the suspense account described in this Section, if any, or from
the remaining Trust Fund. All such costs and expenses paid from the remaining Trust Fund shall, unless allocable to the Accounts of particular Participants, be charged against the Accounts of all Participants as provided in the Service Agreement.

 Amounts a service provider agrees to credit to the Plan in recognition of the service provider’s compensation for Plan services will
be allocated to the Plan as follows: (a) to the extent an amount is attributable to a Permissible Investment, such amount shall be allocated to the Accounts of Participants and Beneficiaries pro rata based on the ratio that each Participant and
Beneficiary’s balance in each such Permissible Investment bears to the total balances for all such Participants and Beneficiaries in such Permissible Investment; and, (b) to the extent an amount is a credit for float earnings of the Plan
in excess of float expenses, such amount shall be allocated to a suspense account from which the Administrator may pay Plan expenses and/or allocate amounts to the Accounts of Participants and Beneficiaries pro rata based on their Account balances
in the Trust excluding amounts invested in a loan pursuant to Article 9. Any amounts so allocated shall not constitute “annual additions” (as defined in Subsection 6.01(a)) under the Plan. 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 36 

 Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan 

ADDENDUM TO ADOPTION AGREEMENT 

FIDELITY BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT No. 17 

RE: American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 

Plan Name: LiquidPower Specialty Products Inc. 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan 

Fidelity 5-digit Plan Number: 88190 

PREAMBLE 
 Adoption and Effective Date of
Amendment. This amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (“ATRA”). This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the ATRA and is to be construed in
accordance with applicable guidance. This amendment shall be effective with respect to Fidelity’s Volume Submitter plan as provided below. 

Supersession of Inconsistent Provisions. This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are
inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment. 
  

							
	(a)	  	☐	  	In-Plan Roth Conversions. In accordance with Article 5 of the Basic Plan Document and as may be limited in (2) below, any Participant who is still employed by the
Employer may elect to have any part of the below-listed portions of his Account, which is fully vested, not part of an outstanding loan balance pursuant to Article 9 of the Basic Plan Document, not currently distributable and not “designated
Roth contributions” under the Plan, be considered “designated Roth contributions” for purposes of the Plan. This subsection (a) shall be effective to permit such conversions on and after the following effective
date:                            (can be no earlier than January 1, 2013).
			
		  	(1)	  	The following sub-accounts are available to be
converted:                                       
                                         
             .
				
		  	(2)	  	☐	  	A Participant may not make an In-Plan Roth Conversion more frequently
than:                                        
 .

 Amendment Execution 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Amendment to be executed
this                 day
of                        ,
                . 
  

											
	Employer:	 	LiquidPower Specialty Products Inc.	 		 	Employer:	 	LiquidPower Specialty Products Inc.	 	
						
	By:	 	 	 		 	By:	 	 	 	
	Title:	 		 		 	Title:	 		 	

 Note: Only one authorized signature is required to execute this Adoption Agreement unless the Employer’s corporate
policy mandates two authorized signatures. 
 Accepted by: Fidelity Management Trust Company, as Trustee 

 

									
	By:	 	 	 		 	Date:	 	 

  

			
	Volume Submitter Defined Contribution Plan – 10/2014	  	PS Plan
		  	88190-1511327475AA

 © 2014 FMR LLC 

All rights reserved. 
 37bofiholdinginc683401lse2

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         OFFICE SPACE LEASE                                                                                                                                                       BETWEEN                                                                                                                                                  PACIFICA TOWER LLC                                                                                                                                                          AND                                                                                                                                                   BOFI HOLDING, INC.  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                                                    OFFICE SPACE LEASE                                                            THIS LEASE is made as of [[FinalExecutionDate]]May 14, 2018    , by and between PACIFICA TOWER LLC, a              Delaware limited liability company, hereafter called “Landlord,” and BOFI HOLDING, INC., a Delaware              corporation, hereafter called “Tenant.”                                                                      ARTICLE 1.  BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS                                              Each reference in this Lease to the “Basic Lease Provisions” shall mean and refer to the following              collective terms, the application of which shall be governed by the provisions in the remaining Articles of              this Lease.                            1.  Tenant’s Trade Name:                BofI Federal Bank                            2.  Premises:                         Suite  Nos.  300  (“Suite  300”),  1700  (“Suite  1700”)  and  1800                                                    (“Suite  1800”).  Suite  300,  Suite  1700  and  Suite  1800  shall                                                    collectively be referred to herein as the “Premises”                  Address of Building:              4365 Executive Drive, San Diego, CA 92121                  Project Description:              The Plaza                  (The Premises are more particularly described in Section 2.1).                            3.  Use of Premises:   General office and for no other use.                            4.  Estimated Commencement Date for Suite 1700 and Suite 1800: December 1, 2018                                    Estimated Commencement Date for Suite 300:  June 1, 2019                                The earlier to occur shall be the “Commencement Date”                            5.  Lease Term:  The Term of this Lease shall expire at midnight on June 30, 2030 (“Expiration Date").                             6.  Basic Rent:                                 Suite 1700:                           Months of Term            Monthly Rate Per Rentable     Monthly Basic Rent (rounded                             or Period                     Square Foot                to the nearest dollar)                               1 to 12                        $3.10                        $62,282.00                              13 to 24                        $3.21                        $64,492.00                              25 to 36                        $3.32                        $66,702.00                              37 to 48                        $3.44                        $69,113.00                              49 to 60                        $3.56                        $71,524.00                              61 to 72                        $3.68                        $73,935.00                              73 to 84                        $3.81                        $76,547.00                              85 to 96                        $3.94                        $79,159.00                             97 to 108                        $4.08                        $81,971.00                             109 to 120                       $4.22                        $84,784.00                             121 to 132                       $4.37                        $87,798.00                           133 to 6/30/30                     $4.52                        $90,811.00                                Notwithstanding the above schedule of Basic Rent to the contrary, as long as Tenant is not then in                  monetary  default  (as  defined  in  Section  14.1)  under  this  Lease,  Tenant  shall  be  entitled  to  an                  abatement  of 6 full  calendar  months  of  Basic  Rent for  Suite  1700 in  the  aggregate  amount  of                  $373,692.00 (i.e. $62,282.00 per month) (the “Abated Basic Rent”) for the 2nd full calendar month                  through the 7th full calendar month of the Term (the “Abatement Period”). If Tenant defaults at any                  time  during  the  Term  and  fails  to  cure  such default  within  any  applicable  cure  period  under  the                  Lease, and this Lease is properly terminated by Landlord, all unamortized Abated Basic Rent (i.e.                  based upon the amortization of the Abated Basic Rent in equal monthly amounts during the initial                  Term, without interest) shall immediately become due and payable. The payment by Tenant of the                  Abated Basic Rent in the event of a default shall not limit or affect any of Landlord's other rights,                  pursuant to this Lease or at law or in equity. Only Basic Rent shall be abated during the Abatement                  Period and all other additional rent and other costs and charges specified in this Lease shall remain                  as due and payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.                                                                                                                      IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              1  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                   Suite 1800:                          Months of Term            Monthly Rate Per Rentable     Monthly Basic Rent (rounded                             or Period                     Square Foot                to the nearest dollar)                               1 to 12                        $4.25                        $85,387.00                              13 to 24                        $4.40                        $88,400.00                              25 to 36                        $4.55                        $91,414.00                              37 to 48                        $4.71                        $94,629.00                              49 to 60                        $4.87                        $97,843.00                              61 to 72                        $5.04                        $101,259.00                              73 to 84                        $5.22                        $104,875.00                              85 to 96                        $5.40                        $108,491.00                             97 to 108                        $5.59                        $112,309.00                             109 to 120                       $5.79                        $116,327.00                             121 to 132                       $5.99                        $120,345.00                           133 to 6/30/30                     $6.20                        $124,564.00                                Notwithstanding the above schedule of Basic Rent to the contrary, as long as Tenant is not then in                  monetary  default  (as  defined  in  Section  14.1)  under  this  Lease,  Tenant  shall  be  entitled  to  an                  abatement  of 6 full  calendar  months  of  Basic  Rent for  Suite  1800 in  the  aggregate  amount  of                  $512,322.00 (i.e. $85,387.00 per month) (the “Abated Basic Rent”) for the 2nd full calendar month                  through the 7th full calendar month of the Term (the “Abatement Period”). If Tenant defaults at any                  time  during  the  Term  and  fails  to  cure  such default  within  any  applicable  cure  period  under  the                  Lease, and this Lease is properly terminated by Landlord, all unamortized Abated Basic Rent (i.e.                  based upon the amortization of the Abated Basic Rent in equal monthly amounts during the initial                  Term, without interest) shall immediately become due and payable. The payment by Tenant of the                  Abated Basic Rent in the event of a default shall not limit or affect any of Landlord's other rights,                  pursuant to this Lease or at law or in equity. Only Basic Rent shall be abated during the Abatement                  Period and all other additional rent and other costs and charges specified in this Lease shall remain                  as due and payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.                                                  Suite 300:                           Months of Term            Monthly Rate Per Rentable     Monthly Basic Rent (rounded                             or Period                     Square Foot                to the nearest dollar)                               1 to 12                        $3.10                        $61,963.00                              13 to 24                        $3.21                        $64,161.00                              25 to 36                        $3.32                        $66,360.00                              37 to 48                        $3.44                        $68,759.00                              49 to 60                        $3.56                        $71,157.00                              61 to 72                        $3.68                        $73,556.00                              73 to 84                        $3.81                        $76,154.00                              85 to 96                        $3.94                        $78,753.00                             97 to 108                        $4.08                        $81,551.00                             109 to 120                       $4.22                        $84,349.00                             121 to 132                       $4.37                        $87,348.00                           133 to 6/30/30                     $4.52                        $90,346.00                                Notwithstanding the above schedule of Basic Rent to the contrary, as long as Tenant is not then in                  monetary  default  (as  defined  in  Section  14.1)  under  this  Lease,  Tenant  shall  be  entitled  to  an                  abatement  of 6 full  calendar  months  of  Basic  Rent for  Suite  300 in  the  aggregate  amount  of                  $371,778.00 (i.e. $61,963.00 per month) (the “Abated Basic Rent”) for the 2nd full calendar month                  through the 7th full calendar month of the Term (the “Abatement Period”). If Tenant defaults at any                  time  during  the  Term  and  fails  to  cure  such default  within  any  applicable  cure  period  under  the                  Lease, and this Lease is properly terminated by Landlord, all unamortized Abated Basic Rent (i.e.                  based upon the amortization of the Abated Basic Rent in equal monthly amounts during the initial                  Term, without interest) shall immediately become due and payable. The payment by Tenant of the                  Abated Basic Rent in the event of a default shall not limit or affect any of Landlord's other rights,                  pursuant to this Lease or at law or in equity. Only Basic Rent shall be abated during the Abatement                  Period and all other additional rent and other costs and charges specified in this Lease shall remain                  as due and payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.                                7.  Property  Tax  Base:   The  Property  Taxes  per  rentable  square  foot  incurred  by  Landlord  and                  attributable to the twelve month period ending June 30, 2020 (the "Base Year").                                  Building  Cost  Base:   The Building Costs  per  rentable  square  foot  incurred  by  Landlord  and                  attributable to the Base Year.                                    Expense Recovery Period:  Every twelve month period during the Term (or portion thereof during                  the  first  and last  Lease  years)  ending  June  30. Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Tenant  shall  be                  provided with 12 months of Operating Expense, including Property Taxes, pass through protection in                  accordance with the last sentence of Section 4.2(b) of this Lease.                                  IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              2  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               8.  Floor Area of  Premises:  approximately 60,170 rentable square feet (consisting of approximately                  19,988 rentable square feet for  Suite 300, 20,091 rentable square feet for Suite 1700 and 20,091                  rentable square feet for Suite 1800).                                 Floor Area of Building:  approximately 327,485  rentable square feet                            9.  Security Deposit:  None                            10. Broker(s):  Irvine Management Company ("Landlord's Broker") is the agent of Landlord exclusively                  and  Newmark  Grubb  Knight  Frank/Newport  Beach ("Tenant's  Broker") is  the  agent  of Tenant                  exclusively.                            11.  Parking: 100 unreserved  parking  passes for  Suite  300,  190  unreserved  parking  passes  and  10                   reserved parking passes for Suite 1700 and Suite 1800 in accordance with the provisions set forth in                   Exhibit C to this Lease.                             12. Address for Payments and Notices:                                 LANDLORD                                              TENANT                                                                                          Payment Address:                                      BOFI HOLDING, INC.                                                                        4365 Executive Drive, Suite 300                  PACIFICA TOWER LLC                                    San Diego, CA 92121                  P.O. Box #846974                                      Attn: Chief Financial Officer                  Los Angeles, CA  90084-6974                                    Notice Address:                                    PACIFICA TOWER LLC                  4365 Executive Drive, Suite 100                  San Diego, CA,  92121                  Attn: Property Manager                                    with a copy of notices to:                                    THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC                  550 Newport Center Drive                  Newport Beach, CA 92660                  Attn: Senior Vice President, Property Operations                       Irvine Office Properties                            13. List  of  Lease  Exhibits (all  exhibits,  riders  and  addenda  attached  to  this  Lease  are  hereby                  incorporated into and made a part of this Lease):                                  Exhibit A       Description of Premises                   Exhibit A-1      ROFR Space                   Exhibit A-2      First Right Space                    Exhibit B       Utilities and Services                    Exhibit C       Parking                    Exhibit D       Tenant’s Insurance                    Exhibit E       Rules and Regulations                    Exhibit X       Work Letter                              IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              3  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                                                    ARTICLE II.  PREMISES                                                            SECTION 2.1.   LEASED PREMISES.  Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant rents from Landlord              the  premises  shown  in  Exhibit  A (the  “Premises”),  containing  approximately  the  floor  area  set  forth  in              Item  8 of  the  Basic  Lease  Provisions  and  known  by  the  suite number  identified in Item  2 of  the  Basic              Lease  Provisions.   The  Premises  are  located  in  the  building  identified  in  Item  2  of the  Basic  Lease              Provisions (the “Building”), which is a portion of the project described in Item 2 (the “Project”). Landlord              has measured the Premises using Stevenson Systems, which measurement system is computed similarly in              accordance with The American National Standard method of measuring floor area in office buildings of              Building Owners and Managers Association.               Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree that the Premises and the Building contains the rentable square              footage provided in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions and shall not be remeasured during the initial              Term.                                    SECTION 2.2.    ACCEPTANCE OF  PREMISES.  Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor              any representative of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises or              the  suitability  or  fitness  of  either  for  any  purpose,  except  as  set  forth  in  this  Lease.   The  taking  of              possession or use of the Premises by Tenant for any  purpose other than construction or installation of              Tenant  fixtures  and  furnishings shall  conclusively  establish that  the  Premises  and  the  Building  were  in              satisfactory  condition  and  in  conformity  with  the  provisions  of  this  Lease  in  all  respects. Accordingly,              subject to the Tenant Improvements described in Exhibit X of this Lease, the Premises are accepted by              Tenant in “as is” condition and configuration. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary,              Tenant  shall  have 11 months  from  the substantial completion  of  Tenant  Improvements  in  which  to              discover and notify Landlord of any latent defects in the Premises or the Tenant Improvements.  Landlord              shall be responsible for the correction of any latent defects with respect to which it received timely notice              from Tenant.                                       SECTION 2.3.   BUILDING NAME, ADDRESS AND DEPICTION.  Tenant shall not utilize any name              selected  by  Landlord  from  time  to  time  for  the  Building  and/or  the  Project  as  any  part  of  Tenant’s              corporate or trade name.  Landlord shall have the right to change the name, number or designation of the              Building or Project without liability to Tenant.  Except for the images on Tenant’s website and marketing              materials,  Tenant  shall  not  use  any  picture  of  the  Building  in  its  advertising,  stationery  or  in  any  other              manner without Landlord’s prior consent,  which consent shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld delayed or              conditioned.                                    SECTION  2.4.   RIGHT  OF  FIRST  REFUSAL.  Provided  Tenant  is  not  then  in monetary  default              beyond  any  applicable  notice  (actually  provided  and  properly  received  by  Tenant)  and  cure  period              hereunder, Tenant shall have a one-time right (“First Refusal Right”) to lease, during the initial Term of              the Lease, each of the following: (i) approximately 19,988 rentable square feet of office space known as              Suite No. 400 in the Building, (ii) approximately 9,934 rentable square feet of office space known as Suite              No. 500 in the Building, (iii) approximately 3,302 rentable square feet known as Suite 520 in the Building,              and (iv) approximately 6,752 rentable square feet known as Suite 530/550 in the Building, all shown on              the  attached Exhibit A-1 (collectively,  the  “ROFR Space”)  in  accordance  with  and  subject  to  the              provisions  of  this  Section. Following  the  receipt  by  Landlord  of  a  bona  fide  letter  of  intent,  request  for              proposal or other written expression of interest to lease the ROFR Space, then provided Landlord intends              to  pursue  such  leasing  opportunity,  Landlord  shall  give  Tenant  written  notice  (“ROFR Notice”)  of  the              basic economic terms, including but not limited to the Basic Rent, term, operating expense base, security              deposit,  parking  and  tenant  improvement  allowance (collectively,  the  “Economic  Terms”),  upon  which              Landlord  intends  to  lease  such ROFR Space to the  applicable  third  party;  provided that  the  Economic              Terms shall exclude brokerage commissions and other Landlord payments that do not directly inure to the              tenant’s benefit.  It is understood that should Landlord intend to lease other office space in addition to the              ROFR Space as part of a single transaction, then the ROFR Notice shall so provide and all such space              shall collectively be subject to the following provisions.  Within 5 business days after receipt of the ROFR              Notice, Tenant may, by written notice to Landlord, elect to lease all, but not less than all, of the space              specified  in  the ROFR Notice  (the  “Designated ROFR Space”)  upon  such  Economic  Terms  and  the              same non-Economic Terms as set forth in this Lease.  In the event that Tenant does not timely commit in              writing to lease the Designated ROFR Space on the foregoing terms, then Landlord shall be free to lease              same thereafter without any constraint, and Tenant shall have no further rights to any such Designated              ROFR  Space.   Should  Tenant  timely  elect  to  lease  the  Designated ROFR Space,  then  Landlord  shall              promptly prepare and deliver to Tenant an amendment to this Lease consistent with the foregoing, and              Tenant  shall  execute  and  return  same  to  Landlord  within  10 business days.   Tenant’s  failure  to  timely              return  the  amendment  shall  entitle  Landlord  to  specifically  enforce  Tenant’s  commitment to  lease  the              Designated ROFR   Space,  to  lease  such  space  to  a  third  party  without  any  obligation  pursuant  to  this              Section,  and/or  to  pursue  any  other  available  legal  remedy.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  it  is              understood  that  Tenant’s  First  Refusal  Right shall  be  subject  to  any  extension  or  expansion  rights              previously granted by Landlord to any third party tenant in the Building, as well as to any such extension              rights (but not expansion rights or new leases) which may hereafter be granted by Landlord to any third              party  tenant  occupying  the ROFR Space  or  any  portion  thereof,  and  Landlord  shall  in  no  event  be              obligated to initiate this First Refusal Right prior to leasing any portion of the ROFR Space to the then-             current  occupant  thereof.   Tenant’s  rights  under  this  Section  shall  be  personal  to  the  original  Tenant              named in this Lease and may not be assigned or transferred (except in connection with an assignment of              this Lease to a Tenant Affiliate as described in Section 9.1(f) hereof).  Any other attempted assignment or              transfer shall be void and of no force or effect. Time is specifically made of the essence of this Section.  In              the  event  Tenant  declines  to lease the ROFR  Space,  but  the  lease  with the  prospective ROFR  Space               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              4  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               tenant is not executed within 6 months after the date on  which Tenant so declined to lease the ROFR              Space, then  any future agreed-upon letter of intent, request for proposal or other  written  expression of              interest with the same prospective First Refusal Right tenant shall again be subject to this First Refusal              Right such that Landlord would be obligated to submit a First Right Notice with respect to the prospective              First Refusal Right tenant and Tenant shall then have 5 business days in which to respond to such ROFR              Notice.                                    SECTION 2.5.   RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER.  Provided Tenant is not then in monetary default beyond              any  applicable  notice  (actually  provided  and  properly  received  by  Tenant)  and  cure  period  hereunder,              Landlord  hereby  grants  Tenant a  one-time right (“First  Right”)  to  lease  the  following, such right  being              exercisable  by  Tenant commencing  on  the  execution  of  this  Lease:  Suite  No. 1100 containing              approximately 19,991 rentable  square  feet  of  office  space and  Suite 1200  containing  approximately               19,483 rentable square feet of office space, all  as shown on Exhibit A-2 hereto (collectively the “First              Right Space”) in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this Section, provided that this First              Right  shall  cease  to  be  effective  during  the  final  nine  (9)  months  of  the  Term  unless  and  until  Tenant              exercises its extension option set forth in Section 3.4 below. Except as otherwise provided below, prior to              leasing the First Right Space, or any portion thereof, to any other party during the period that this First              Right is in effect and after determining that the existing tenant in the First Right Space will not extend or              renew  the  term  of  its  lease,  Landlord  shall  give  Tenant  written  notice  of  the  basic  economic  terms              including but not limited to the  Basic Rent, term, operating expense base, security  deposit,  and tenant              improvement  allowance  (collectively,  the  “Economic  Terms”),  upon  which  Landlord  is  willing  to  lease              such particular First Right Space to Tenant or to a third party; provided that the Economic Terms shall              exclude brokerage commissions and  other Landlord  payments that do not  directly  inure to the tenant’s              benefit.  It is understood that should Landlord intend to lease other office space in addition to the First              Right Space as part of a single transaction, then Landlord’s notice shall so provide and all such space              shall collectively be subject to the following provisions.  Within 5 business days after receipt of Landlord’s              notice, Tenant must give Landlord written notice pursuant to which Tenant shall elect to (i) lease all, but              not  less  than  all,  of  the  space  specified  in  Landlord’s  notice  (the  “Designated  Space”)  upon  such              Economic Terms and the  same non-Economic Terms as set forth in this Lease; (ii) refuse to lease the              Designated  Space,  specifying  that  such  refusal  is  not  based  upon  the  Economic  Terms,  but  upon              Tenant’s  lack  of  need  for  the  Designated  Space,  in  which  event  Landlord  may  lease  the  Designated              Space upon any terms it deems appropriate; or (iii) refuse to lease the Designated Space, specifying that              such  refusal  is  based  upon  said  Economic  Terms,  in  which  event  Tenant  shall  also  specify  revised              Economic Terms upon  which Tenant shall be willing  to lease the Designated Space.  In the event that              Tenant does not so respond in writing to Landlord’s notice within said period, Tenant shall be deemed to              have elected  clause (ii)  above.  Any  notice  given by  Tenant  pursuant to  either  clause (i)  or  clause (iii)              above  shall  be  accompanied  by  Tenant’s  audited  financial  statements  for  the  two  most  recent  twelve              month  periods,  inclusive  of  Tenant’s  most  current  balance  sheet;  should  such  statements  reveal  that              Tenant’s net worth has materially decreased since the execution of this Lease, then Landlord shall have              no obligation to lease the Designated Space to Tenant and may instead lease same to a third party.  In              the  event  Tenant  gives  Landlord  notice  pursuant  to  clause (iii)  above,  Landlord  may  elect  to either  (x)              lease  the  Designated  Space  to  Tenant  upon  such  revised  Economic  Terms  and  the  same  other  non-             Economic  Terms  as  set forth  in this  Lease, or  (y)  lease the  Designated  Space  to any  third party  upon              Economic  Terms  which  are  not  materially  more  favorable  to  such  party  than  those  Economic  Terms              proposed by Tenant.  Should Landlord so elect to lease the Designated Space to Tenant, then Landlord              shall promptly prepare and deliver to Tenant an amendment to this Lease consistent with the foregoing,              and Tenant shall execute and return same to Landlord within 10 business days. Tenant’s failure to timely              return  the  amendment  shall  entitle  Landlord  to  specifically  enforce  Tenant’s  commitment  to  lease  the              Designated  Space,  to  lease  such  space  to  a  third  party,  and/or  to  pursue  any  other  available  legal              remedy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that Tenant’s First Right shall be subject to any              extension or expansion rights previously granted by Landlord to any third party tenant in the Building, as              well as to any extension rights (but not expansion rights or new leases) which may hereafter be granted              by Landlord to any third party tenant occupying the First Right Space or any portion thereof, and Landlord              shall in no event be obligated to initiate this First Right prior to leasing any portion of the First Right Space              to the then-current occupant thereof. Tenant’s rights under this Section shall be personal to the original              Tenant  named  in  this  Lease  and  may  not  be  assigned  or  transferred  (except  in  connection  with an              assignment of this Lease to a Tenant Affiliate as described in Section 9.1(f) hereof).  Any other attempted              assignment or transfer shall be void and of no force or effect. Time is specifically made of the essence of              this Section.                                                                                         ARTICLE III.  TERM                                                            SECTION 3.1.   GENERAL.  The term of this Lease (“Term”) shall be for the period shown in Item 5              of the Basic Lease Provisions.  The Term shall commence on the dates set forth in Item 3 of the Basic              Lease  provisions.   Promptly  following  request  by  Landlord,  the  parties  shall  memorialize  on  a form              provided by Landlord (the "Commencement Memorandum") the  actual Commencement Date and the              Expiration Date of this Lease; should Tenant fail to execute and return the Commencement Memorandum              to Landlord within 10 business days (or provide specific written objections thereto within that period), then              Landlord shall provide Tenant with a second request to execute. Landlord’s second request to execute              must specifically state that Tenant’s failure to execute the Commencement Memorandum within a period              of 5 business days shall be deemed to be an approval of the Commencement and Expiration Dates.  If              Tenant’s  failure  to execute continues  for 5  business days  after  its  receipt  of  the  second  request, then              Landlord's determination of the Commencement and Expiration Dates as set forth in the Commencement               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              5  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               Memorandum  shall  be  conclusive.  The  Premises  shall  be  deemed “ready  for  occupancy” when              Landlord, to the extent applicable, has substantially completed all the work required to be completed by              Landlord pursuant to the Work Letter attached to this Lease but for minor punch list matters which do not              materially  interfere  with  Tenant’s  use  and  occupancy  of  the  Premises  for  their  intended  use, and  has              obtained the requisite governmental approvals for Tenant’s occupancy in connection with such work.                                SECTION 3.2.   DELAY IN POSSESSION.  If Landlord, for any reason whatsoever, cannot deliver              possession  of  the  Premises  to  Tenant  on  or  before  the  Estimated  Commencement  Date set  forth  in              Item 4 of the Basic Lease Provisions, this Lease shall not be void or voidable nor shall Landlord be liable              to Tenant  for  any  resulting  loss  or  damage.   However,  Tenant  shall  not be liable for  any  rent until the              Commencement  Date   occurs  as  provided  in  Section  3.1  above,  except  that if  Landlord’s  failure  to              substantially complete all work required of Landlord pursuant to Section 3.1(a) above is attributable to any              action or inaction by Tenant (including without limitation any Tenant Delay described in the Work Letter              attached to this Lease), then the Premises shall be deemed ready for occupancy, and Landlord shall be              entitled to full performance by Tenant (including the payment of rent), as of the date Landlord would have              been  able  to substantially  complete  such  work  and deliver  the  Premises  to  Tenant  but  for  Tenant’s              delay(s).                                  SECTION 3.3.   EARLY ENTRY.  Following the full execution of this Lease, payment of all deposits              due hereunder and delivery of proper evidence of insurance pursuant to Exhibit D hereof, Landlord shall              permit Tenant  and  its agents  to  enter  the  Premises,  45 days  prior  to  the  Commencement  Date  of  the              Lease, in  order  that  Tenant  may  install  its  furniture,  fixtures  and  equipment, all  in accordance  with the              requirements  of  Section  7.3  of  this  Lease.   The  foregoing  license  to  enter  the  Premises  prior  to  the              Commencement  Date  is  however,  conditioned  upon  the  compliance  by  Tenant’s  contractors  with  all              requirements imposed by Landlord on third party contractors, including without limitation the maintenance              by  Tenant  and  its  contractors  and  subcontractors  of  workers’  compensation  and  public  liability  and              property damage insurance in amounts and with companies and on forms satisfactory to Landlord, with              certificates of such insurance being furnished to Landlord prior to proceeding with any such entry.  The              entry shall be deemed to be under all of the provisions of the Lease except as to the covenants to pay              Basic  Rent  or  any  Operating  Expense,  (unless  Tenant  commences material  business  operations).               Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any such work              being  performed  by  Tenant,  the  same  being  solely  at  Tenant’s  risk.   In  no  event  shall  the  failure  of              Tenant’s  contractors  to  complete  the  installation  of  its  furniture,  fixtures  or  equipment  in  the  Premises              extend the Commencement Date of the Lease.                                 SECTION  3.4.   RIGHT    TO  EXTEND.  Provided  (i)  that  Tenant  has  validly  extended  its  lease              pursuant  to Section 3.5 of  that  certain  lease dated  November  30,  2011 between  4350  La  Jolla Village              LLC  and Tenant,  as amended, with respect to certain premises located at 4350 La Jolla Village Drive,              San  Diego,  CA and Section 3.5  of  that  certain  undated  lease,  as  amended,  between  Irvine  Eastgate              Office I LLC and Tenant with respect to certain premises located at 4795 Eastgate Mall, San Diego, CA,              (ii) is not in monetary  default beyond any applicable notice (actually provided and properly received by              Tenant) and cure period under any provision of this Lease at the time of exercise of the extension right              granted herein, and (iii) that Tenant has not assigned or is then subletting more than thirty (30%) of the              Premises (except  in  connection  with  an  assignment  of  this  Lease  to  a  Tenant  Affiliate  as  described  in              Section 9.1(f) hereof), Tenant may extend the Term of this Lease for two (2) consecutive  periods of sixty              (60)  months  each.  Tenant  shall  exercise  its  right  to  extend  the  Term  by  and  only  by  delivering  to              Landlord, not less than twelve (12) months nor more than fifteen (15) months prior to the expiration date              of  the  then  applicable  Term,  Tenant’s  written  notice  of  its  intent  to  extend  (the  “Exercise  Notice”).               Should  Tenant  fail  timely  to  deliver  the  Exercise  Notice,  then  this  extension  right  (and  any  future              extension right granted herein) shall thereupon lapse and be of no further force or effect.                                      The Basic Rent payable under the Lease during the extension of the Term shall be at the fair market              rental  (the  “Prevailing  Rate”),  including  periodic  adjustments,  for  comparable  space  with  similar  floor              location  and  comparable  views  and  similarly  improved  office  space  being  leased  within  the  UTC              submarket “Comparable Buildings” (as defined below).                                      Within fifteen (15) days following Tenant’s delivery of the applicable Exercise Notice, Landlord shall              notify  Tenant  in  writing  (“Landlord’s  Notice”)  of  Landlord’s  calculation  of  the  Prevailing Rate  for  the              current extension period.  Within ten (10) business days following delivery of Landlord’s Notice, Tenant              may, by written notice to Landlord (“Tenant’s Notice”) elect either to (a) rescind the Exercise Notice in              which  event  this  extension  right shall  permanently  lapse,  (b)  accept  Landlord’s  determination  of  the              Prevailing Rate, or (c) require that the rental rate for the Premises for the extension term be determined              by appraisal.  In the event that Tenant’s Notice provides either that Tenant accepts Landlord’s calculation              of the Prevailing Rate or that the rental rate for the extension period be determined by appraisal, Tenant              shall be deemed to have irrevocably elected to extend the term of this Lease pursuant to this extension              right.  Should Tenant fail to timely deliver the Tenant’s Notice, then Landlord shall provide an additional              notice to Tenant indicating that Landlord has not received a response to Landlord’s Notice and that if a              response is not received from Tenant within fifteen (15) days from the date of Landlord’s additional notice,              then  Landlord’s  determination  of  the  Prevailing  Rate  shall  be  conclusive  and  Tenant’s  Exercise  Notice              shall be irrevocable.                                 Within twenty (20) days following receipt of such appraisal election, the parties shall attempt to agree              on an appraiser to determine the fair market rental.  If the parties are unable to agree in that time, then              each party shall designate an appraiser within twenty (20) days thereafter.  Should either party fail to so              designate an appraiser within that time, then the appraiser designated by the other party shall determine               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              6  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               the fair rental value.  Should each of the parties timely designate an appraiser, then the two appraisers so              designated shall appoint a third appraiser who shall, acting alone, determine the fair market rental value              of the Premises.  Any appraiser designated hereunder shall have an M.A.I. certification or equivalent with              not  less  than  five  (5)  years  experience  in  the  valuation  of  commercial  office  buildings  in  San  Diego              County, California.                                Within ten (10) days following the selection of the appraiser, Landlord and Tenant shall each submit              in writing to the appraiser its determination of the rental rate for the current extension period (respectively,              the “Landlord’s Determination” and the “Tenant’s Determination”).  Should either party fail timely to              submit its rental determination, then the determination of the other party shall be conclusive and binding              on the parties.  The appraiser shall not disclose to either party the rental determination of the other party              until the expiration of that ten (10) day period or, if sooner, the appraiser’s receipt of both the Landlord’s              Determination and the Tenant’s Determination.                                Within  thirty  (30)  days  following  the  selection  of  the appraiser  and  such  appraiser’s  receipt  of  the              Landlord’s  Determination  and  the  Tenant’s  Determination,  the  appraiser  shall  determine  whether  the              rental rate determined by Landlord or by Tenant more accurately reflects the fair market rental rate for the              Premises, as reasonably extrapolated to the commencement of the current extension term.  Accordingly,              either the Landlord’s Determination or the Tenant’s Determination shall be selected by the appraiser as              the  fair  market  rental  rate  for  the  extension  period.   In  determining  such  value,  the  appraiser  shall              consider  rental  comparables  for  new  and  renewal  transactions  in  the  Building  and  the  Comparable              Buildings involving similarly improved space, with appropriate adjustments for differences in location, floor              height within the Building and views from the Premises and quality of project and quality of the Premises.               In no event shall the appraiser lower the determination of the fair market rental rate to reflect brokerage              commissions or moving allowances that do not actually reduce the rental sums paid by a tenant.  At any              time before the decision of the appraiser is rendered, either party may, by written notice to the other party,              accept the rental terms submitted by the other party, in which event such terms shall be deemed adopted              as the agreed fair market rental.  The fees of the appraiser(s) shall be borne entirely by the party whose              determination of the fair market rental rate was not accepted by the appraiser.                                Within  twenty  (20)  days  of  either  party’s acceptance  of  the  other  party’s  rental  terms  or  the              determination  of  the  fair  market  rental  by  appraisal,  Landlord  shall  prepare  a  reasonably  appropriate              amendment to this Lease for the extension period and Tenant shall execute and return same to Landlord              within twenty (20) days.  Should the fair market rental not be established by the commencement of the              current extension period, then Tenant shall continue paying rent at the rate in effect during the last month              of the initial Term, and a lump sum adjustment shall be made promptly upon the determination of such              new rental.                                If Tenant fails to timely comply with any of the provisions of this paragraph, Tenant’s right to extend              the  Term  may,  at  Landlord’s  election  and  in  addition  to  any  other  remedies  that  may be  available  to              Landlord,  be  extinguished,  in  which  event  the  Lease  shall  automatically  terminate  as  of  the  initial              expiration  date  of  the  Term.   Any  attempt  to  assign  or  transfer  any  right  or  interest  created  by  this              paragraph  to other than  a Tenant Affiliate shall  be void from its inception.  Tenant shall have no  other              right  to  extend  the  Term  beyond  the two  consecutive  sixty  (60)  month  extensions  created  by  this              paragraph.  Unless  agreed  to  in a  writing signed  by  Landlord  and  Tenant,  any  extension  of  the  Term,              whether  created  by  an  amendment  to  this  Lease  or  by  a  holdover  of  the  Premises  by  Tenant,  or              otherwise,  shall  be  deemed  a  part  of,  and  not  in  addition  to,  any  duly  exercised  extension  period              permitted by this paragraph.  Time is specifically made of the essence in this Section.                                                                  ARTICLE IV.  RENT AND OPERATING EXPENSES                                              SECTION  4.1.    BASIC  RENT.   From  and  after  the  Commencement  Date,  Tenant  shall  pay  to              Landlord  without  deduction  or  offset,  except  as  otherwise  set  forth  in  this  Lease,  a  Basic  Rent  for  the              Premises in the total amount shown in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions.  If the Commencement Date              is other than the first day of a calendar month, any rental adjustment shown in Item 6 shall be deemed to              occur  on  the  first  day  of  the  next  calendar  month  following  the  specified  monthly  anniversary  of  the              Commencement  Date.   The  rent  shall  be  due  and  payable  in  advance  commencing  on  the              Commencement Date and continuing thereafter on the first day of each successive calendar month of the              Term, as prorated for any partial month.  No demand, notice or invoice shall be required. An installment in              the amount of 1 full month’s Basic Rent at the initial rate specified in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions              shall  be  delivered  to  Landlord  concurrently  with  Tenant’s  execution  of  this  Lease  and  shall  be  applied              against the Basic Rent first due hereunder; the next installment of Basic Rent shall be due on the first day              of the second calendar month of the Term, which installment shall, if applicable, be appropriately prorated              to reflect the amount prepaid for that calendar month.                                                  SECTION 4.2.   OPERATING EXPENSE INCREASE.                                   (a)   Tenant shall compensate Landlord, as additional rent, for Tenant’s proportionate shares of              “Building  Costs”  and  “Property  Taxes,”  as  those  terms  are  defined  below, for  each  Expense  Recovery              Period incurred by Landlord in the operation of the Building and Project during the Term that exceed the              Building  Cost  Base  and  the  Property  Tax Base.   Property  Taxes  and  Building  Costs  are  mutually              exclusive and shall be billed separately. Tenant’s proportionate share of Property Taxes shall mean that               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              7  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               portion of any Operating Expenses (as defined below) determined by multiplying the cost of such item by              a fraction, the numerator of which is the Floor Area of Premises and the denominator of which is the total              rentable square footage, as determined from time to time by Landlord, of (i) the Floor Area of the Building              as defined in Item 8 of the Basic  Lease Provisions, for expenses  determined by  Landlord  to benefit or              relate substantially to the Building rather than the entire Project, or (ii) all or some of the buildings in the              Project,  for  expenses  determined  by  Landlord  to benefit  or  relate  substantially  to  all  or  some  of  the              buildings in the Project rather than any specific building. Tenant acknowledges Landlord’s rights to make              changes or additions to the Building and/or Project from time to time pursuant to Section 6.5 of the Lease,              in  which  event  the  total  rentable  square  footage  within  the  Building  and/or  Project  may  be reasonably              adjusted provided that the basis of any such adjustment is provided to Tenant  in advance for Tenant’s              review, and that Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in answering questions regarding such              adjustment and revising such adjustment to the extent that Tenant raises reasonable objections thereto.               For convenience of reference, Property Taxes and Building Costs may sometimes be collectively referred              to as “Operating Expenses”.                                      (b)      Commencing prior to the start of the first full “Expense Recovery Period” of the Lease (as              defined  in  Item  7  of  the  Basic  Lease  Provisions),  and  prior  to  the  start  of  each  full  or  partial  Expense              Recovery  Period  thereafter,  Landlord  shall  give  Tenant  a  written  estimate  of  the  amount  of  Tenant’s              proportionate shares of Building Costs and Property Taxes for the Expense Recovery Period or portion              thereof.  Tenant shall pay the estimated amounts to Landlord in equal monthly installments, in advance,              with Basic Rent.  If Landlord has not furnished its written estimate for any Expense Recovery Period by              the time set forth above, Tenant shall continue to pay cost reimbursements at the rates established for              the prior Expense Recovery Period, if any; provided that when the new estimate is delivered to Tenant,              Tenant shall, at the next monthly payment date, pay any accrued cost reimbursements based upon the              new  estimate.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Landlord  hereby  agrees  that  Tenant  shall  not  be              responsible for  Tenant’s  proportionate  share of  Operating Expenses  accruing for  Suite 1700  and  Suite              1800 during the 12 month period commencing as of the Commencement Date for Suite 1700 and Suite              1800  and Tenant’s  proportionate  share  of  Operating  Expenses  accruing for  Suite  300 during  the  12              month period commencing as of the Commencement Date for Suite 300.                                          (c)   Within  one  hundred  twenty  (120)  days  after  the  end  of  each  Expense  Recovery  Period,              Landlord  shall  furnish  to  Tenant  a  statement  setting  forth  the  actual  or  prorated  Property  Taxes  and              Building Costs attributable to that period, and the parties shall within thirty (30) days thereafter make any              payment  or  allowance  necessary  to  adjust  Tenant’s  estimated  payments,  if  any,  to  Tenant’s  actual              proportionate shares as shown by  the annual statement.  If Tenant has not made estimated payments              during  the  Expense  Recovery  Period,  any  amount  owing  by  Tenant  pursuant  to  subsection  (a)  above              shall  be  paid  to  Landlord  in  accordance  with  Article  XVI.   If  actual  Property  Taxes  or  Building  Costs              allocable  to  Tenant  during  any  Expense  Recovery  Period  are  less  than  the  Property  Tax  Base  or  the              Building  Cost  Base,  respectively,  Landlord  shall  not  be  required  to  pay  that  differential  to  Tenant,              although  Landlord  shall promptly refund  any  applicable  estimated  payments  collected  from  Tenant.               Should Tenant  fail  to  object  in  writing  to  Landlord’s  determination  of  actual  Operating  Expenses  within              ninety (90)  days  following  delivery  of  Landlord’s  expense statement, Landlord’s  determination  of  actual              Operating  Expenses  for  the  applicable  Expense  Recovery  Period  shall  be  conclusive  and  binding  on              Tenant.                                   (d)   Even though the Lease has terminated and the Tenant has vacated the Premises, when              the final determination is made of Tenant’s share of Property Taxes and Building Costs for the Expense              Recovery  Period  in  which  the  Lease  terminates,  Tenant  shall  upon  notice  pay  the  entire  increase  due              over the estimated expenses paid; conversely, any overpayment made in the event expenses decrease              shall  be  rebated  by  Landlord  to  Tenant.   However,  in  lieu  thereof,  Landlord  may  deliver  a  reasonable              estimate of the anticipated reconciliation amount to Tenant prior to the expiration of the Term, in which              event the appropriate party shall fund that amount by the termination date.                                   (e)   If,  at  any  time  during  any  Expense  Recovery  Period,  any  one  or  more  of  the  Operating              Expenses are increased to a rate(s) or amount(s) in excess of the rate(s) or amount(s) used in calculating              the estimated expenses for the year, then Tenant’s estimated share of Property Taxes or Building Costs,              as  applicable,  shall  be  increased  for  the  month  in  which  the  increase  becomes  effective  and  for  all              succeeding months by an amount equal to Tenant’s proportionate share of the increase.  Landlord shall              give Tenant  written  notice  of  the  amount or  estimated amount of  the  increase,  the  month in  which the              increase will become effective, Tenant’s monthly share thereof and the months for which the payments              are due.  Tenant shall pay the increase to Landlord as a part of Tenant’s monthly payments of estimated              expenses as provided in paragraph (b) above, commencing with the month in which effective.                                   (f)   Landlord  agrees  to act  in  a commercially  reasonable  manner  in incurring  Building  costs,              taking into consideration the class and quality of the Building.  The term “Building Costs” shall include all              charges and expenses pertaining to the operation, management, maintenance and repair of the Building              and  the  Project,  together  with  all  appurtenant  Common  Areas  (as  defined  in  Section  6.2),  and  shall              include the following charges by way of illustration but not limitation:  water and sewer charges; insurance              premiums  or  reasonable  premium  equivalents  should  Landlord  elect  to  self-insure  any  risk  or              commercially reasonable deductible that Landlord is authorized to insure hereunder; license, permit, and              inspection  fees  (not  associated  with tenant  improvements  for  other  tenants  in the Building);  heat;  light;              power; janitorial services; the cost of equipping, staffing and operating an on-site management office for              the  Building  and  Project;  all  labor  and  labor-related  costs  for  personnel  applicable  to  the  Building  and              Project,  including  both  Landlord's  personnel  and  outside  personnel  (but  specifically  excluding  wages              and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of Project manager); a commercially reasonable               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              8  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               Landlord overhead/management fee consistent with that charged by landlords of comparable projects in              the area; reasonable fees for unrelated Landlord third party consulting services; access control/security              costs, inclusive of the reasonable cost of improvements made to enhance access control systems and              procedures;  repairs;  air  conditioning;  supplies;  materials;  equipment;  tools;  tenant  services;  programs              instituted  to  comply  with  transportation  management  requirements;  any  expense  incurred  pursuant  to              Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.4, 7.2, and 10.2 and Exhibits B and C below; costs incurred (capital or otherwise) on              a regular recurring basis every three (3) or more years for normal maintenance projects (e.g., parking lot              slurry coat or replacement of lobby, corridor and elevator cab carpets and coverings); and the amortized              cost  of  capital  improvements  (as  distinguished  from  replacement  parts  or  components  installed  in  the              ordinary  course  of  business)  which  are  intended  to  maintain  the  safety  of  the  Building  and/or  Project,              reduce other operating costs or increases thereof (provided that Landlord, based on third party  advice,              reasonably believes that such improvements will reduce costs or improve the operating efficiency of the              Building and  then  only  to  the  extent  of  the  cost  savings  actually  realized),  or  upgrade  Building  and/or              Project security, or which are required to bring the Building and/or Project into compliance with applicable              laws and building codes enacted after the date of this Lease.  Landlord shall amortize the cost of capital              improvements  on  a straight-line basis  over  the lesser  of  the  Payback  Period (as  defined below)  or  the              useful  life  of  the  capital  improvement  as  reasonably  determined  by  Landlord.   Any  amortized  Building              Cost  item with respect  to  which Landlord  did not receive a  discount for  early  payment may  include,  at              Landlord's option, an actual or imputed interest rate that Landlord would reasonably be required to pay to              finance the cost of the item (not to exceed prime rate as determined by the Federal Reserve Bank of San              Francisco), applied on the unamortized balance.  "Payback Period" shall mean the reasonably estimated              period of time that it takes for the cost savings, if any, resulting from a capital improvement item to equal              the total cost of the capital improvement.  It is understood that Building Costs shall include competitive              charges  for  direct  services  provided  by  any  subsidiary  or  division  of  Landlord,  except  to  the  extent              payment for such is included in the staffing costs and management fee described above.  If any Building              Cost is applicable to one or more buildings or properties in addition to the Building, then that cost shall be              equitably prorated and apportioned among the Building and such other buildings or properties. In no event              shall Landlord be entitled to a reimbursement from Tenant for Building Costs and Property Taxes in excess of              100% of the costs actually paid or incurred by Landlord in any applicable fiscal year.   The term “Property              Taxes” as used herein shall include the following:  (i) all real estate taxes or personal property taxes, as              such property taxes may be reassessed from time to time or reduced as a result of any appeal; and (ii)              other  taxes,  charges  and  assessments  which  are  levied  with  respect  to  this  Lease  or  to  the  Building              and/or the Project, and any improvements, fixtures and equipment and other property of Landlord located              in the Building and/or the Project, except that general net income and franchise taxes imposed against              Landlord shall be excluded; and (iii) any tax, surcharge or assessment which shall be levied in addition to              or in lieu of real estate or personal property taxes, other than taxes covered by Article VIII; and (iv) costs              and  expenses  incurred  in  contesting  the  amount  or  validity  of  any  Property  Tax  by  appropriate              proceedings.  Property Taxes shall not include any federal and state income taxes, capital levy, capital              stock, gift, estate or inheritance tax. If a tax assessment is payable in installments, Property Taxes for that              year shall include the amount of the installment and any interest due and payable during that year, if any,              as a result of the  installment payment. A copy of Landlord’s unaudited statement of expenses shall be              made available to Tenant upon request.  The Building Costs, inclusive of those for the Base Year, shall              be extrapolated by Landlord to reflect at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupancy of the rentable area of              the  Building.   In  the  event  a  service  or  item  is  added  subsequent  to  the  Base  Year  (e.g.,  earthquake              insurance), and is included in Building Costs, the Base Year shall be grossed up to reflect what Building              Costs would have been had such service or item been provided for the entire Base Year.                                   (g)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall exclude the following:                                              (i)   Any ground lease rental;                                              (ii)  Costs  incurred  by  Landlord with  respect  to  goods  and  services  other  than  parking                             (including  utilities  sold  and  supplied  to  tenants  and  occupants  of  the  Building)  to  the                             extent that Landlord  is entitled to reimbursement for such costs other  than through the                             Operating Expense pass-through provisions of such tenants' lease;                                     (iii) Costs  incurred  by  Landlord  for  repairs,  replacements  and/or  restoration  to  or  of  the                             Building or the Project to the extent that Landlord is reimbursed by insurance (or would                             have  been  reimbursed  if  Landlord  had  maintained  the  insurance  required  of  Landlord                             herein) or condemnation proceeds or by tenants (other than through Operating Expense                             pass-throughs), warrantors or other third persons or arising in connection with defects in                             the Building, or related to events occurring prior to the Commencement Date;                                     (iv)  Costs,  including  permit,  license  and  inspection  costs,  incurred  with  respect  to  the                             installation of tenant improvements made for other tenants in the Building or incurred in                             renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for                             tenants or other occupants of the Building, or  costs and expenses incurred by Landlord                             in curing, repairing or replacing any structural portion of the Building made necessary as                             a result of original construction defects in design, workmanship or materials;                                     (v)   Costs arising from Landlord's charitable or political contributions;                                     (vi)  Attorneys' fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or                             disputes  with former, present and/or  prospective  tenants  or  other  occupants  of  the                             Building,  except  those  attorneys'  fees  and  other  costs  and  expenses  incurred  in                IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              9  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                              connection with negotiations, disputes or claims relating to items of Operating Expenses,                             enforcement of rules  and regulations  of the  Building and such other matters relating to                             the maintenance of standards required of Landlord under this Lease;                                     (vii) Capital  expenditures  as  determined  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting                             principles, consistently applied, except as otherwise provided in subsection (f) above;                                      (viii) Brokers  commissions,  finders'  fees,  attorneys'  fees,  entertainment  and  travel  expenses                             and  other  costs  incurred  by  Landlord  in  leasing  or  attempting  to  lease  space  in  the                             Building and the cost of any credits, allowances or  other lease concessions granted to                             any tenant (including Tenant) under the terms of its lease;                                     (ix)  Expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant or                             for  which  Tenant  is  charged  for  directly  but  which  are  provided  to  another  tenant  or                             occupant of the Building;                                     (x)   Costs, legal fees, fines or penalties incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord                             of  (i)  any  governmental  rule  or  regulation  (provided  that  costs  of  complying  with  such                             governmental requirements may be included unless otherwise provided herein) or (ii) the                             terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Building or the Project;                                     (xi)  Overhead and profit increments paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for services                             provided to the Building to the extent the same exceeds the costs that would generally be                             charged for such services if rendered on a competitive basis (based upon a standard of                             similar office buildings in the  general market area of the Premises) by  unaffiliated third                             parties capable of providing such service;                                     (xii) Interest,  principal,  fees  and  other  typical  lender  expenses  associated  with  any  debt,                             whether secured or unsecured, on debt or amortization on any mortgage or mortgages                             encumbering the Building or the Project;                                     (xiii) Landlord's  general  corporate  overhead  and costs  associated  with  the  operation  of  the                             business  of  the  entity  which  constitutes  “Landlord”  (as  distinguished  from  the  costs  of                             operating,  maintaining,  repairing  and managing  the  Building), except  as  it  relates  to  the                             specific management of the Building or Project;                                     (xiv) Costs of installing the initial landscaping or subsequent sculpture, paintings and objects                             of art for the Building and Project;                                     (xv)  Advertising and  promotional expenditures incurred  in  promoting  and/or  marketing  the                             Building or the Project;                                               (xvi)  Any  and  all  expenses  (excluding  water)  associated  with  the  maintenance,  repair,  and                             operation  of  the  health  club  in  the  Building and  the  cost  of  installing,  operating  and                             maintaining any specialty services, such as a luncheon club, retail store, sundries shop,                             newsstand, concession, concierge service;                                              (xvii) Salaries or fringe benefits of Landlord’s employees above the grade of general manager;                                              (xviii) The cost of complying with any laws in effect (and as enforced) on the Commencement                             Date,  provided that  if  any  portion of  the  Building or  the  Project that  was  in compliance                             with all applicable laws on the Commencement Date becomes out of compliance due to                             normal  wear  and  tear,  the non-capital costs of  bringing  such  portion  of  the  Building or                             Project into  compliance  shall  be  included  in Project  Costs unless  otherwise  excluded                             pursuant to the terms hereof;                                              (xix) The cost of any judgment, settlement or arbitration award resulting from any negligence                             or misconduct of Landlord;                                              (xx)  Earthquake insurance premiums unless such costs are included in the Building Cost Base or                             unless the Building Cost Base is thereupon “grossed up” to reflect the first year’s cost;                                               (xxi)  Any  deduction  for  depreciation  of  the  Building  taken  on  Landlord’s  income  tax  returns;                             and                                              (xxii) Costs  or  fees  relating to the  defense of  Landlord’s  title to or  interest  in the  Building  or                             Project unless due to the acts or omissions of any tenant, including Tenant.                                   (h)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of computing Tenant's proportionate share of              Building or Project Costs, the Controllable Expenses (hereinafter defined) shall not increase by more than              5% per Expense Recovery Period on a compounding and cumulative basis over the course of the initial              Term.  In other words, Controllable Expenses for the first fiscal year after the Base Year shall not exceed              105% of the Controllable Expenses for the Base Year. Controllable Expenses for the second fiscal year              after the Base Year shall not exceed 105% of the limit on Controllable Expenses for the first fiscal year              after the Base Year, etc.  By way of illustration, if Controllable Expenses were $10.00 per rentable square                IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             10  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               foot for the Base Year, then Controllable Expenses for the first Expense Recovery Period year following              the Base  Year  shall  not  exceed  $10.50  per  rentable  square  foot,  and  Controllable  Expenses  for  the              second Expense Recovery Period following the Base Year shall not exceed $11.03 per rentable square              foot. "Controllable Expenses" shall mean all Building or Project Costs  exclusive of Property Taxes, the              cost of insurance, utilities and capital improvements.                                          (i)   Provided  Tenant  is  not  then  in  monetary  default  beyond  any  applicable notice  (actually              provided  and  properly  received  by  Tenant)  and  cure  period  hereunder,  Tenant  shall  have  the  right  to              cause  a  certified  public  accountant,  engaged  on  a  non-contingency  fee  basis,  to  audit  Operating              Expenses by inspecting Landlord's general ledger of expenses not more than once during any Expense              Recovery  Period.  However, to the  extent  that  insurance premiums are determined by Landlord on the              basis of an internal allocation of costs utilizing information Landlord in good faith deems proprietary, such              expense component shall not be subject to audit so long as it does not exceed the amount per square              foot  typically  imposed  by  landlords  of  other  first  class  office  projects  in  San  Diego,  California.   Tenant              shall  give  notice  to  Landlord  of  Tenant's  intent  to  audit  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  Tenant's  receipt  of              Landlord's expense statement which sets forth Landlord's actual Operating Expenses.  Such audit shall              be conducted at a mutually agreeable time during normal business hours at the office of Landlord or its              management  agent  where  such  accounts  are  maintained.   If  Tenant's  audit  determines  that  actual              Operating  Expenses  have  been  overstated  by  more  than  five  percent  (5%),  then  subject  to  Landlord's              right to review and/or contest the audit results, Landlord shall (i) reimburse Tenant for the reasonable out-             of-pocket costs of such audit and (ii) if no payments are then due and owing Landlord from Tenant under              the  terms  of  this  Lease  which  have  not  been  timely  paid,  refund  the  amount  of  any  overpayment  to              Tenant.   In addition, if any component of Operating Expenses is determined to be either inappropriate or              excessive during an Expense Recovery Period, and if the Building Cost Base or Property Tax Base also              included such component, then the appropriate Base shall concurrently be adjusted if and to the extent              appropriate.  In the event of a dispute between Landlord and Tenant regarding such audit, either party              may elect to submit the matter for binding arbitration with the American Arbitration Association under its              Arbitration Rules for the Real Estate Industry, and judgment on the arbitration award may be entered in              any  court  having  jurisdiction  thereof.   All  of  the  information  obtained  by  Tenant  and/or  its  auditor  in              connection  with  such  audit,  as well  as  any  compromise,  settlement,  or  adjustment  reached  between              Landlord and Tenant as a result thereof, shall be held in strict confidence and, except as may be required              pursuant  to  litigation,  shall  not  be  disclosed  to  any  third  party,  (other  than  any regulatory  agency              exercising  jurisdiction  over  Tenant  and as  required  by  any  applicable  law,  rule  or  regulation,  including,              without limitation,  any applicable rule of any  exchange on which Tenant’s stock may be listed,  in each              instance such disclosure shall only be to the extent required), directly or indirectly, by Tenant or its auditor              or  any  of  their  officers,  agents  or  employees.   Landlord  may  require  Tenant's  auditor  to  execute  a              separate confidentiality agreement affirming the foregoing as a condition precedent to any audit.                                                                                                                                          ARTICLE V.  USES                                                            SECTION 5.1.   USE.  Tenant shall use the Premises only for the purposes stated in Item 3 of the              Basic Lease Provisions.  The parties agree that any contrary use shall be deemed to cause material and              irreparable harm to Landlord and shall entitle Landlord to injunctive relief in addition to any other available              remedy.  The uses prohibited under this Lease shall include, without limitation, use of the Premises or a              portion  thereof  for  (i)  offices  of  any agency  or  bureau  of  the  United  States  or  any  state  or  political              subdivision  thereof,  except  for  those  agencies  or  bureaus  whose  use  is  reasonably  acceptable  to              Landlord; (ii) offices or agencies of any foreign governmental or political subdivision thereof; (iii) offices of              any  health care  professionals  or  service  organization;  (iv)  schools,  temporary  employment  agencies  or              other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use; (v) retail              or restaurant uses; or (vi) communications firms such as radio and/or television stations.  Tenant shall not              do  or  permit  anything  to  be  done  in  or  about  the  Premises  which  will  in  any  way unreasonably,  as              determined by Landlord, interfere with the rights or quiet enjoyment of other occupants of the Building or              the Project, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose, nor shall Tenant permit any              nuisance or commit any waste in the Premises or the Project.  Tenant shall not do or permit to be done              anything  which Landlord  has  notified  Tenant will  invalidate  or  increase  the  cost  of  any  insurance              policy(ies)  covering the  Building, the  Project  and/or  their  contents,  and  shall  comply  with all  applicable              insurance  underwriters  rules  of  which  it  is  provided  actual  notice. Except  to the extent such  costs  and              expenses are properly included in Project Costs, Landlord shall comply with all laws relating to the Base              Building  (hereinafter  defined),  provided  that  compliance  with  such  laws  are  not  the  responsibility  of              Tenant under this Lease, and provided further that Landlord’s failure to comply therewith would prohibit              Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy (or its legal equivalent) for the Premises,              or  would  unreasonably  and  materially  affect  the  safety  of  Tenant’s  employees  or  create  a  significant              health hazard for Tenant’s employees, or a significant liability for Tenant.  Landlord shall have the right to              contest any such violations in good faith.  For purposes herein, "Base Building" shall include the structural              portions  of  the  Building  and  the  Project,  the  public  restrooms and  Common  Areas and  the  Building              mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on              the floor or floors on which the Premises are located. Tenant shall comply at its expense with all present              and future laws, ordinances and requirements of all governmental authorities that pertain to Tenant or its              use of the Premises, including without limitation all federal and state occupational health and safety and              handicap  access  requirements  for  the  Premises,  whether  or  not  Tenant’s  compliance  will  necessitate              expenditures or interfere with its use and enjoyment of the Premises.                                    IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             11  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                   Tenant  shall  not  generate,  handle,  store  or  dispose  of hazardous  or  toxic  materials  (as  such              materials  may  be  identified  in  any  federal,  state  or  local  law  or  regulation)  in  the  Premises  or  Project              without the prior written consent of Landlord; provided that the foregoing shall not be deemed to proscribe              the  use  by  Tenant  of  customary  office  supplies  in  normal  quantities  or  of  computer,  electronic  or              associated equipment consistent with the permitted use of the Premises, so long as such use comports              with  all  applicable  laws.   Tenant  agrees  that  it  shall  promptly  complete  and  deliver  to  Landlord  any              disclosure  form  regarding  hazardous  or  toxic  materials  that  may  be  required  by  any  governmental              agency.   Tenant  shall  also,  from  time  to  time  upon  request  by  Landlord,  execute  such  affidavits              concerning Tenant’s best knowledge and belief regarding the presence of hazardous or toxic materials in              the Premises.  Landlord shall have the right at any time to perform an assessment of the environmental              condition of the Premises and of Tenant’s compliance with this Section.  As part of any such assessment,              Landlord shall have the right, upon twenty-four (24) hours prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of an              emergency)  and  when  accompanied  by  a  representative  of  Tenant  (to  the  extent  Tenant  makes  a              representative available), to enter and inspect the Premises and to perform tests, provided those tests are              performed  in  a  manner  that  minimizes  disruption  to  Tenant.   Tenant  will  cooperate  with  Landlord  in              connection with any assessment by, among other things, promptly responding to inquiries and providing              relevant documentation and records.  The reasonable cost of the assessment/testing shall be reimbursed              by  Tenant  to  Landlord  if  such  assessment/testing  determines  that  Tenant  failed  to  comply  with  the              requirements  of  this  Section.   In  all  events  Tenant  shall  indemnify  Landlord  in  the  manner  elsewhere              provided in this  Lease from  any  release  of  hazardous  or  toxic  materials  caused  by  Tenant,  its  agents,              employees, contractors, subtenants or licensees (except to the extent any such parties are affiliated with              Landlord  or  under  Landlord’s  control).   The  foregoing  covenants  shall  survive  the  expiration  or  earlier              termination of this Lease.  As of the date hereof, Landlord has not received notice from any governmental              agencies that the Building is in violation of Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act or any other laws              affecting the construction or occupancy of the Building.                                       Pursuant  to  California  Civil  Code  § 1938,  Landlord  hereby  states  that  the  Premises  have  not              undergone  inspection  by  a  Certified  Access  Specialist  (CASp) (defined  in  California  Civil  Code              § 55.52(a)(3)).  Pursuant  to  Section  1938  of  the  California  Civil  Code,  Landlord  hereby  provides  the              following notification to Tenant: "A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises              and  determine  whether  the  subject  premises  comply  with  all  of  the  applicable  construction-related              accessibility  standards  under  state law.  Although  state law  does  not require  a  CASp inspection  of  the              subject  premises,  the commercial  property  owner  or  lessor  may  not  prohibit  the  lessee  or  tenant  from              obtaining  a  CASp  inspection  of  the  subject  premises  for  the  occupancy  or  potential  occupancy  of  the              lessee  or  tenant,  if  requested  by  the  lessee  or  tenant.  The  parties  shall  mutually  agree  on  the              arrangements  for  the  time  and  manner  of  the  CASp  inspection,  the  payment  of  the  fee  for  the  CASp              inspection,  and  the  cost  of  making  any  repairs  necessary  to  correct  violations  of  construction  related              accessibility  standards  within  the  premises."  If  Tenant  requests  to  perform  a  CASp  inspection  of  the              Premises,  Tenant  shall,  at  its  cost,  retain  a  CASp  approved  by  Landlord (provided  that  Landlord  may              designate  the  CASp,  at  Landlord’s  option)  to  perform  the  inspection  of  the  Premises  at  a  time  agreed              upon by the parties.  Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of any report or certificate issued by the              CASp (the "CASp Report") and Tenant shall, at its cost, promptly complete any modifications necessary              to  correct  violations  of construction  related  accessibility  standards  identified  in  the  CASp  Report,              notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  this  Lease.  Tenant  agrees  to  keep  the  information  in  the              CASp Report confidential except as necessary for the Tenant to complete such modifications.                                       SECTION 5.2.   SIGNS.  Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall affix and maintain a              sign (restricted solely to Tenant’s name as set forth herein or such other name as Landlord may consent              to in writing) adjacent to the entry door of the Premises, together with a directory strip listing, which listing              shall consist of two (2) lines per 1,000 rentable square feet leased, Tenant's name as set forth herein in              the lobby directory of the Building.  Any subsequent changes to that initial signage shall be at Tenant's              sole  expense.   All  signage  shall  conform  to the  criteria for  signs  established  by  Landlord  and shall  be              ordered  through  Landlord.   Tenant  shall  not  place  or  allow  to  be  placed  any  other  sign,  decoration  or              advertising  matter  of  any  kind  that  is  visible  from  the  exterior  of  the  Premises.   Any  violating  sign  or              decoration may be immediately removed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense without notice and without the              removal constituting a breach of this Lease or entitling Tenant to claim damages.                                          SECTION 5.3.   ELEVATOR SIGNAGE.  Provided that Tenant is then leasing and occupying the              entire rentable area on any floor of the Building, Tenant shall be permitted to install an identity sign in the              elevator  lobby  of  that  floor,  which  sign  shall  consist  only  of  the  name  of  Tenant.   The  dimensions,              location, design, and manner of  installation of such signage shall be subject to Landlord’s prior  written              approval,  which  approval  shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld,  conditioned  or  delayed.   Installation  and              maintenance of the sign shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  In the event Tenant ceases at any              time to lease all of such floor and Landlord enters into a lease of all or any portion of such space to a third              party  that  is  not  a  Tenant Affiliate  (as  described  in  Section  9.1(f)  hereof),  then  Tenant  shall  promptly              remove  such  signage  upon  request  by  Landlord.   Tenant  shall  also  remove  the  signage  upon  the              expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.  Tenant agrees that it shall bear the cost of any resulting              repairs to the Building that are reasonably necessary due to the removal.                                          SECTION 5.4.   BUILDING TOP SIGN. Tenant, during the initial Lease Term, shall be permitted              to install two (2) exclusive building top signs at the Building (the “Building Top Sign”) at such locations              as mutually  agreed by the parties  after good faith consultation,  which signage  shall consist only  of the              name “BofI Federal Bank” or, the name referenced and approved by Landlord in an email dated April 27,              2018 from Derrick Walsh, Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer, a representative of Tenant,              to J. P. Huntington, Leasing Director, a representative of Landlord. Tenant shall submit detailed drawings               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             12  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               of its proposed Building Top Sign to Landlord for Landlord’s review and approval. The Building Top Sign              shall conform to any  and all reasonable Building signage standards imposed by  Landlord and must be              approved by any and all applicable municipality, county or association rules and regulations including but              not  limited  to  those  adopted  by  the  city  of  San  Diego.  All  costs  relating  to  the  design,  fabrication,              installation, maintenance, repair, replacement and removal of the Building Top Sign shall be at Tenant’s              sole cost and expense.  Tenant’s signage rights shall belong solely to BofI Holding, Inc., as Tenant, and              may not be transferred or assigned (except in connection with an assignment of this Lease to a Tenant              Affiliate as described in Section 9.1(f) of this Lease) without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may              be withheld by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion.  In the event Tenant, (i) is in monetary default of              this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, (ii) assigns this Lease or sublets more than one (1)              full floor at the Building, or (iii) fails to lease 136,313 rentable square feet at the Building and the building              owned  by  Landlord’s  affiliate  at  4350  La  Jolla  Village  Drive, then  Tenant  shall,  within  thirty  (30)  days              following  notice  from  Landlord,  remove  the  Building  Top  Sign  at  Tenant’s  expense.   Tenant  shall  also              remove such Building Top Sign promptly following the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.  Any              such removal shall be at Tenant’s sole expense, and Tenant shall bear the cost of any resulting repairs to              the monument or wall of the Building that are reasonably necessary due to the removal. If Tenant fails to              complete the installation of either or both the Building Top Sign by February 28, 2019, then to the extent              not  yet  installed,  the  Building  Top  Sign  rights  granted  Tenant  herein  shall  be  null  and  void  and  of  no              further force or effect.                                                                                                                                                                        ARTICLE VI. LANDLORD SERVICES                                                                                                                                              SECTION 6.1.   UTILITIES AND SERVICES.  Landlord shall furnish to the Premises the utilities and              services in accordance with the standards of a comparable Class A office building of similar age, design              and location in San Diego, California and as generally described in Exhibit B, subject to the conditions              and payment obligations and standards set forth in this Lease.  Landlord shall not be liable for any failure              to furnish any  services  or  utilities  when  the  failure  is  the  result  of  any  accident  or  other  cause  beyond              Landlord’s reasonable control, nor shall Landlord be liable for damages resulting from power surges or              any breakdown in telecommunications facilities or services.  Landlord’s temporary inability to furnish any              services or utilities shall not entitle Tenant to any damages, relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay rent or              constitute  a  constructive  or  other  eviction  of  Tenant,  except  that  Landlord  shall  diligently  attempt  to              restore the service or utility promptly. However, if the Premises, or a material portion of the Premises, are              made  untenantable  for  a  period  in  excess  of  3  consecutive  business  days  as  a  result  of  a  service              interruption that is reasonably within the control of Landlord to correct, then Tenant, as its sole remedy,              shall be entitled to receive an abatement of rent payable hereunder during the period beginning on the 4th              consecutive  business  day  of  the  service  interruption  and  ending  on  the  day  the  service  has  been              restored.   If  the  entire  Premises  have  not  been  rendered  untenantable  by  the  service  interruption,  the              amount  of  abatement  shall  be  equitably  prorated.  Tenant shall  comply  with  all reasonable rules  and              regulations which Landlord may reasonably establish for the provision of services and utilities, and shall              cooperate with all reasonable conservation practices established by Landlord.  Subject to the provisions              of  Section  7.5  below, Landlord  shall  at  all  reasonable  times  have  free  access  to  all  electrical  and              mechanical installations of Landlord.                                  SECTION  6.2.    OPERATION  AND  MAINTENANCE  OF  COMMON  AREAS.   During  the  Term,              Landlord shall operate and maintain all Common Areas within the Building and the Project in a manner              consistent with comparable Class A buildings in the vicinity of the Building.  The term “Common Areas”              shall mean all areas within the Building and other buildings in the Project which are not held for exclusive              use by persons entitled to occupy space, and all other appurtenant areas and improvements provided by              Landlord  for  the  common  use  of  Landlord  and  tenants  and  their  respective  employees  and  invitees,              including without limitation parking areas and structures, driveways, sidewalks, landscaped and planted              areas, hallways and interior stairwells not located within the premises of any tenant, common entrances              and lobbies, elevators, and restrooms not located within the premises of any tenant.                                SECTION  6.3.    USE  OF  COMMON  AREAS.   The  occupancy  by  Tenant  of  the  Premises  shall              include  the  use  of  the  Common  Areas  in  common  with  Landlord  and  with  all  others  for  whose              convenience and use the Common Areas may be provided by Landlord, subject, however, to compliance              with all reasonable rules and regulations as are prescribed from time to time by Landlord.  Landlord shall              at all times during the Term have exclusive control of the Common Areas, and may restrain or permit any              use  or  occupancy,  except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Lease  or  in  Landlord’s  reasonable  rules  and              regulations.  Tenant shall keep the Common Areas clear of any obstruction or unauthorized use related to              Tenant’s  operations.   Landlord  may  temporarily  close  any  portion  of  the  Common  Areas  for  repairs,              remodeling and/or  alterations, to prevent a public  dedication or the  accrual  of prescriptive rights, or for              any other reasonable purpose.                                SECTION 6.4.   PARKING.  Parking shall be provided in accordance with the provisions set forth in              Exhibit C to this Lease.                                SECTION 6.5.   CHANGES AND ADDITIONS BY LANDLORD.  Landlord reserves the right to make              alterations or additions to the Building or the Project, or to the attendant fixtures, equipment and Common              Areas.  No change shall entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or other claim against Landlord, provided              that the change does not deprive Tenant of reasonable access to or use of the Premises and the Building              retains its character as a Class A building in the San Diego, California metropolitan area. Except in the              case of emergency actions undertaken by Landlord, Landlord shall provide Tenant with advance notice of               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             13  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               any  planned  closing  or  restricted  access  or  planned  interruption  of  services  to  the  Building  or  the              Premises.                                    SECTION 6.6.      SATELLITE DISH.  Tenant shall have the right to maintain and operate within an              area designated by Landlord on the roof of the Building (the “Licensed  Area”), during the Term of this              Lease,  1  satellite  dish  (the  “Dish”)  up  to  24  inches  in  diameter  (of  which the  height,  appearance  and              installation procedures must be approved  in writing by  Landlord) in accordance with and subject to the              following  terms.   Landlord  may  impose  a  reasonable  architectural  review  fee  in  connection  with  its              approval  of  the  Dish,  and Tenant  shall  pay  same  promptly  following  demand.  Tenant  shall  utilize  a              contractor  acceptable  to  Landlord  to  install  the  Dish,  which  contractor  shall  comply  with  Landlord’s              construction  rules  for  the  Building,  including  without  limitation  Landlord’s  standard  insurance              requirements.   Landlord  reserves  the  right  upon  reasonable  notice  to  Tenant  to  require  either  (a) the              relocation of all equipment installed by Tenant to another location on the roof of the Building, or (b) the              removal  of  any  or  all  of  such  equipment  should  Landlord  determine  that  its  presence  may  result  in              damage  to  the  Building  and  that  Tenant  has  not  made  satisfactory  arrangements  to  protect  Landlord              therefrom.  Tenant shall use the Licensed Area only for the operation and maintenance of the Dish and              the necessary mechanical and electrical equipment to service the Dish.  The right to utilize the Dish and              Licensed Area shall be limited solely to Tenant, and in no event may Tenant assign or sublicense such              right (except  in  connection  with  a  transfer  to  a  Tenant  Affiliate  as  described  in  Section 9.1(f)  hereof).               Tenant shall not use or permit any other person to use the Licensed Area for any improper use or for any              operation  which  would  constitute  a  nuisance,  and  Tenant  shall  at  all  times  conform to  and  cause  all              persons using any part of the Licensed Area to comply with all public laws, ordinances and regulations              from time to time applicable thereto and to all operations thereon.  Tenant shall require its employees,              when  using  the  Licensed  Area,  to  stay  within  the  immediate  confines  thereof.   In  the  event  a  cable              television system is operating in the area, Tenant shall at all times conduct its operations so as to ensure              that the cable television system shall not be subject to harmful interference as a result of such operations              by Tenant.  Upon notification from Landlord of any such interference, Tenant agrees to immediately take              the  necessary  steps  to correct  such situation,  and Tenant’s  failure  to  do  so shall  be  deemed  a default              under  the  terms  of this  Lease.   During  the  Lease  Term,  Tenant  shall  comply  with  any  standards              promulgated  by  applicable  governmental  authorities  or  otherwise  reasonably  established  by  Landlord              regarding the generation of electromagnetic fields.  Should Landlord determine in good faith at any time              that the Dish poses a health or safety hazard to occupants of the Building, Landlord may require Tenant              to remove the Dish or make other arrangements satisfactory to Landlord.  Any claim or liability resulting              from the use of the Dish shall be subject to Tenant’s indemnification obligation as set forth in Section 10.3              of the Lease.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove the Dish and              all other  equipment installed by  it  and shall restore the Licensed  Area  to its  original condition.  Tenant              understands  and  agrees  that  should  it  fail  to  install  the  Dish  within  180  days  following  the              Commencement Date, then Tenant’s right to install same thereafter shall be null and void.                                                                                                                      ARTICLE VII.  MAINTAINING THE PREMISES                                                                                                                                              SECTION 7.1.   TENANT’S MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR.  Tenant at its sole expense shall make              all repairs necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements and fixtures therein in the condition as              existed on the Commencement Date (or on any  later date that the  applicable improvements may  have              been installed), excepting ordinary wear and tear, loss by fire or other casualty not caused by Tenant or              condemnation.  Notwithstanding Section 7.2 below, Tenant’s maintenance obligation shall include without              limitation all appliances, non-building standard lighting/electrical systems (except to the extent installed in              connection  with  the  Tenant  Improvements),  and  plumbing  fixtures  and  installations  located  within  the              Premises, together with any supplemental HVAC equipment servicing only the Premises.  All repairs shall              be  at  least  equal  in  quality  to  the  original  work,  shall  be  made  only  by  a  licensed,  bonded  contractor              approved  in  writing  in  advance  by  Landlord  and  shall  be  made  only  at  the  time  or  times  reasonably              approved  by  Landlord.   Any  contractor  utilized  by  Tenant  shall  be  subject  to  Landlord’s  standard              reasonable requirements for contractors, as modified from time to time.  Landlord may impose reasonable              restrictions  and requirements  with respect  to repairs,  as  provided  in  Section 7.3, and the  provisions  of              Section 7.4 shall apply to all repairs.  Alternatively, should Landlord or its management agent agree to              make a repair on behalf of Tenant and at Tenant’s request, Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord as              additional rent for all costs incurred (including the standard coordination fee of Landlord’s management              agent) upon submission of an invoice.                                SECTION 7.2.   LANDLORD’S MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR.  Subject to Article XI, Landlord shall              provide service, maintenance and repair (and replace as needed) with respect to the heating, ventilating              and  air  conditioning  (“HVAC”)  equipment  of  the  Building  (exclusive  of  any  supplemental  HVAC              equipment servicing only the Premises) (including primary loops connected to the core, distribution ducts              located  above  the  ceiling  and  behind  the  walls  of  the  Premises  and  vents  and  thermostats  within  the              Premises) and shall maintain in good repair (and replace as needed) the Common Areas (including the              men’s  and  women’s  washrooms  on  Tenant’s  floor),  roof,  foundations,  footings,  the  exterior  surfaces              (including  the  exterior  glass)  of  the  exterior  walls,  the  stairs,  and  stairwells  of  the  Building,  and  the              structural,  electrical  (including  light  and  light  fixtures  within  the Premises  and  replacement  of  lamps,              starters  and  ballasts  for  Building-standard  lighting  fixtures  within  the  Premises  and  theses Building-             standard lighting  fixtures  installed  in  connection  with  the  tenant  improvements),  sprinkler  systems              (including portions of such systems connected to the core and any distribution throughout the Premises),              mechanical,  elevator  and  plumbing  systems  of  the  Building  except  as  provided  in  Section  7.1  above.               Landlord shall have the right to employ or designate any reputable person or firm, including any employee               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             14  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               or  agent  of  Landlord  or  any  of  Landlord’s  affiliates  or  divisions,  to  perform  any  service,  repair  or              maintenance function.  Landlord need not make any other improvements or repairs except as specifically              required  under  this  Lease,  and  nothing  contained  in  this  Section  shall  limit  Landlord’s  right  to              reimbursement from Tenant for maintenance, repair costs and replacement costs as provided elsewhere              in this Lease.  Tenant understands that it shall not make repairs at Landlord’s expense or by rental offset.               Except as provided in Sections 11.1 and 12.1 below, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of              Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any              repairs, alterations or improvements to any portion of the Building, including repairs to the Premises, nor              shall any related activity by Landlord constitute an actual or constructive eviction; provided, however, that              in making repairs, alterations or improvements, Landlord shall interfere as little as reasonably practicable              with  the  conduct  of  Tenant’s  business  in  the  Premises. If,  as  a  result  of  work  being  performed  by              Landlord,  Landlord  temporarily  closes  all  or  any  portion  of  the  Premises  for  a  period  in  excess of 3              consecutive business days, Tenant, as its sole remedy, shall be entitled to receive a per diem abatement              of  Basic  Rent in  the  proportion  that  the  rentable  area  of  the  portion  of  the  Premises  that  Tenant  is              prevented  from  using,  and  does  not  use,  bears to  the  total  rentable  area  of  the  Premises during  the              period beginning  on the 4th consecutive business  day  of  closure and  ending on the date  on  which the              Premises  are  returned  to  Tenant  in  a  tenantable  condition.   Tenant,  however,  shall  not  be  entitled  to              abatement if the repairs, alterations and/or additions to be performed are required as a result of the acts              or omissions of Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors (except Landlord or its affiliates), including,              without limitation, a default by Tenant in its maintenance and repair obligations under the Lease.                                SECTION  7.3.    ALTERATIONS.   Except  for  alteration  projects  costing less  than  $25,000.00  and              satisfying the criteria in the next following sentence (which work shall require notice to Landlord but not              Landlord’s consent), Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises without              the prior written consent of Landlord.  Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned              or  delayed  as  long  as  the  proposed  changes  do  not  affect  the  structural,  electrical  or  mechanical              components or systems of the Building, are not visible from the exterior of the Premises, and utilize only              building standard materials.  Landlord may impose, as a condition to its consent, any requirements that              Landlord  in  its reasonable discretion  may  deem  reasonable  or  desirable,  including  but  not  limited  to  a              requirement  that  all  work  be  covered  by  a  lien  and  completion  bond  satisfactory  to  Landlord  and              requirements as to the manner, time, and contractor  for performance of the  work.  Without limiting the              generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall use Landlord’s designated mechanical and electrical contractors              for all  work affecting the mechanical or electrical systems of the  Building.   Should Tenant  perform any              work  that  would  necessitate  any  ancillary  Building  modification  or  other  expenditure  by  Landlord,  then              Tenant shall promptly fund the cost thereof to Landlord.  Tenant shall obtain all required permits for the              work and shall perform the work in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ordinances, and              Landlord shall be entitled to a supervision fee in the amount of three percent (3%) of the cost of the work,              which fee shall not be imposed if the nature and scope of the Tenant work is exclusively cosmetic (i.e.              carpet and paint) in nature and not part  of a larger Tenant improvement project, in which case the fee              shall  be  applied.   Under  no  circumstances  shall  Tenant  make  any  improvement  which  incorporates              asbestos-containing construction materials into the Premises.  Tenant shall use commercially reasonable              efforts not to prosecute any alteration work that results in picketing or labor demonstrations in or about              the  Building  or  Project.   Any  request  for  Landlord’s  consent  shall  be  made  in  writing and  shall  contain              architectural plans describing the work in detail reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.  Landlord may elect              to cause its architect to review Tenant’s architectural plans, and the reasonable cost of that review shall              be reimbursed by Tenant.  Should the work proposed by Tenant modify the internal configuration of the              Premises,  then  Tenant  shall,  at  its  expense,  furnish  Landlord  with  as-built  drawings  and  CAD  disks              compatible  with  Landlord’s  systems.   Unless  Landlord  otherwise  agrees  in  writing,  all  alterations,              additions or improvements affixed to the Premises (excluding moveable trade fixtures and furniture) shall              become  the  property  of  Landlord  and  shall  be  surrendered  with  the  Premises  at  the  end  of  the  Term,              except that Landlord may, by notice to Tenant given at the time of Landlord’s consent to the alteration or              improvement, require Tenant to remove by the Expiration Date, or sooner termination date of this Lease,              such alteration or improvement  installed  either  by  Tenant  or by  Landlord  at  Tenant’s  request.   Tenant              shall repair any damage to the Premises arising from that removal and restore the affected area to its pre-             existing  condition,  reasonable  wear  and  tear  excepted.   Tenant  shall  not  be  required  to  remove  any              improvements  existing  in  the  Premises  as  of  the  date  of  this  Lease  or  any  of  the  paint  or  carpet              improvements made as part of the improvements described in Exhibit X of this Lease; provided, however,              Tenant shall be obligated to remove the supplemental HVAC unit in the Premises.  Except as otherwise              provided  in  this  Lease  or  in  any  Exhibit  to  this  Lease,  should  Landlord  make  any  alteration  or              improvement to the Premises at the request of Tenant, Landlord shall be entitled to prompt payment from              Tenant  of  the reasonable cost  thereof,  inclusive  of  the  standard  coordination  fee  of  Landlord’s              management agent (but exclusive of any fees in any way pertaining to the management of any contractor              affiliated with Landlord).                                SECTION 7.4.   MECHANIC’S LIENS.  Tenant shall keep the Premises free from any liens arising              out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or for Tenant, unless such work              is  in  connection  with  any  improvements  constructed  by  or  under  contract  with  Landlord,  who  is              responsible for the payment thereof.  Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly cause any such              lien  to  be  released  by  posting  a  bond  in  accordance  with  California  Civil  Code  Section  3143  or  any              successor statute.  In the event that Tenant shall not, within thirty (30) days following the imposition of              any lien, cause the lien to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall              have, in addition to all other available remedies, the right to cause the lien to be released by any means it              deems proper, including payment of or defense against the claim giving rise to the lien.  All expenses so              incurred  by  Landlord,  including  Landlord’s  attorneys’  fees,  shall  be  reimbursed  by  Tenant  promptly              following  Landlord’s  demand,  together  with  interest  from  the  date  of  payment  by  Landlord  at  the               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             15  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               maximum rate permitted by law until paid.  Tenant shall give Landlord no less than twenty (20) days’ prior              notice in writing before commencing construction of any kind on the Premises so that Landlord may post              and maintain notices of nonresponsibility on the Premises.                                SECTION 7.5.   ENTRY AND INSPECTION.  Landlord shall at all reasonable times, upon twenty-             four (24) hours prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) and when accompanied by a              representative of Tenant (to the extent Tenant makes a representative available), have the right to enter              the Premises to inspect them, to supply services in accordance with this Lease, to protect the interests of              Landlord  in  the  Premises,  to  make  repairs  and  renovations  as  reasonably  deemed  necessary  by              Landlord, and to submit the Premises to prospective or actual purchasers or encumbrance holders (or,              during the final six months of the Term or when an uncured Tenant default exists, to prospective tenants),              all without being deemed to have caused an eviction of Tenant and without abatement of rent except as              provided elsewhere in this Lease.  Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key which unlocks all of              the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes, and Landlord shall have the right to use              any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in an emergency in order to obtain              entry  to  the  Premises,  and  any  entry  to  the  Premises  obtained  by  Landlord  shall  not  under  any              circumstances be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or any              eviction of Tenant from the Premises. Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to interfere              as  little  as  reasonably  practicable  with  the  conduct  of  Tenant’s  business  in  the  Premises and  to  use              reasonable efforts to preserve the confidentiality of information held by Tenant in the Premises. Due to              the  nature  of  Tenant’s  business  and  the  confidentiality  of  information  related  thereto, Tenant  shall be              entitled to have an employee of Tenant accompany the person(s) entering the Premises, provided Tenant              makes such employee available at the time Landlord or such other party desires to enter the Premises.                                              SECTION 7.6.   SPACE PLANNING AND SUBSTITUTION.  INTENTIONALLY DELETED                                         ARTICLE VIII.  TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS ON TENANT’S PROPERTY                                                                                                                                              Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay before delinquency, all taxes and assessments levied against              all personal property of Tenant located in the Premises.  When possible Tenant shall cause its personal              property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of which the Premises form a part.  If              any  taxes  on  Tenant’s  personal  property  are  levied  against  Landlord  or  Landlord’s  property  and  if              Landlord pays the same, or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion of a              value  placed  upon  the  personal  property  of  Tenant  and  if  Landlord  pays  the  taxes  based  upon  the              increased  assessment,  Tenant  shall  pay  to  Landlord  the  taxes  so  levied against  Landlord  or  the              proportion of the taxes resulting from the increase in the assessment.                                                                   ARTICLE IX.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING                                                                                                                                              SECTION 9.1.   RIGHTS OF PARTIES.                                   (a)   Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, Tenant may not, either voluntarily or by              operation of law, assign, sublet, encumber, or otherwise transfer all or any part of Tenant’s interest in this              Lease,  or  permit  the  Premises  to  be  occupied  by  anyone  other  than  Tenant,  without  Landlord’s  prior              written consent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, conditioned or delayed in accordance              with the provisions of Section 9.1(c).  For purposes of this Lease, references to any subletting, sublease              or variation thereof shall be deemed to apply not only to a sublease effected directly by Tenant, but also              to a sub-subletting or an assignment of subtenancy by a subtenant at any level.  No assignment (whether              voluntary,  involuntary  or  by  operation  of  law)  and  no  subletting  shall  be  valid  or  effective  without              Landlord’s  prior written  consent  and,  at  Landlord’s  election,  shall  constitute  a  material  default  of  this              Lease.  Landlord shall not be deemed to have given its consent to any assignment or subletting by any              other course of action, including its acceptance of any name for listing in the Building directory.  To the              extent  not  prohibited  by  provisions  of  the  Bankruptcy  Code,  11  U.S.C.  Section  101  et  seq.  (the              “Bankruptcy Code”), including Section 365(f)(1), Tenant on behalf of itself and its creditors, administrators              and  assigns  waives  the  applicability  of  Section  365(e)  of  the  Bankruptcy  Code  unless  the  proposed              assignee of the Trustee for the estate of the bankrupt meets Landlord’s standard for consent as set forth              in Section 9.1(c) of this Lease.  If this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant to the provisions              of the Bankruptcy Code, any and all monies or other considerations to be delivered in connection with the              assignment shall  be  delivered to Landlord, shall be and remain the  exclusive property of Landlord  and              shall not constitute property  of Tenant or of the estate of Tenant within the meaning of the Bankruptcy              Code.  Any person or entity to which this Lease is assigned pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy              Code shall be deemed to have assumed all of the obligations arising under this Lease on and after the              date of the assignment, and shall upon demand execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument confirming              that assumption.                                   (b)   The  sale  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  Tenant  (other  than bulk  sales  in  the              ordinary course of business) shall be deemed an assignment within the meaning and provisions of this              Article.                                                    (c)   Except  as  otherwise  specifically  provided  herein,  if  Tenant  or  any  subtenant  hereunder              desires  to  transfer  an  interest  in this  Lease,  Tenant  shall  first  notify  Landlord  and  request  in  writing               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             16  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               Landlord’s  consent  to  the  transfer.   Tenant  shall  also  submit  in  writing  to  Landlord:   (i)  the  name  and              address of the proposed transferee; (ii) the nature of any proposed subtenant’s or assignee’s business to              be  carried  on  in  the  Premises;  (iii)  the  terms  and  provisions  of  any  proposed  sublease  or  assignment              (including without limitation the rent and  other  economic provisions, term, improvement obligations and              commencement  date);  (iv)  evidence  that  the  proposed  assignee  or  subtenant  will  comply  with  the              requirements of Exhibit D to this Lease; and (v) any other information reasonably requested by Landlord              and reasonably  related  to the  transfer.   Except  as  provided in  Subsection  (d)  of  this  Section,  Landlord              shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent, provided:  (1) the use of the Premises will              be consistent with the provisions of this Lease and with Landlord’s commitment to other tenants of the              Building  and  Project;  (2)  any  proposed  subtenant  or  assignee  demonstrates  that  it  is  financially              responsible by submission to Landlord of all reasonable information as Landlord may request concerning              the  proposed  subtenant  or  assignee,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  a  balance  sheet  of  the  proposed              subtenant  or  assignee  as  of  a  date  within  ninety  (90)  days  of  the  request  for  Landlord’s  consent  and              statements of income or profit and loss of the proposed subtenant or  assignee for the two-year period              preceding  the request  for  Landlord’s  consent; (3)  the  proposed  subtenant  or  assignee is,  in Landlord's              good faith determination, appropriate for tenancy in a first class office project; (4) the proposed assignee              or subtenant is neither an existing tenant or occupant of the Building or Project nor a prospective tenant              with  whom Landlord has  been actively  negotiating; and (5) the proposed transferee  is not an SDN (as              defined below) and will not impose additional burdens or security risks on Landlord.  If Landlord consents              to the proposed transfer, then the transfer may be effected within ninety (90) days after the date of the              consent  upon  the  terms  described  in  the  information  furnished  to  Landlord;  provided  that  any  material              change  in  the  terms  shall  be  subject  to  Landlord’s  reasonable  consent  as  set  forth  in  this  Section.               Landlord shall approve or disapprove any requested transfer within twenty (20) days following receipt of              Tenant’s written notice and the information set forth above.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord a transfer fee of              Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) if and when any transfer request submitted by Tenant is approved.                                   (d)   Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  Subsection  (c)  above,  but  except  in  connection  with  a              proposed assignment or subletting to a Tenant Affiliate, in lieu of consenting to a proposed assignment or              subletting, Landlord may elect to (i) sublease the Premises (or the portion proposed to be subleased), or              take an assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, upon the same terms as offered to the proposed              subtenant or assignee (excluding terms relating to the purchase of personal property, the use of Tenant’s              name  or  the  continuation  of  Tenant’s  business),  or  (ii)  terminate  this  Lease  as  to  the  portion  of  the              Premises  proposed  to  be  subleased  or  assigned  with  a  proportionate  abatement  in  the  rent  payable              under  this  Lease,  effective  on  the  date  that  the  proposed  sublease  or  assignment  would  have              commenced if the assignment or subletting is for more than fifty percent (50%) of the remaining Lease              Term.  Landlord may thereafter, at its option, assign or re-let any space so recaptured to any third party,              including without limitation the proposed transferee identified by Tenant.                                          (e)   Should  any  assignment  or  subletting  occur  (except  in  connection  with  a  proposed              assignment or subletting to a Tenant Affiliate), Tenant shall promptly pay or cause to be paid to Landlord,              as  additional  rent,  fifty  percent  (50%)  of  any  amounts  paid  by  the  assignee  or  subtenant,  however              described and whether funded during or after the Lease Term, to the extent such amounts are in excess              of the sum of (i) the scheduled rental sums payable by Tenant hereunder (or, in the event of a subletting              of  only  a  portion  of  the  Premises,  the  rent  allocable  to  such  portion  as  reasonably  determined  by              Landlord) and (ii) the direct out-of-pocket costs, as evidenced by third party invoices provided to Landlord,              incurred by Tenant to effect the transfer, which costs shall be amortized over the remaining Term of this              Lease  or,  if  shorter,  over  the  term  of  the  sublease.   Upon  request  by  Landlord,  Tenant  and  all  other              parties to the transfer shall memorialize in writing the amounts to be paid pursuant to this paragraph.                                          (f)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided Tenant is not then in monetary default beyond any              applicable notice (actually provided and properly received by Tenant) and cure period hereunder and the              successor entity has a net worth (computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,              except that intangible assets such as goodwill, patents, copyrights, and trademarks shall be excluded in              the calculation (“Net Worth”)) at the time of the transfer that is at least equal to the Net Worth of Tenant              immediately before the transfer, Tenant may, without Landlord's prior consent but with prior written notice              to Landlord and subject to the provisions of Section 9.2, assign or transfer its right, title and interest in this              Lease  or  sublease  the  Premises  to  any  of  the  following:  (i)  any  entity  resulting  from  a  merger  or              consolidation  with  Tenant or  any  subsidiary  of  Tenant;  (ii)  any  entity  succeeding  to  the  business  and              assets  of  Tenant or  any  subsidiary  of  Tenant;  or  (iii)  any  entity  controlling,  controlled  by,  or  under              common control with, Tenant (collectively, "Tenant Affiliate"). Tenant’s notice to Landlord shall include              reasonable information and documentation evidencing the Permitted Transfer and showing that each of              the  above  conditions  has  been  satisfied.  Promptly  following  the  effectiveness  of  any  such  transfer,              Tenant  shall  provide  to Landlord  copies  of  all  pertinent transfer  documents  and  such other  information              pertaining thereto as Landlord may reasonably request.                                        SECTION 9.2.   EFFECT OF TRANSFER.  No subletting or assignment, even with the consent of              Landlord, shall relieve Tenant, or any successor-in-interest to Tenant hereunder, of its obligation to pay              rent and to perform all its other obligations under this Lease.  Moreover, Tenant shall indemnify and hold              Landlord  harmless,  as  provided  in  Section  10.3,  for  any  act  or  omission  by  an  assignee  or  subtenant.               Each  assignee,  other  than  Landlord,  shall  be  deemed  to  assume  all  obligations  of  Tenant  under  this              Lease and  shall  be liable jointly  and severally  with Tenant  for  the  payment  of  all  rent,  and  for  the  due              performance of all of Tenant’s obligations, under this Lease.  Such joint and several liability shall not be              discharged or impaired by any subsequent modification or extension of this Lease.  No transfer shall be              binding on  Landlord unless any  document memorializing the  transfer is delivered to Landlord, both  the              assignee/subtenant and Tenant deliver to Landlord an executed consent to transfer instrument prepared               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             17  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               by  Landlord  and  consistent  with  the  requirements  of  this  Article,  and  the  assignee/subtenant              independently  complies  with  all  of  the  insurance  requirements  of  Tenant  as  set  forth  in  Exhibit  D  and              evidence thereof is delivered to Landlord.  The acceptance by Landlord of any payment due under this              Lease from  any  other  person  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  a  waiver  by  Landlord  of  any  provision of  this              Lease or to be a consent to any transfer.  Consent by Landlord to one or more transfers shall not operate              as a waiver or estoppel to the future enforcement by Landlord of its rights under this Lease.  In addition to              the foregoing, no change in the status of Tenant or any party jointly and severally liable with Tenant as              aforesaid  (e.g.,  by  conversion  to  a  limited  liability  company  or  partnership)  shall  serve  to  abrogate  the              liability of any person or entity for the obligations of Tenant, including any obligations that may be incurred              by Tenant after the status change by exercise of a pre-existing right in this Lease.                                       SECTION 9.3.   SUBLEASE REQUIREMENTS.  The following terms and conditions shall apply to              any subletting by Tenant of all or any part of the Premises and shall be included in each sublease:                                          (a)   Tenant  hereby  irrevocably  assigns  to  Landlord  all  of  Tenant’s  interest  in  all  rentals  and              income  arising  from  any  sublease  of  the  Premises,  and  Landlord,  upon  no  less  than  3  days  notice to              Tenant, may collect such rent and income and apply same toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease;              provided, however, that until a default occurs in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease              beyond applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall have the right to receive and collect the sublease              rentals.  Landlord shall not, by reason of this assignment or the collection of sublease rentals, be deemed              liable to the subtenant for  the  performance of any  of Tenant’s obligations under the sublease.  Tenant              hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any subtenant, upon receipt of a written notice from Landlord              stating  that  an  uncured  default  exists  (after  the  lapse  of  any  applicable  notice  and  cure  period)  in  the              performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Landlord all sums then and thereafter due              under the sublease.  Tenant agrees that the subtenant may rely on that notice without any duty of further              inquiry and notwithstanding any notice or claim by Tenant to the contrary.  Tenant shall have no right or              claim against the subtenant or Landlord for any rentals so paid to Landlord.  In the event Landlord collects              amounts from subtenants that exceed the total amount then due from Tenant hereunder, Landlord shall              promptly remit the excess to Tenant.                                   (b)   In the  event  of  the  termination  of  this  Lease, Landlord may,  at  its  sole option, take over              Tenant’s  entire  interest  in  any  sublease  and,  upon  notice  from  Landlord,  the  subtenant  shall  attorn  to              Landlord.  In no event, however, shall Landlord be liable for any previous act or omission by Tenant under              the sublease or for the return of any advance rental payments or deposits under the sublease that have              not  been  actually  delivered  to  Landlord,  nor  shall  Landlord  be  bound  by  any  sublease  modification              executed  without  Landlord’s  consent  or  for  any  advance rental  payment  by  the  subtenant  in excess  of              one month’s rent.  The general  provisions of this Lease, including  without limitation those pertaining to              insurance and indemnification, shall be deemed incorporated by reference into the sublease despite the              termination of this Lease.                                   (c)   Tenant agrees that Landlord may, at its sole option, authorize a subtenant of the Premises              to cure a default by Tenant under this Lease.                                                                       ARTICLE X.  INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY                                              SECTION 10.1.   TENANT’S INSURANCE.  Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall provide and              maintain in effect the insurance described in Exhibit D.  Evidence of that insurance must be delivered to              Landlord prior to the Commencement Date.                                              SECTION  10.2.    LANDLORD’S  INSURANCE.  Landlord  shall  provide  the  following  types  of              insurance, with or without deductible and in amounts and coverages as may be reasonably determined by              Landlord: (i) property insurance, subject to standard exclusions (such as, but not limited to, earthquake              and  flood  exclusions),  covering  the  full  replacement  cost  of  the  Building  including  all  Tenant              Improvements constructed pursuant to the Work Letter within the Premises (the “Property Policy”), and              (ii) commercial general liability insurance in amounts of at least $2,000,000.  In addition, Landlord may, at              its election, obtain insurance for such other risks as Landlord or its mortgagees may from time to time              deem appropriate in its sole discretion, including without limitation, coverage for earthquake, flood, and              commercial general liability in the amounts in excess of the amount required above.  Landlord shall not be              required  to  carry  insurance  of  any  kind  on  any  tenant  improvements  or  alterations  in  the  Premises              installed  by  Tenant  or  its  contractors  or  otherwise  removable  by  Tenant  (collectively,  "Tenant              Installations"),  as  well  as  any  trade  fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment,  interior  plate  glass,  signs  and  all              items of personal property in the Premises, and Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or replace any of              the foregoing items should damage occur.  All proceeds of insurance maintained by Landlord upon the              Building and Project shall be the property of Landlord, whether or not Landlord is obligated to or elects to              make any repairs.                   SECTION 10.3.   INDEMNITY.  Subject to the provisions of Section 10.5 below, except to the extent              caused  by  the  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  of  Landlord  and  its  trustees,  members,  principals,              beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, mortgagees and agents (the “Landlord Parties”),              Tenant  shall  indemnify,  defend  and  hold  Landlord  and  Landlord  Parties  harmless  against  and  from  all              liabilities,  obligations,  damages,  penalties,  claims,  actions,  costs,  charges and  expenses,  including,              without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other professional fees (if and to the extent permitted by               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             18  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               law) (collectively referred to as “Losses”), which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against              Landlord or  any of the Landlord  Parties by  any third party and  arising  out of or in connection  with any              damage  or  injury  occurring  in  the  Premises  or  any  acts  or  omissions  (including  violations  of  law)  of              Tenant,  the  Tenant  Parties  (defined  below)  or  any  of  Tenant’s  transferees,  contractors  or  licensees.               Except  to  the  extent  caused  by  the  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  of  Tenant  or  any  Tenant  Parties,              Landlord  shall  indemnify,  defend  and  hold  Tenant,  its  trustees,  members,  principals,  beneficiaries,              partners,  officers,  directors,  employees  and  agents  (“Tenant  Parties”)  harmless  against  and  from  all              Losses which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties              by any third party and arising out of or in connection with the acts or omissions (including violations of              law) of Landlord or the Landlord Parties.  The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall survive the expiration              or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any Losses or liability arising in connection with any              event occurring prior to such expiration or termination.                                                  SECTION 10.4.   LANDLORD’S NONLIABILITY.  Except to the extent caused by the negligence or              willful  misconduct  of  Landlord  or  its  agents,  employees  or  contractors  (but  subject  to  the  provisions  of              Section  10.5  below),  Landlord  shall  not  be  liable  to  Tenant,  its  employees,  agents  and  invitees,  and              Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord, its employees and agents for loss of or damage to any              property,  or  any  injury  to  any  person,  or  loss  or  interruption  of  business  or  income, resulting  from  any              condition including, but not limited to, fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain              which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or              other  defects  of  the  pipes,  sprinklers,  wires,  appliances,  plumbing,  air  conditioning,  electrical  works  or              other fixtures in the Building, whether the damage or injury results from conditions arising in the Premises              or in other portions of the Building.  It is understood that any such condition may require the temporary              evacuation or closure of all or a portion of the Building.  Should Tenant elect to receive any service from a              concessionaire,  licensee  or  third  party  tenant  of  Landlord,  Tenant  shall  not  seek  recourse  against              Landlord for any breach or liability of that service provider.  Neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable              for interference with light or other similar intangible interests.  Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in              case of fire or accident in the Premises, the Building or the Project and of defects in any improvements or              equipment.                                SECTION 10.5.   WAIVER OF SUBROGATION.  Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives all rights              of recovery against the other on account of loss and damage occasioned to the property of such waiving              party  to  the  extent  that  the  waiving  party  is  entitled (or  would  be  entitled  if  the  insurance  coverages              required  herein  were  in  effect) to  proceeds  for  such  loss  and  damage  under  any  property  insurance              policies carried or otherwise required to be carried by  this Lease.  By  this  waiver it is the intent of the              parties that neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable to any insurance company (by way of subrogation              or  otherwise)  insuring  the  other  party  for any  loss  or  damage  insured  against  under  any  property              insurance  policies,  even  though  such  loss  or  damage  might  be  occasioned  by  the  negligence  of  such              party, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees. The foregoing waiver by Tenant shall also inure to              the benefit of Landlord's management agent for the Building.  To the extent either party is permitted to,              and does, self-insure any of their respective obligations under this Article 10 (e.g., deductible amounts),              such  party  shall  be  treated  as  an  independent  insurer  with  respect  thereto,  including  a  full  waiver  of              subrogation.                                                                      ARTICLE XI. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION                                                                                                                                              SECTION 11.1.   RESTORATION.                                   (a)   If the Building of which the Premises are a part is damaged as the result of an  event of              casualty, then subject to the provisions below, Landlord shall repair that damage as soon as reasonably              possible  unless:   (i)  Landlord  reasonably  determines  that  the  cost  of  repair  would  exceed  ten  percent              (10%) of the full replacement cost of the Building (“Replacement Cost”) and the damage is not covered              by  Landlord’s  fire  and  extended  coverage  insurance  (or  by  a  normal  extended  coverage  policy  should              Landlord fail to carry that insurance); or (ii) Landlord reasonably determines that the cost of repair would              exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the Replacement Cost; or (iii) Landlord reasonably determines that              the  cost  of  repair  would  exceed  ten  percent  (10%)  of  the  Replacement  Cost  and  the  damage  occurs              during the final twelve (12) months of the Term.  Should Landlord elect not to repair the damage for one              of the preceding reasons, Landlord shall so notify Tenant in the “Casualty Notice” (as defined below), and              this Lease shall terminate as of the date of the casualty.                                      (b)   As soon as reasonably practicable following the casualty event but not later than sixty (60)              days  thereafter,  Landlord  shall  notify  Tenant  in  writing  (“Casualty  Notice”)  of  Landlord’s  election,  if              applicable, to terminate this Lease.  If this Lease is not so terminated, the Casualty Notice shall set forth              the  anticipated  period  for  repairing  the  casualty  damage.   If  the  anticipated  repair  period  exceeds one              hundred  eighty  (180) days  and  if  the  damage  is  so  extensive  as  to  reasonably  prevent  Tenant’s              substantial use and enjoyment of the Premises, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written              notice to Landlord within ten (10) business days following delivery of the Casualty Notice. If Tenant was              entitled to but elected not to exercise its right to terminate the Lease and Landlord does not substantially              complete  the  repair  and  restoration  of  the  Premises  within  2  months  after  expiration  of  the  estimated              period  of  time  set  forth  in  the  Casualty  Notice,  which  period  shall  be  extended  to  the  extent  of  any              Reconstruction  Delays  (defined  below),  then  Tenant  may  terminate  this  Lease  by  written  notice  to              Landlord within 15 days after the expiration of such period, as the same may be extended.  For purposes               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             19  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               of  this  Lease,  the  term  "Reconstruction  Delays"  shall  mean:   (i) any  delays  caused  by  the  insurance              adjustment  process;  (ii) any  delays  caused  by  Tenant;  and (iii) any  delays  caused  by  events  of  force              majeure but shall not include any Landlord caused delays or delays reasonably preventable by Landlord.                                          (c)   The rental to be paid under this Lease shall be abated in the same proportion that the floor              area of the Premises that is rendered unusable by the damage from time to time bears to the total floor              area of the Premises unless, because of any such damage, the undamaged portion of the Premises is              made materially unsuitable for use by Tenant for the uses set forth in this Lease, in which event the rental              to be paid under this Lease shall be proportionately abated during such period of deprivation.                                   (d)   Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section, but subject to              Section 10.5, Tenant shall not be entitled to rental abatement or termination rights, if the damage is due              to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its employees, subtenants, contractors (other              than Landlord or its affilitates), invitees or representatives.  In addition, the provisions of this Section shall              not be deemed to require Landlord to repair any Tenant Installations, fixtures and other items that Tenant              is obligated to insure pursuant to Exhibit D or any other provision of this Lease.                                  SECTION  11.2.    LEASE  GOVERNS.   Tenant  agrees  that  the  provisions  of  this  Lease,  including              without limitation Section 11.1, shall govern any damage or destruction and shall accordingly supersede              any contrary statute or rule of law.                                                                          ARTICLE XII. EMINENT DOMAIN                                                                                                                                              SECTION 12.1.   TOTAL OR PARTIAL TAKING.  If all or a material portion of the Premises is taken              by  any  lawful  authority  by  exercise  of  the  right  of  eminent  domain,  or  sold  to  prevent  a  taking, either              Tenant  or  Landlord  may  terminate  this  Lease  effective  as  of  the  date  possession  is  required  to  be              surrendered  to  the  authority.   In  the  event  title  to  a  portion  of  the  Building  or  Project,  other  than  the              Premises, is taken or sold in lieu of taking, and if Landlord elects to restore the Building in such a way as              to alter the Premises materially, either party may terminate this Lease, by written notice to the other party,              effective on the date of vesting of title.  In the event neither party has elected to terminate this Lease as              provided above, then Landlord shall promptly, after receipt of a sufficient condemnation award, proceed              to restore the Premises to substantially their condition prior to the taking, and a proportionate allowance              shall  be  made to  Tenant  for  the  rent  corresponding  to  the  time  during  which,  and  to  the  part  of  the              Premises of which, Tenant is deprived on account of the taking and restoration.  In the event of a taking,              Landlord  shall  be  entitled  to  the  entire  amount  of  the  condemnation  award  without  deduction  for  any              estate or interest of Tenant; provided that nothing in this Section shall be deemed to give Landlord any              interest  in,  or  prevent  Tenant  from  seeking  any  award  against  the  taking  authority  for,  the  taking  of              personal  property  and  fixtures  belonging  to  Tenant  or  for  relocation  or  business  interruption  expenses              recoverable from the taking authority.                                SECTION 12.2.   TEMPORARY TAKING.  No temporary taking of the Premises shall terminate this              Lease  or  give  Tenant  any  right  to  abatement  of  rent,  and  any  award  specifically  attributable  to  a              temporary taking of the Premises shall belong entirely to Tenant.  A temporary taking shall be deemed to              be a taking of the use or occupancy of the Premises for a period of not to exceed thirty (30) days.                                SECTION 12.3.   TAKING OF PARKING AREA.  In the event there shall be a taking of the parking              area such that Landlord can no longer provide sufficient parking to comply with this Lease, Landlord may              substitute reasonably  equivalent  parking  in a  location reasonably  close to the  Building; provided  that  if              Landlord  fails  to  make  that  substitution  within  thirty  (30)  days  following  the  taking  and  if  the  taking              materially impairs Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises, Tenant may, at its option, terminate this              Lease  by  written  notice  to  Landlord.   If  this  Lease  is  not  so  terminated  by  Tenant,  there  shall  be  no              abatement of rent and this Lease shall continue in effect.                                                             ARTICLE XIII. SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE                                                                                                                                              SECTION  13.1.   SUBORDINATION.   At  the  option  of  Landlord  or  any  of  its  mortgagees/deed of              trust beneficiaries, this Lease shall be either superior or subordinate to all ground or underlying leases,              mortgages  and  deeds  of  trust,  if  any,  which  may  hereafter  affect  the  Building,  and  to  all  renewals,              modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof; provided, that so long as Tenant is              not in monetary default beyond any applicable notice (actually provided and properly received by Tenant)              and cure period under this Lease, this Lease shall not be terminated or Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the              Premises disturbed in the event of termination of any such ground or underlying lease, or the foreclosure              of  any  such  mortgage  or  deed  of  trust,  to  which  this  Lease  has  been  subordinated  pursuant  to  this              Section,  and  such  mortgagee  recognizes  Tenant  under  this  Lease  pursuant  to  all  of  the  terms  and              conditions  hereof.   In  the  event  of  a  termination  or  foreclosure,  Tenant  shall  become  a  tenant  of  and              attorn to the successor-in-interest to Landlord upon the same terms and conditions as are contained in              this Lease, and shall promptly execute any instrument reasonably required by Landlord’s successor for              that purpose.  Tenant shall also, within ten (10) business days following written request of Landlord (or              the beneficiary under any deed of trust encumbering the Building), execute and deliver all instruments as              may be reasonably required from time to time by Landlord or such beneficiary (including without limitation              any subordination,  nondisturbance and attornment agreement in the form customarily required by such               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             20  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               beneficiary)  to  subordinate  this  Lease  and  the  rights  of  Tenant  under  this  Lease  to  any  ground  or              underlying  lease  or  to  the  lien  of  any  mortgage  or  deed  of  trust;  provided,  however,  that  any  such              beneficiary may, by written notice to Tenant given at any time, subordinate the lien of its deed of trust to              this Lease.  Provided further that any instrument delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence (including              any  subordination,  non-disturbance,  and  attornment  agreement)  will  provide  that  the  Tenant’s  quiet              enjoyment of the Premises under the same terms and conditions  under this Lease shall  be  preserved.               Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s mortgagees and successors-in-interest and all beneficiaries under              deeds of trust encumbering the Building are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section.                                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts in good faith to obtain from its              current lender (the “Current Mortgagee”), for the benefit of Tenant, a subordination and non-disturbance              agreement  form  and  shall use  reasonable  efforts in  good  faith to promptly obtain  a  non-disturbance,              subordination and attornment agreement containing similar provisions for the benefit of Tenant from any              future mortgagee.  Landlord represents that, as of the effective date hereof, the Current Mortgagee is the              sole holder of any lien that is superior to this Lease.  "Reasonable efforts" of Landlord shall not require              Landlord to incur any cost, expense or liability to obtain such agreement, it being agreed that Tenant shall              be responsible for any fee or review costs charged by the Mortgagee. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant              will  execute  the  Mortgagee’s commercially  reasonable form  of  non-disturbance,  subordination  and              attornment agreement and return the same to Landlord for execution by the Mortgagee. Landlord's failure              to obtain a non-disturbance, subordination and attornment agreement for Tenant shall have no effect on              the rights, obligations and liabilities of Landlord and Tenant or be considered to be a default by Landlord              hereunder.                                    SECTION 13.2.   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.  Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days following              written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, in a commercially reasonable              form  that  Landlord  may  reasonably  require,  a  statement  in  writing  in  favor  of  Landlord  and/or  any              prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Building (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in              full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of the modification and certifying that this Lease, as              modified, is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental, additional rent and other charges              have  been  paid  in  advance,  if  any,  and  (ii)  acknowledging  that,  to  Tenant’s  knowledge,  there  are  no              uncured defaults on the  part of Landlord, or specifying each default if any  are  claimed, and (iii) setting              forth all further information that Landlord may reasonably require.  Tenant’s statement may be relied upon              by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Building or Project.  In addition              to  Landlord’s  other  rights  and  remedies,  Tenant’s  failure  to  deliver  any  estoppel  statement  within  the              provided  time  shall  be  conclusive  upon  Tenant  that  (i)  this  Lease  is  in  full  force  and  effect,  without              modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s              performance, and (iii) not more than one month’s rental has been paid in advance.                                                                     ARTICLE XIV. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES                                              SECTION 14.1.  TENANT’S DEFAULTS.  In addition to any other event of default set forth as such              in  this  Lease,  the  occurrence  of  any  one  or  more  of  the  following  events  shall  constitute  a  default  by              Tenant:                                       (a)   The failure by Tenant to make any payment of rent required to be made by Tenant, as and              when due, where the failure continues for a period of three (3) business days  after written notice from              Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any              notice  required  under  California  Code  of  Civil  Procedure  Section  1161  as  amended.   For  purposes  of              these default and remedies provisions, the term “additional rent” shall be deemed to include all amounts              of any type whatsoever other than Basic Rent to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.                                   (b)   The assignment, sublease, encumbrance or other transfer of the Lease by Tenant, either              voluntarily  or  by  operation  of  law,  whether  by  judgment,  execution,  transfer  by  intestacy  or  testacy,  or              other means, without the prior written consent of Landlord unless otherwise authorized herein.                                   (c)   The  discovery  by  Landlord  that  any  financial  statement  provided  by  Tenant or  by  any              successor of Tenant, materially, willfully or negligently underrepresented the financial situation of Tenant,              or any successor of Tenant.                                   (d)   The failure or inability by Tenant to observe or perform any of the covenants or provisions              of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in any other subsection of              this Section, where the failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord              to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice              required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 as amended.  However, if the nature of              the failure is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall              not  be  deemed  to  be  in  default  if  Tenant  commences  the  cure  within  thirty  (30)  days,  and  thereafter              diligently pursues the cure to completion.                                   (e)   (i)  The making by Tenant of any general assignment for the  benefit of creditors; (ii) the              filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a Chapter 7 debtor under the Bankruptcy              Code or to have debts discharged or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating              to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty              (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             21  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               assets  located  at  the  Premises  or  of  Tenant’s  interest  in  this  Lease,  if  possession  is  not  restored  to              Tenant within thirty (30) days; (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of              Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this  Lease,  where  the seizure  is not              discharged within thirty (30) days; or (v) Tenant’s convening of a meeting of its creditors for the purpose              of  effecting  a  moratorium  upon  or  composition  of  its  debts.   Landlord  shall  not be  deemed  to  have              knowledge of any event described in this subsection unless notification in writing is received by Landlord,              nor shall there be any presumption attributable to Landlord of Tenant’s insolvency.  In the event that any              provision of this subsection is contrary to applicable law, the provision shall be of no force or effect.                                SECTION 14.2.   LANDLORD’S REMEDIES.                                   (a)   In the event of any default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to              Landlord, Landlord may exercise the following remedies:                                         (i)  Landlord  may  terminate  Tenant’s  right  to  possession  of  the  Premises  by  any  lawful              means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of              the Premises to Landlord.  Such termination shall not affect any accrued obligations of Tenant under this              Lease.  Upon termination, Landlord shall have the right to reenter the Premises and remove all persons              and property through any recognized legal process.  Landlord may recover from Tenant:                                              (1) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent and additional rent which had              been earned at the time of termination;                                              (2) The  worth  at  the  time  of  award  of  the  amount  by  which  the  unpaid  rent  and              additional  rent  which  would  have  been  earned  after  termination  until  the  time  of  award  exceeds  the              amount of such loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided;                                              (3) The  worth  at  the  time  of  award  of  the  amount  by  which  the  unpaid  rent  and              additional rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such loss that              Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided;                                              (4) Any  other  amount  necessary  to  compensate  Landlord  for  all  the  detriment              proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary              course of things would be likely to result from Tenant’s default, including, but not limited to, the cost of              recovering  possession  of  the  Premises,  commissions  and  other  expenses  of  reletting,  including              necessary repair, renovation, improvement and alteration of the Premises for a new tenant, reasonable              attorneys’ fees, and any other reasonable costs; and                                               (5) At Landlord’s election, all other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing              as may be permitted by law.  The term “rent” as used in this Lease shall be deemed to mean the Basic              Rent and all other sums required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease,              including  without  limitation  any  sums  that  may  be  owing  from  Tenant  pursuant  to  Section  4.3  of  this              Lease.  Any sum, other than Basic Rent, shall be computed on the basis of the average monthly amount              accruing during the twenty-four (24) month period immediately prior to default, except that if it becomes              necessary  to  compute  such  rental  before  the  twenty-four  (24)  month  period  has  occurred,  then  the              computation shall be on the basis of the average monthly amount during the shorter period.  As used in              subparagraphs (1) and (2) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest              at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum.  As used in subparagraph (3) above, the “worth at the time of              award” shall be computed by discounting the amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of              San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).                                         (ii) Landlord  may  elect  not  to  terminate  Tenant’s  right  to  possession  of  the  Premises,  in              which event Landlord may continue to enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the              right  to  collect  all  rent  as  it  becomes  due.   Efforts  by  the  Landlord  to  maintain,  preserve  or  relet  the              Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Landlord’s interests under this Lease, shall not              constitute  a  termination  of  the  Tenant’s  right  to  possession  of  the  Premises.   In  the  event  that  Landlord              elects to avail itself of the remedy provided by this subsection (ii), Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold              its  consent  to  an  assignment  or  subletting  of  the  Premises  subject  to  the  reasonable  standards  for              Landlord’s consent  as are  contained  in this Lease. Landlord agrees to  use reasonable efforts to mitigate              damages, provided that those efforts shall not require Landlord to relet the Premises in preference to any              other space in the Project or to relet the Premises to any party that Landlord could reasonably reject as a              transferee pursuant to Article 9.                                   (b)   The various rights and remedies reserved to Landlord in this Lease or otherwise shall be              cumulative  and,  except  as  otherwise  provided  by  California  law,  Landlord  may  pursue  any  or  all  of  its              rights and remedies at the same time.  No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or remedy              shall  be  construed  as  a  waiver  of  the  right  or  remedy  or  of  any  breach  or  default  by  Tenant.   The              acceptance by Landlord of rent shall not be a (i) waiver of any preceding breach or default by Tenant of              any provision of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent accepted, regardless              of  Landlord’s  knowledge  of  the  preceding  breach  or  default  at  the  time  of  acceptance  of  rent,  or  (ii)  a              waiver of Landlord’s right to exercise any remedy available to Landlord by virtue of the breach or default.               The acceptance of any payment from a debtor in possession, a trustee, a receiver or any other person              acting on behalf of Tenant or Tenant’s estate shall not waive or cure a default under Section 14.1.  No              payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the rent required by this Lease shall be              deemed to be other than a partial payment on account of the earliest due stipulated rent, nor shall any               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             22  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               endorsement  or  statement  on  any  check  or  letter  be  deemed  an  accord  and  satisfaction  and Landlord              shall accept the check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of the rent              or pursue any other remedy available to it.  Tenant hereby waives any right of redemption or relief from              forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1174 or 1179, or under any other present or              future law, in the event this Lease is terminated by reason of any default by Tenant.  No act or thing done              by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the              Premises,  and  no  agreement  to  accept  a  surrender  shall  be  valid  unless  in  writing  and  signed  by              Landlord.  No employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall have any power to accept the keys to              the Premises prior to the termination of this Lease, and the delivery of the keys to any employee shall not              operate as a termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Premises.  Notwithstanding anything to the              contrary contained in this Lease, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable under any circumstances for,              and each hereby releases the other from all liability for, consequential damages and injury or damage to,              or interference with, the other party’s business, including, but not limited to, loss of title to the Premises or              any portion thereof, loss of profits, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each              case  however  occurring,  other  than  those  consequential damages  incurred  by  Landlord  in  connection              with a holdover (subject to Section 15.1 of this Lease) in the Premises by Tenant after the expiration or              earlier termination of this Lease or incurred by Landlord in connection with failure by Tenant to provide an              estoppel certificate as required under the provisions of this Lease.                                SECTION 14.3.   LATE PAYMENTS.                                   Any rent due under this Lease that is not paid to Landlord within five (5) business days of the date              when due shall bear interest at the rate of ten percent (10%)  per annum from the date due until fully paid.               The  payment  of  interest  shall  not  cure  any  default  by  Tenant  under  this  Lease.   In  addition,  Tenant              acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant to Landlord of rent will cause Landlord to incur costs not              contemplated  by  this  Lease,  the  exact  amount  of  which  will  be  extremely  difficult  and  impracticable  to              ascertain.   Those  costs  may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  administrative,  processing  and  accounting              charges,  and  late  charges  which  may  be  imposed  on  Landlord  by  the  terms  of  any  ground  lease,              mortgage  or  trust  deed  covering  the  Premises.   Accordingly,  if  any  rent  due  from  Tenant  shall  not  be              received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) business days after the date due, then Tenant              shall  pay  to  Landlord,  in  addition  to  the  interest  provided  above,  a  late  charge  for  each  delinquent              payment  equal  to  the  greater  of  (i)  two  percent  (2%)  of  that  delinquent  payment  or  (ii)  One  Hundred              Dollars  ($100.00).   Acceptance  of  a  late  charge  by Landlord  shall  not  constitute  a  waiver  of  Tenant’s              default with respect to the overdue amount, nor shall it prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other              rights and remedies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not charge interest or a late charge for              the first late payment in each calendar year of the Term.                                SECTION  14.4.    RIGHT  OF  LANDLORD  TO  PERFORM.   All  covenants  and  agreements  to  be              performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without              any abatement of rent or right of set-off.  If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money, or fails to perform any              other act on its part to be performed under this Lease, and the failure continues beyond any applicable              grace period set forth in Section 14.1, then in addition to any other available remedies, Landlord may, at              its election, make the payment or perform the other act on Tenant’s part.  Landlord’s election to make the              payment  or  perform  the  act  on  Tenant’s  part  shall  not  give  rise  to  any  responsibility  of Landlord  to              continue  making  the  same  or  similar  payments  or  performing  the  same  or  similar  acts.   Tenant  shall,              promptly upon demand by Landlord, reimburse Landlord for all sums reasonably paid by Landlord and all              necessary  incidental  costs,  together  with interest  at  the  rate of  ten  (10%)  percent  pre  annum from  the              date of the payment by Landlord.                                SECTION 14.5.   DEFAULT BY LANDLORD.  Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in the              performance  of  any  obligation  under  this  Lease  unless  and  until  it  has  failed  to  perform  the  obligation              within thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord specifying in reasonable detail the nature              and extent of the failure; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more              than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if              it commences performance within the thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the cure to              completion.                                SECTION  14.6.    EXPENSES  AND  LEGAL  FEES.   Should  either  Landlord  or  Tenant  bring  any              action in connection with this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover as a part of the action              its reasonable attorneys’ fees, and all other costs.                                  SECTION 14.7.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL/JUDICIAL REFERENCE.                                   (a)   LANDLORD  AND  TENANT  EACH  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT  IT  IS  AWARE  OF  AND              HAS HAD THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE WITH RESPECT TO ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY              JURY,  AND,  TO  THE  EXTENT  PERMITTED  BY  LAW,  EACH  PARTY  DOES  HEREBY  EXPRESSLY              AND KNOWINGLY WAIVE AND RELEASE ALL SUCH RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION,              PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER              (AND/OR  AGAINST  ITS  OFFICERS,  DIRECTORS,  EMPLOYEES,  AGENTS,  OR  SUBSIDIARY  OR              AFFILIATED  ENTITIES)  ON  ANY  MATTERS  WHATSOEVER  ARISING  OUT  OF  OR  IN  ANY  WAY              CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES,  AND/OR              ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE.                                   (b)   IN  THE  EVENT  THAT  THE  JURY  WAIVER  PROVISIONS  OF  SECTION  14.7(a)  ARE              NOT  ENFORCEABLE  UNDER  CALIFORNIA  LAW,  THEN  THE  PROVISIONS  OF  THIS  SECTION               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             23  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               14.7(b) SHALL APPLY.  IT IS THE DESIRE AND INTENTION OF THE PARTIES TO AGREE UPON A              MECHANISM AND PROCEDURE UNDER WHICH CONTROVERSIES AND DISPUTES ARISING OUT              OF  THIS  LEASE  OR  RELATED  TO  THE  PREMISES  WILL  BE  RESOLVED  IN  A  PROMPT  AND              EXPEDITIOUS  MANNER.   ACCORDINGLY,  EXCEPT  WITH  RESPECT  TO  ACTIONS  FOR              UNLAWFUL OR FORCIBLE DETAINER OR WITH RESPECT TO THE PREJUDGMENT REMEDY OF              ATTACHMENT, ANY  ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY              HERETO  AGAINST  THE  OTHER  (AND/OR  AGAINST  ITS  OFFICERS,  DIRECTORS,  EMPLOYEES,              AGENTS OR SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATED ENTITIES) ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING              OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF              THE  PREMISES  AND/OR  ANY  CLAIM  OF  INJURY          OR  DAMAGE,  SHALL  BE  HEARD  AND              RESOLVED  BY  A  REFEREE  UNDER  THE  PROVISIONS  OF  THE  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  CIVIL              PROCEDURE,  SECTIONS  638      –  645.1,  INCLUSIVE  (AS  SAME  MAY  BE  AMENDED,  OR  ANY              SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO) (THE “REFEREE SECTIONS”).  ANY FEE TO INITIATE THE              JUDICIAL  REFERENCE  PROCEEDINGS  SHALL  BE  PAID  BY  THE  PARTY  INITIATING  SUCH              PROCEDURE; PROVIDED HOWEVER, THAT THE COSTS AND FEES, INCLUDING ANY INITIATION              FEE, OF SUCH PROCEEDING SHALL ULTIMATELY BE BORNE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION              14.6  ABOVE.   THE  VENUE  OF  THE  PROCEEDINGS  SHALL  BE  IN  THE  COUNTY  IN  WHICH  THE              PREMISES ARE LOCATED.  WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS OF RECEIPT BY ANY PARTY OF A WRITTEN              REQUEST  TO  RESOLVE  ANY  DISPUTE  OR  CONTROVERSY  PURSUANT  TO  THIS  SECTION              14.7(b), THE PARTIES SHALL AGREE UPON A SINGLE REFEREE WHO SHALL TRY ALL ISSUES,              WHETHER OF FACT OR LAW, AND REPORT A FINDING AND JUDGMENT ON SUCH ISSUES AS              REQUIRED  BY  THE  REFEREE  SECTIONS.   IF  THE  PARTIES  ARE  UNABLE  TO  AGREE  UPON  A              REFEREE  WITHIN  SUCH  TEN  (10)  DAY  PERIOD,  THEN  ANY  PARTY  MAY  THEREAFTER  FILE  A              LAWSUIT  IN  THE  COUNTY  IN  WHICH  THE  PREMISES  ARE  LOCATED  FOR  THE  PURPOSE  OF              APPOINTMENT  OF  A  REFEREE  UNDER  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  CIVIL  PROCEDURE  SECTIONS              638 AND 640, AS SAME MAY BE AMENDED OR ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO.  IF THE              REFEREE  IS  APPOINTED  BY  THE  COURT,  THE  REFEREE  SHALL  BE  A  NEUTRAL  AND              IMPARTIAL RETIRED JUDGE WITH SUBSTANTIAL EXPERIENCE IN THE RELEVANT MATTERS TO              BE DETERMINED, FROM JAMS/ENDISPUTE, INC., THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION              OR  SIMILAR  MEDIATION/ARBITRATION  ENTITY.   THE  PROPOSED  REFEREE  MAY  BE              CHALLENGED  BY  ANY  PARTY  FOR  ANY  OF  THE  GROUNDS  LISTED  IN  SECTION  641  OF  THE              CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, AS SAME MAY BE AMENDED OR ANY SUCCESSOR              STATUTE(S) THERETO.  THE REFEREE SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE  ALL ISSUES OF              FACT  AND  LAW  AND  REPORT  HIS  OR  HER  DECISION  ON  SUCH  ISSUES,  AND  TO  ISSUE  ALL              RECOGNIZED REMEDIES AVAILABLE AT LAW OR IN EQUITY FOR ANY CAUSE OF ACTION THAT              IS  BEFORE  THE  REFEREE,  INCLUDING  AN  AWARD  OF  ATTORNEYS’  FEES  AND  COSTS  IN              ACCORDANCE  WITH  CALIFORNIA  LAW.   THE  REFEREE  SHALL  NOT,  HOWEVER,  HAVE  THE              POWER  TO  AWARD  PUNITIVE  DAMAGES,  AND  THE  PARTIES  HEREBY  WAIVE  ANY  RIGHT  TO              RECOVER  ANY  SUCH  DAMAGES.   THE  REFEREE  SHALL  OVERSEE  DISCOVERY  AND  MAY              ENFORCE  ALL  DISCOVERY  ORDERS  IN  THE  SAME  MANNER  AS  ANY  TRIAL           COURT  JUDGE,              WITH  RIGHTS  TO  REGULATE  DISCOVERY  AND  TO  ISSUE  AND  ENFORCE  SUBPOENAS,              PROTECTIVE  ORDERS  AND  OTHER  LIMITATIONS  ON  DISCOVERY  AVAILABLE  UNDER              CALIFORNIA  LAW;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  THAT  THE  REFEREE  SHALL  LIMIT  DISCOVERY  TO              THAT WHICH IS ESSENTIAL TO THE EFFECTIVE PROSECUTION OR DEFENSE OF THE ACTION,              AND  IN  NO  EVENT  SHALL  DISCOVERY  BY  EITHER  PARTY  INCLUDE  MORE  THAN  ONE  NON-             EXPERT WITNESS DEPOSITION UNLESS BOTH PARTIES OTHERWISE AGREE.  THE REFERENCE              PROCEEDING  SHALL  BE  CONDUCTED  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  CALIFORNIA  LAW  (INCLUDING              THE RULES OF EVIDENCE), AND IN ALL REGARDS, THE REFEREE SHALL FOLLOW CALIFORNIA              LAW  APPLICABLE  AT  THE  TIME  OF  THE  REFERENCE  PROCEEDING.   IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH              SECTION  644  OF  THE  CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  CIVIL  PROCEDURE,  THE  DECISION  OF  THE              REFEREE  UPON  THE  WHOLE  ISSUE  MUST  STAND  AS  THE  DECISION  OF  THE  COURT,  AND              UPON  THE  FILING  OF  THE  STATEMENT  OF  DECISION  WITH  THE  CLERK  OF  THE  COURT,  OR              WITH  THE  JUDGE  IF  THERE  IS  NO  CLERK,  JUDGMENT  MAY  BE  ENTERED  THEREON  IN  THE              SAME  MANNER  AS  IF  THE  ACTION  HAD  BEEN  TRIED  BY  THE  COURT.   THE  PARTIES  SHALL              PROMPTLY  AND  DILIGENTLY  COOPERATE  WITH  ONE  ANOTHER  AND  THE  REFEREE,  AND              SHALL  PERFORM  SUCH  ACTS  AS  MAY  BE  NECESSARY  TO  OBTAIN  A  PROMPT  AND              EXPEDITIOUS RESOLUTION OF THE DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE              TERMS  OF  THIS  SECTION  14.7(b).   TO  THE  EXTENT  THAT  NO  PENDING  LAWSUIT  HAS  BEEN              FILED TO OBTAIN THE APPOINTMENT OF A REFEREE, ANY PARTY, AFTER THE ISSUANCE OF              THE DECISION OF THE REFEREE, MAY APPLY TO THE COURT OF THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE              PREMISES  ARE  LOCATED  FOR  CONFIRMATION  BY  THE  COURT  OF  THE  DECISION  OF  THE              REFEREE  IN  THE  SAME  MANNER  AS  A  PETITION  FOR  CONFIRMATION  OF  AN  ARBITRATION              AWARD PURSUANT TO CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION 1285 ET SEQ. (AS SAME MAY BE              AMENDED OR ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO).                                                                                                                            ARTICLE XV. END OF TERM                                          SECTION 15.1.   HOLDING OVER.  This Lease shall terminate without further notice upon the expiration              of  the  Term,  and  any  holding  over  by  Tenant  after  the  expiration  shall  not  constitute  a  renewal  or              extension of this Lease, or give Tenant any rights under this Lease, except when in writing signed by both              parties.   If  Tenant  holds  over  for  any  period  after  the  expiration  (or  earlier  termination)  of  the  Term,              Landlord may, at its option, treat Tenant as a tenant at sufferance only, commencing on the first (1st) day              following the termination of this Lease.  However, should Landlord accept the payment of monthly hold-              IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             24  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1               over  rent  by  Tenant,  then  a  month-to-month  tenancy  shall  be  deemed  effected  and  neither  party  shall              terminate  this  Lease  without  thirty  (30)  days  prior  written  notice  to  the  other  party.   Any  hold-over  by              Tenant  shall  be  subject  to  all  of  the  terms  of  this  Lease,  except  that  the  monthly  rental  shall  be  one              hundred fifty percent (150%) of the total monthly rental for the month immediately preceding the date of              termination,  subject  to  Landlord’s  right  to  modify  same  upon sixty  (60) days  notice to  Tenant.   The              acceptance by Landlord  of monthly  hold-over rental in a lesser amount shall not constitute  a waiver of              Landlord's right to recover the full amount due unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord.  If Tenant              fails to surrender the Premises within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of this Lease despite demand              to  do  so  by  Landlord,  Tenant  shall  indemnify  and  hold  Landlord  harmless  from  all  loss  or  liability,              including  without  limitation,  any  claims  made  by  any  succeeding  tenant  relating  to  such  failure  to              surrender.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Tenant  shall  not  be  obligated  to  waive  any  claims  against              Landlord (other than for loss or damage to Tenant’s  business) for its failure  to surrender the Premises              where  such  loss  or  damage  is  due  to  the  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  of  Landlord.  The  foregoing              provisions of this Section are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other rights              of Landlord under this Lease or at law.                                SECTION 15.2.   MERGER ON TERMINATION.  The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by              Tenant,  or  a  mutual  termination  of  this  Lease,  shall  terminate  any  or  all  existing  subleases  unless              Landlord, at its option, elects in writing to treat the surrender or termination as an assignment to it of any              or all subleases affecting the Premises.                                SECTION 15.3.   SURRENDER OF PREMISES;  REMOVAL OF PROPERTY.  Upon the Expiration              Date  or  upon  any  earlier  termination  of  this  Lease,  Tenant  shall  quit  and  surrender  possession  of  the              Premises to Landlord in as good order, condition and repair  as  when received or as hereafter may be              improved by Landlord or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear, permitted Alterations with respect to which              Landlord  waived retrofitting by Tenant, and repairs  which are  Landlord’s  obligation excepted, and shall              remove or fund to Landlord the cost of removing all voice and/or data transmission cabling installed after              the date of this Lease by or for Tenant if required by law, together with all personal property and debris,              except for any items that Landlord may by written authorization allow to remain.  Tenant shall repair all              damage  to  the  Premises  resulting  from  the  removal  and  restore  the  affected  area  to  its  pre-existing              condition,  reasonable  wear  and  tear  excepted,  provided  that  Landlord  may  instead  elect  to  repair  any              structural damage at Tenant’s expense.  If Tenant shall fail to comply with the provisions of this Section,              Landlord may affect the removal and/or make any repairs, and the reasonable cost to Landlord shall be              additional  rent  payable  by  Tenant  upon  demand.   If  requested  by  Landlord,  Tenant  shall  execute,              acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an instrument in writing releasing and quitclaiming to Landlord all              right, title and interest of Tenant in the Premises.                                                                          ARTICLE XVI.  PAYMENTS AND NOTICES                                                                                                                                              All sums payable by Tenant to Landlord shall be paid, without deduction or offset, in lawful money of              the United States to Landlord at its address set forth in Item 13 of the Basic Lease Provisions, or at any              other place as Landlord may designate in writing.  Unless this Lease expressly provides otherwise, as for              example in the payment of rent pursuant to Section 4.1, all payments shall be due and payable within five              (5) business days after demand.  All payments requiring proration shall be prorated on the basis of the              number  of  days  in  the  pertinent calendar  month or  year,  as  applicable.   Any  notice,  election, demand,              consent, approval or other communication to be given or other document to be delivered by either party to              the  other  may  be  delivered  to  the  other  party,  at  the  address  set  forth  in  Item  13  of  the  Basic  Lease              Provisions,  by  personal  service  or  electronic  facsimile  transmission,  or  by  any  courier  or  “overnight”              express mailing service, or may be deposited in the  United  States mail, postage prepaid.   Either party              may,  by  written notice to the  other,  served  in the manner  provided  in this  Article, designate a different              address.  If any notice or other document is sent by mail, it shall be deemed served or delivered three (3)              business days after mailing or, if sooner, upon actual receipt.  The refusal to accept delivery of a notice,              or the inability to deliver the notice (whether due to a change of address for which notice was not duly              given  or  other  good  reason),  shall  be  deemed  delivery  and  receipt  of  the  notice  as  of  the  date  of              attempted delivery.  If more than one person or entity is named as Tenant under this Lease, service of              any notice upon any one of them shall be deemed as service upon all of them.                                                                     ARTICLE XVII.  RULES AND REGULATIONS                                              Tenant agrees to comply with the Rules and Regulations attached as Exhibit E, and any reasonable              and nondiscriminatory amendments, modifications and/or additions as may be adopted and published by              written  notice  to  tenants  by  Landlord  for  the  safety,  care,  security,  good  order,  or  cleanliness  of  the              Premises, Building, Project and/or Common Areas; provided that the change does not deprive Tenant of              reasonable access to or use of the Premises.  Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any violation of              the Rules and Regulations or the breach of any covenant or condition in any lease or any other act or              conduct by any other tenant, and the same shall not constitute a constructive eviction hereunder.  One or              more  waivers  by Landlord  of  any  breach  of  the  Rules  and  Regulations  by  Tenant  or  by  any  other              tenant(s) shall not be  a waiver of any subsequent breach of that rule or any  other.  Tenant’s failure to              keep and observe the Rules and Regulations shall constitute a default under this Lease.  In the case of              any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and this Lease, this Lease shall be controlling.                             IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             25  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                                                         ARTICLE XVIII.  BROKER’S COMMISSION                                                                                                                                              The parties recognize as the broker(s) who negotiated this Lease the firm(s) whose name(s) is (are)              stated  in  Item  10  of  the  Basic  Lease  Provisions,  and  agree  that  Landlord  shall  be  responsible  for  the              payment  of  brokerage  commissions  to  those  broker(s)  unless  otherwise  provided  in  this  Lease.   It  is              understood  that  Landlord's  Broker  represents  only  Landlord  in  this  transaction  and  Tenant's  Broker  (if              any) represents only Tenant.  Each party warrants that it has had no dealings with any other real estate              broker or agent in connection  with the negotiation of this Lease, and agrees to indemnify and hold the              other  party  harmless  from  any  cost,  expense  or  liability  (including  reasonable  attorneys’  fees)  for  any              compensation,  commissions  or  charges  claimed  by  any  other  real  estate  broker  or  agent  employed  or              claiming  to  represent  or  to  have  been  employed  by  the  indemnifying  party  in  connection  with  the              negotiation of this Lease.  The foregoing agreement shall survive the termination of this Lease.                                                               ARTICLE XIX.  TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST                                          In the event of any transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, the transferor shall be automatically              relieved of all obligations on the part of Landlord accruing under this Lease from and after the date of the              transfer,  provided  that  Tenant  is  duly  notified  of  the  transfer and  further  provided  that  any  successor              pursuant  to  a  voluntary,  third  party  transfer  (but  not  as  part  of  an  involuntary  transfer  resulting  from  a              foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof) shall have assumed Landlord’s obligations under this Lease either by              contractual obligation, assumption agreement or by operation of law. Any funds held by the transferor in              which Tenant has an interest shall be turned over, subject to that interest, to the transferee.  No holder of              a  mortgage  and/or  deed  of  trust  to  which  this  Lease  is  or  may  be  subordinate  shall  be  responsible  in              connection with the Security Deposit unless the mortgagee or holder of the deed of trust actually receives              the Security Deposit.  It is intended that the covenants and obligations contained in this Lease on the part              of  Landlord shall,  subject  to  the  foregoing,  be  binding  on  Landlord,  its  successors  and  assigns,  only              during and in respect to their respective successive periods of ownership.                                                                          ARTICLE XX.  INTERPRETATION                                                                                                                                              SECTION 20.1.   GENDER AND NUMBER.  Whenever the context of this Lease requires, the words              “Landlord”  and  “Tenant”  shall  include  the  plural  as  well  as  the  singular,  and  words  used  in  neuter,              masculine or feminine genders shall include the others.                                SECTION 20.2.   HEADINGS.  The captions and headings of the articles and sections of this Lease              are for convenience only, are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon its construction or              interpretation.                                SECTION 20.3.   JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY.  If more than one person or entity is named as              Tenant, the obligations  imposed  upon  each shall  be joint and several  and the act of or notice from, or              notice  or  refund  to,  or  the  signature  of,  any  one  or  more  of  them  shall  be  binding  on  all  of  them  with              respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, termination or              modification of this Lease.                                SECTION 20.4.   SUCCESSORS.  Subject to Articles IX and XIX, all rights and liabilities given to or              imposed  upon  Landlord  and  Tenant  shall  extend  to  and  bind  their  respective  heirs, executors,              administrators,  successors  and  assigns.   Nothing  contained  in  this  Section  is  intended,  or  shall  be              construed, to grant to any person other than Landlord and Tenant and their successors and assigns any              rights or remedies under this Lease.                                SECTION 20.5.   TIME OF ESSENCE.  Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of              every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.                                SECTION 20.6.  CONTROLLING LAW/VENUE.  This Lease shall be governed by and interpreted in              accordance with the laws  of the  State of California.  Should any  litigation be commenced between  the              parties  in  connection  with  this  Lease,  such  action  shall  be  prosecuted  in  the  applicable  State  Court  of              California in the county in which the Building is located.                                SECTION 20.7.   SEVERABILITY.  If any term or provision of this Lease, the deletion of which would              not  adversely  affect  the  receipt  of  any  material  benefit  by  either  party  or  the  deletion  of  which  is              consented to by  the  party  adversely  affected,  shall  be held  invalid  or  unenforceable to  any  extent,  the              remainder of this Lease shall not be affected and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and              enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.                                SECTION 20.8.   WAIVER.  One or more waivers by Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any term,              covenant or condition contained in this Lease shall not be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same              or any other term, covenant or condition.  Consent to any act by one of the parties shall not be deemed to              render unnecessary the obtaining of that party’s consent to any subsequent act.  No breach of this Lease              shall be deemed to have been waived unless the waiver is in a writing signed by the waiving party.               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             26  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                                 SECTION  20.9.    INABILITY  TO  PERFORM.   In  the  event  that  either  party  shall  be  delayed  or              hindered in or prevented from the performance of any work or in performing any act required under this              Lease by reason of any cause beyond the reasonable control of that party, then the performance of the              work or the doing of the act shall be excused for the period of the delay and the time for performance              shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of the delay.  The provisions of this Section shall              not operate to excuse Tenant from the prompt payment of rent.                                    SECTION 20.10.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Lease and its exhibits and other attachments cover              in  full  each  and  every  agreement  of  every  kind  between  the  parties  concerning  the  Premises,  the              Building,  and  the  Project,  and  all  preliminary  negotiations,  oral  agreements,  understandings  and/or              practices, except those contained in this Lease, are superseded and of no further effect.  Tenant waives              its rights to rely on any representations or promises made by Landlord or others which are not contained              in this  Lease.   No  verbal  agreement  or  implied  covenant  shall  be  held  to  modify  the  provisions  of  this              Lease, any statute, law, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding.                                SECTION  20.11.    QUIET  ENJOYMENT.   Upon  the  observance  and  performance  of  all  the              covenants, terms and conditions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, and subject to the other              provisions  of  this  Lease,  Tenant  shall  have  the  right  of  quiet  enjoyment  and  use  of  the  Premises,              including access to and use of the Common Areas as provided in this Lease, for the Term and any lawful              and  agreed  to  extension  thereof without  hindrance  or  interruption  by  Landlord  or  any  other  person              claiming by or through Landlord.                                SECTION  20.12.    SURVIVAL.   All  covenants  of  Landlord  or  Tenant  which  reasonably  would  be              intended  to  survive  the  expiration  or  sooner  termination  of  this  Lease,  including  without  limitation  any              warranty  or  indemnity  hereunder,  shall  so  survive  and  continue  to  be  binding  upon  and  inure  to  the              benefit of the respective parties and their successors and assigns.                                                                    ARTICLE XXI.  EXECUTION AND RECORDING                                              SECTION 21.1.   COUNTERPARTS; DIGITAL SIGNATURES.  This Lease may be executed in one              or  more  counterparts,  each  of  which  shall  constitute  an  original  and  all  of  which  shall  be  one  and  the              same agreement. The parties agree to accept a digital image (including but not limited to an image in the              form of a PDF, JPEG, GIF file, or other e-signature) of this Lease, if applicable, reflecting the execution of              one or both of the parties, as a true and correct original.                                    SECTION  21.2.    CORPORATE  AND  PARTNERSHIP  AUTHORITY.   If  Tenant  is  a  corporation,              limited  liability  company  or  partnership, Tenant  represents  and  warrants  that each  individual  executing              this Lease on behalf of the entity is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease and that this Lease              is  binding  upon  the  corporation,  limited  liability  company  or  partnership  in  accordance  with  its  terms.               Tenant  shall,  at  Landlord’s  request,  deliver  a  certified  copy  of  its  organizational  documents  or  an              appropriate certificate authorizing or evidencing the execution of this Lease.                                SECTION 21.3.   EXECUTION OF LEASE; NO OPTION OR OFFER.  The submission of this Lease              to Tenant shall be for examination purposes only, and shall not constitute an offer to or option for Tenant              to lease the Premises.  Execution of this Lease by Tenant and its return to Landlord shall not be binding              upon Landlord, notwithstanding any time interval, until Landlord has in fact executed and delivered this              Lease to Tenant, it being intended that this Lease shall only become effective upon execution by Landlord              and delivery of a fully executed counterpart to Tenant.                                    SECTION 21.4.   RECORDING.  Tenant shall not record this Lease without the prior written consent              of  Landlord.   Tenant,  upon  the  request  of  Landlord,  shall  execute  and  acknowledge  a  “short  form”              memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes.                                SECTION  21.5.    AMENDMENTS.   No  amendment  or  mutual  termination  of  this  Lease  shall  be              effective unless in writing signed by authorized signatories of Tenant and Landlord, or by their respective              successors  in interest.   No  actions,  policies,  oral  or  informal  arrangements,  business  dealings  or  other              course of conduct by or between the parties shall be deemed to modify this Lease in any respect.                                SECTION 21.6.   BROKER DISCLOSURE.  By the execution of this Lease, each of Landlord and              Tenant  hereby  acknowledge  and  confirm  (a)  receipt  of  a  copy  of  a  Disclosure  Regarding  Real  Estate              Agency Relationship conforming to the requirements of California Civil Code 2079.16, and (b) the agency              relationships  specified  in  Section  10  of  the  Basic  Lease  Provisions,  which  acknowledgement  and              confirmation  is  expressly  made  for  the  benefit  of  Tenant’s  Broker  identified  in  Section  10  of  the  Basic              Lease Provisions.  If there is no Tenant’s Broker so identified in Section 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions,              then such acknowledgement and confirmation is expressly made for the benefit of Landlord’s Broker.  By              the  execution  of  this  Lease,  Landlord  and  Tenant  are  executing  the  confirmation  of  the  agency              relationships set forth in Section 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions.                                                                          ARTICLE XXII.  MISCELLANEOUS                                                                                                                                           IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             27  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                   SECTION 22.1.   NONDISCLOSURE OF LEASE TERMS.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that              the terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord.  Disclosure of              the terms could adversely  affect the ability  of Landlord to negotiate other  leases and impair Landlord’s              relationship  with  other  tenants.   Accordingly,  Tenant  agrees  that  it,  and  its  partners,  officers,  directors,              employees and attorneys, shall not intentionally and voluntarily disclose the terms and conditions of this              Lease  to  any  other  tenant  or  apparent  prospective  tenant  of  the  Building  or  Project,  either  directly  or              indirectly, without the prior written consent of Landlord, provided, however, that Tenant may disclose the              terms  to  prospective  subtenants  or  assignees  under  this  Lease  or  pursuant  to  any  legal,  regulatory  or              exchange requirement.                                    SECTION 22.2.   REPRESENTATIONS BY TENANT.  The application, financial statements and tax              returns, if any, submitted and certified to by Tenant as an accurate representation of its financial condition              have been prepared, certified and submitted to Landlord as an inducement and consideration to Landlord              to enter into this Lease.  The application and statements are represented and warranted by Tenant to be              correct and to accurately and fully reflect Tenant’s true financial condition as of the date of execution of              this  Lease by  Tenant.   Tenant  shall  during  the  Term  promptly  furnish  Landlord  with  current  annual              financial statements accurately reflecting Tenant’s financial condition upon written request from Landlord.               Landlord  shall  keep such financial  statements  and  information  confidential  and  shall  use  them  only  for              legitimate business purposes.                                SECTION 22.3.  CHANGES REQUESTED BY LENDER.  Intentionally Omitted.                                SECTION  22.4.    MORTGAGEE  PROTECTION.   No  act  or  failure  to  act  on  the  part  of  Landlord              which would otherwise entitle Tenant to be relieved of its obligations hereunder or to terminate this Lease              shall result in such a release or termination unless (a) Tenant has given notice by registered or certified              mail  to  any  beneficiary  of  a  deed  of  trust  or  mortgage  covering the  Building  whose  address  has  been              furnished to Tenant by written notice and (b) such beneficiary is afforded a reasonable opportunity to cure              the default by Landlord, including, if necessary to effect the cure, time to obtain possession of the Building              by power of sale or judicial foreclosure provided that such foreclosure remedy is diligently pursued.                                SECTION  22.5.   SDN  LIST.  Tenant  hereby  represents  and  warrants  that neither  Tenant  nor  any              officer, director, employee, partner, member or other principal of Tenant (collectively, "Tenant Parties") is              listed as a Specially Designated National  and Blocked Person ("SDN")  on the list of such persons and              entities issued by the U.S. Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC).  In the event Tenant or any              Tenant  Party  is  or  becomes  listed  as  an  SDN,  Tenant  shall  be  deemed  in  breach  of  this  Lease  and              Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease immediately upon written notice to Tenant.                                SECTION 22.6.  DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.  Tenant acknowledges that it has read, understands              and, if applicable, shall comply with the provisions of Exhibit F to this Lease, if that Exhibit is attached.                                                                          LANDLORD:                                        TENANT:                                                                             PACIFICA TOWER LLC,                              BOFI HOLDING, INC.,              a Delaware limited liability company             a Delaware corporation                                                                                                                                                                                                           By [[Executor 1 Signature]]                      By [[Tenant 1 Signature]]                                                                               Ray Wirta               [[Executor 1 Name]]                            Printed Name [[TenantAndrew 1J. Name]] Micheletti                President               [[Executor 1 Title Line 1]]                    Title [[TenantExecutive 1 Title]] Vice President & CFO               [[Executor 1 Title Line 2]]                                                                                                                                                                                                                               By [[Executor 2 Signature]]                      By [[Tenant 2 Signature]]                                                                               Douglas[[Executor G. 2 Name]]Holte             Printed Name [[TenantGregory 2 Garrabrants Name]]                [[Executor 2 Title Line 1]]                    Title [[Tenant 2 Title]]                Division President                                   CEO               [[Executor 2 Title Line 2]]                                    Office  Properties                                               [[ReviewerInitial1]]                                            IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                             28  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                                                                             EXHIBIT A                                                                                                                                                  DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 4365 Executive Drive                                                      Suites 300, 1700, & 1800                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                                             5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                                                  1  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                                                                           EXHIBIT A-1                                                                                                                                                            ROFR SPACE                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 4365 Executive Drive                                                                                                                                   Suites 400, 500, 520, 530/550                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                                             5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                                                  2  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                                                                           EXHIBIT A-2                                                                                                                                                        FIRST RIGHT SPACE                                                                                                                                              4365 Executive Drive                                                                                                                                                Suites 1100 & 1200                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                                             5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                                                  3  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                                                          EXHIBIT B                                                                                                               UTILITIES AND SERVICES                                                                                                                                                   The following standards for utilities and services shall be in effect at the Building.  Landlord                  reserves  the  right  to  adopt  nondiscriminatory  modifications  and  additions  to  these  standards,                  provided  the  same  do  not  materially  and/or  adversely  interfere with  tenant’s  operation  of  its                  business in the Premises.  In the case of any conflict between these standards and the Lease,                  the Lease shall be controlling.  Subject to all of the provisions of the Lease, including but not                  limited to the restrictions contained in Section 6.1, the following shall apply:                                         1.   Landlord shall make available to the Premises during the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 6:00                  p.m.,  Monday  through  Friday  and,  upon  request,  8:00  a.m.  to  12:00  p.m.  on  Saturday                  ("Building  Hours"),  generally  recognized  national  holidays  excepted,  reasonable  HVAC                  services.  Subject to the provisions set forth below, Landlord shall also furnish the Building with                  elevator service, including Tenant’s use of the freight elevator at no charge subject to availability                  and prior approval by Landlord (if applicable), reasonable amounts of electric current for normal                  lighting  by  Landlord’s  standard  overhead  fluorescent  and  incandescent  fixtures  and  for  the                  operation of office equipment consistent in type and quantity with that utilized by typical office                  tenants of the Building and Project, and water for lavatory purposes.  Tenant will not, without the                  prior written consent of Landlord, connect any apparatus, machine or device with water pipes                  (except  for  water  coolers,  coffee makers  and refrigerators)  or  electric  current  (except  through                  existing  electrical  outlets  in  the  Premises)  for  the  purpose  of  using  electric  current  or  water.                   This paragraph shall at all times be subject to applicable governmental regulations.                                         2.   Upon request from Tenant prior to the period for which service is requested, but during                  normal business hours, Landlord will provide any of the foregoing building services to Tenant at                  such times when such services are not otherwise available.  Tenant agrees to pay Landlord for                  those after-hour services at rates that Comparable Buildings may establish from time to time,                  taking  into  consideration  the  size,  age  and  quality  of  the  Comparable  Buildings.   If  Tenant                  requires  electric  current  in  excess  of  that  which  Landlord  is  obligated  to  furnish  under  this                  Exhibit B, Tenant shall first obtain the consent of Landlord, and Landlord may cause an electric                  current  meter  to  be  installed  in  the  Premises  to  measure  the  amount  of  electric  current                  consumed.  The cost of installation, maintenance and repair of the meter shall be paid for by                  Tenant,  and  Tenant  shall  reimburse  Landlord  promptly  upon  demand  for  all  electric  current                  consumed for any special power use as shown by the meter.  The reimbursement shall be at                  the rates charged for electrical power by the local public utility furnishing the current, plus any                  additional expense incurred in keeping account of the electric current consumed, except to the                  extent such cost is already included in Operating Costs (i.e., as part of the staffing costs and/or                  management fee).                                          3.   Landlord shall furnish water for drinking, personal hygiene and lavatory purposes only.                   If Tenant requires or uses water for any purposes in addition to ordinary drinking, cleaning and                  lavatory  purposes,  Landlord  may,  in  its  discretion,  install  a  water  meter  to  measure  Tenant’s                  water  consumption.   Tenant  shall  pay  Landlord  for  the  cost  of  the  meter  and  the  cost  of  its                  installation, and for consumption throughout the duration of Tenant’s occupancy.  Tenant shall                  keep the meter and installed equipment in good working order and repair at Tenant’s own cost                  and expense, in default of which Landlord may cause the meter to be replaced or repaired at                  Tenant’s  expense.   Tenant  agrees  to  pay  for  water  consumed,  as  shown  on  the  meter  and                  when bills are rendered, and on Tenant’s default in making that payment Landlord may pay the                  charges on behalf of Tenant.  Any costs or expenses or payments made by Landlord for any of                  the reasons or purposes stated above shall be deemed to be additional rent payable by Tenant                  to Landlord upon demand.                                         4.   In the event that any utility service to the Premises is separately metered or billed to                  Tenant,  Tenant  shall  pay  all  charges  for  that  utility  service  to  the  Premises  and  the  cost  of                  furnishing the utility to tenant suites shall be excluded from the Operating Expenses as to which                  reimbursement from Tenant is required in the Lease.  If any utility charges are not paid when                  due Landlord may pay them, and any amounts paid by Landlord shall immediately become due                  to Landlord from Tenant as additional rent.  If Landlord elects to furnish any utility service to the                  Premises,  Tenant  shall  purchase  its  requirements  of  that  utility  from  Landlord  as  long  as  the                  rates charged by Landlord do not exceed those which Tenant would be required to pay if the                  utility service were furnished it directly by a public utility.                                         5.    Landlord  shall  provide  janitorial  services  five  days  per  week,  equivalent  to  that                  furnished  in  comparable  buildings,  and  window  washing  as  reasonably  required;  provided,                  however,  that  Tenant  shall  pay  for  any  additional  or  unusual  janitorial  services  required  by                  reason  of  any  nonstandard  improvements  in  the  Premises,  including  without  limitation  wall                  coverings and floor coverings installed by or for Tenant, or by reason of any use of Premises                    IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              4  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                   other than exclusively as offices.  The cleaning services provided by Landlord shall also exclude                  refrigerators,  eating  utensils  (plates,  drinking  containers  and  silverware),  and  interior  glass                  partitions.   Tenant  shall  pay  to  Landlord  the  cost  of  removal  of  any  of  Tenant’s  refuse  and                  rubbish, to the  extent  that  they  exceed the refuse and rubbish  usually  attendant  with general                  office usage.                                         6.   Tenant shall have access to the Building and elevator access to the floor on which the                  Premises  is  located  (subject  to  matters  of  force  majeure,  casualty  or  causes  beyond  the                  reasonable  control  of  Landlord) 24  hours  per  day,  7  days  per  week,  52  weeks  per  year;                  provided  that  Landlord  may  install  access  control  systems  as  it  deems  advisable  for  the                  Building.  Such systems may, but need not, include full or part-time lobby supervision, the use                  of a sign-in sign-out log, a card identification access system, building parking and access pass                  system, closing hours procedures, access control stations, fire stairwell exit door alarm system,                  electronic  guard  system,  mobile  paging  system,  elevator  control  system  or  any  other  access                  controls.  In the event that Landlord elects to provide any or all of those services, Landlord may                  discontinue  providing  them  at  any  time  with  or  without  notice.   Landlord  may  impose  a                  reasonable charge for access control cards and/or keys issued to Tenant.  Landlord shall have                  no liability to Tenant for the provision by Landlord of improper access control services, for any                  breakdown in service, or for the failure by Landlord to provide access control services.  Tenant                  further  acknowledges  that  Landlord’s  access  systems  may  be  temporarily  inoperative  during                  building  emergency  and  system  repair periods.   Tenant  agrees  to  assume  responsibility  for                  compliance by its employees with any regulations established by Landlord with respect to any                  card  key  access  or  any  other  system  of  building  access  as  Landlord  may  establish.   Tenant                  shall be liable to Landlord for any loss or damage resulting from its or its employees use of any                  access system.                                              7.    The  costs  of  operating,  maintaining  and  repairing  any  supplemental  air  conditioning                  unit  serving  only  the  Premises  shall  be  borne  solely  by  Tenant.   Such  costs  shall  include  all                  metered  electrical  charges  as  described  above  in  this  Exhibit,  together  with  the  cost,  as                  reasonably estimated by Landlord, to supply cooling water or other means of heat dissipation                  for the unit.  Should Tenant desire to install such a unit other than in connection with the tenant                  improvements,  the  plans  and  specifications  must  be  submitted  in  advance  to  Landlord  and                  approved in writing by Landlord.  Such installation shall be at Tenant's sole expense and shall                  include  installation  of a  separate  meter  for  the  operation  of  the  unit.   Landlord  may  require                  Tenant to remove at Lease expiration any such unit installed by or for Tenant and to repair any                  resulting damage to the Premises or Building.                                                                  IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              5  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                                                          EXHIBIT C                                                                                                                       PARKING                                                                                                                                                   The following parking regulations shall be in effect at the Building.  Landlord reserves the                  right  to adopt reasonable,  nondiscriminatory  modifications  and additions  to the  regulations  by                  written notice to Tenant.  In the case of any conflict between these regulations and the Lease,                  the Lease shall be controlling.                                                 1.   Landlord agrees to maintain, or cause to be maintained, an automobile parking area                  (“Parking Area”) at the Project for the benefit and use of the visitors and patrons and, except                  as otherwise provided, employees of Tenant, and other tenants and occupants of the Building.                   The Parking  Area shall  include, whether  in a surface parking  area  or a parking structure, the                  automobile  parking  stalls,  driveways,  entrances,  exits,  sidewalks  and  attendant  pedestrian                  passageways  and  other  areas  designated  for  parking.  Landlord  shall  have  the  right  and                  privilege of determining the nature and extent of the automobile Parking Area, whether it shall                  be surface, underground or other structure, and of making such changes to the Parking Area                  from time to time which in its opinion are desirable and for the best interests of all persons using                  the Parking Area.  Landlord shall keep the Parking Area in a neat, clean and orderly condition,                  and  shall  repair  any  damage  to  its  facilities.   Landlord  shall  not  be  liable  for  any  damage  to                  motor  vehicles  of  visitors  or  employees,  for  any  loss  of  property  from  within  those  motor                  vehicles, or for any injury to Tenant, its visitors or employees, unless ultimately determined to                  be caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.  Unless otherwise instructed by                  Landlord, every parker shall  park and lock his or  her  own motor vehicle.  Landlord shall also                  have the right to establish, and from time to time amend, and to enforce against all users of the                  Parking  Area  all  reasonable  rules  and  regulations  (including  the  designation  of  areas  for                  employee parking) as Landlord may deem necessary and advisable for the proper and efficient                  operation  and  maintenance  of  the  Parking  Area.   Garage  managers  or  attendants  are  not                  authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these regulations.                                                 2.   Landlord may, if it deems advisable in its sole discretion, charge for parking and may                  establish for the Parking Area a system or systems of permit parking for Tenant, its employees                  and  its  visitors,  which  may  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  a  system  of  charges  against                  nonvalidated  parking,  verification  of  users,  a  set  of  regulations  governing  different  parking                  locations, and an allotment of reserved or nonreserved parking spaces based upon the charges                  paid and the identity of users.  In no event shall Tenant or its employees park in reserved stalls                  leased to other tenants or in stalls within designated visitor parking zones, nor shall Tenant or                  its employees utilize more than the number of parking stalls allotted in this Lease to Tenant.  It                  is understood that Landlord shall not have any obligation to cite improperly parked vehicles or                  otherwise attempt to enforce reserved parking rules during hours when parking attendants are                  not present at the Parking Area.  Tenant shall comply with such system in its use (and in the                  use  of  its  visitors,  patrons  and  employees)  of  the  Parking  Area,  provided,  however,  that  the                  system and rules and regulations shall apply  to all persons entitled to the use of the  Parking                  Area, and all charges to Tenant for use of the Parking Area shall be no greater than Landlord’s                  then current scheduled charge for parking.  Landlord shall continue to provide a level of security                  in the Parking Garage similar to other Class A office buildings in the UTC.                                                 3.   Tenant shall, upon request of Landlord from time to time, furnish Landlord with a list of                  its  employees’ names  and  of  Tenant’s  and  its  employees’  vehicle  license  numbers.   Tenant                  agrees  to  acquaint  its  employees  with  these  regulations  and  assumes  responsibility  for                  compliance by its employees with these parking provisions, and shall be liable to Landlord for all                  unpaid  parking  charges  incurred  by  its  employees.   Any  amount  due  from  Tenant  shall  be                  deemed additional rent.  Tenant authorizes Landlord to tow away from the Building any vehicle                  belonging  to Tenant  or  Tenant’s  employees  parked  in  violation  of  these provisions,  and/or  to                  attach violation stickers or notices to those vehicles.  In the event Landlord elects or is required                  to limit or control parking by tenants, employees, visitors or invitees of the Building, whether by                  validation of parking tickets, parking meters or any other method of assessment, Tenant agrees                  to participate in the validation or assessment program under reasonable rules and regulations                  as are established by Landlord and/or any applicable governmental agency.                                                 4.    Landlord  may  establish  an  identification  system  for  vehicles  of  Tenant  and  its                  employees which may consist of stickers, magnetic parking cards or other identification devices                  supplied by Landlord.  All identification devices shall remain the property of Landlord and shall                  be displayed as required by Landlord or upon request and may not be mutilated or obliterated in                  any manner.  Those devices shall not be transferable and any such device in the possession of                  an  unauthorized  holder  shall  be  void  and  may  be  confiscated.   Landlord  may  impose  a                  reasonable fee for identification devices and a replacement charge for devices which are lost or                  stolen.  Each identification device shall be returned to Landlord promptly following the Expiration                  Date or sooner termination of this Lease.  Loss or theft of parking identification devices shall be                    IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              1  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                   reported to Landlord or its Parking Area operator immediately and a written report of the loss                  filed if requested by Landlord or its Parking Area operator.                                                 5.   Persons using the Parking Area shall observe all directional signs and arrows and any                  posted speed limits.  Unless otherwise posted, in no event shall the speed limit of 5 miles per                  hour be exceeded.  All vehicles shall be parked entirely within painted stalls, and no vehicles                  shall  be  parked in  areas  which  are  posted  or  marked  as  “no  parking”  or  on  or  in  ramps,                  driveways and aisles.  Only one vehicle may be parked in a parking space.  In no event shall                  Tenant interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Parking Area by other tenants of the Building                  or their employees or invitees.                                                 6.   Parking Areas shall be used only for parking vehicles.  Washing, waxing, cleaning or                  servicing of vehicles, or the parking of any vehicle on an overnight basis, in the Parking Area                  (other than emergency services) by any parker or his or her agents or employees is prohibited                  unless  otherwise  authorized  by  Landlord.   Tenant  shall  have  no  right  to  install  any  fixtures,                  equipment or personal property (other than vehicles) in the Parking Area, nor shall Tenant make                  any alteration to the Parking Area.                                         7.   It is understood that the employees of Tenant and the other tenants of Landlord within                  the Building and Project shall not be permitted to park their automobiles in the portions of the                  Parking  Area  which  may  from  time to  time  be  designated  for  patrons  of  the  Building  and/or                  Project and that Landlord shall at all times have the right to establish rules and regulations for                  employee parking.  Landlord shall lease to Tenant, and Tenant may at its election, at any time                  and  from  time  to  time,  lease  from  Landlord  for  the  initial  Term  of  this  Lease  (including  any                  period of early occupancy as anticipated under Section 3.1 of the Lease), up to the total number                  of  vehicle  parking  spaces  set  forth  in Article  I, Item  11 of  the  Basic  Lease  Provisions  (the                  "Parking  Passes")  at  the  rate  of (i) $35.00  per  month  per unreserved  Parking  Pass utilized                  through June 30, 2020, and commencing thereafter at the rate of $50.00 per Parking Pass per                  month  per  unreserved  Parking  Pass  utilized  through  June  30,  2025,  and  thereafter  at  the                  prevailing  rate as  determined  by  Landlord  from  time  to  time but  not  to  exceed  $75.00  per                  unreserved  Parking  Pass,  per  month,  and  (ii)  $150.00  per  month  per  reserved  Parking  Pass                  utilized during the initial Term. Should any monthly  parking charge not be  paid within five (5)                  business days following the date due, then a late charge shall be payable by Tenant equal to                  One Hundred Dollars ($100.00), which late charge shall be separate and in addition to any late                  charge that may be assessed pursuant to Section 14.3 of the Lease for other than delinquent                  monthly parking charges, provided that Landlord shall not charge such late charge for the first                  late payment of parking charges in a calendar year. Landlord shall have the right to designate                  up  to  25%  of  the unreserved parking  passes  to  park  in the  east  or  west  garages within  the                  Project. Landlord may authorize persons other than those described above, including occupants                  of other buildings, to utilize the Parking Area.  In the event of the use of the Parking Area by                  other persons, those persons shall pay for that use in accordance  with the terms established                  above;  provided,  however,  Landlord  may  allow  those  persons  to  use  the  Parking  Area  on                  weekends, holidays, and at other non-office hours without payment.                                         8.    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  paragraphs  1  through  7,  Landlord  shall  be  entitled  to                  pass on to Tenant its proportionate share of any charges or parking surcharge or transportation                  management costs levied by  any governmental agency.  The foregoing parking provisions are                  further  subject  to  any  governmental  regulations  which  limit  parking  or  otherwise  seek  to                  encourage the use of carpools, public transit or other alternative transportation forms or traffic                  reduction  programs,  provided  that  to  the  extent  that  any  limitation  is  applied  under  this                  paragraph it is applied in a non-discriminatory manner to all Building tenants.  Tenant agrees                  that it will use its best efforts to cooperate, including registration and attendance, in programs                  which may be undertaken by any governmental agency to reduce traffic.  Tenant acknowledges                  that  as  a  part  of  those  programs,  it  may  be  required  to  distribute  employee  transportation                  information,  participate  in  employee  transportation surveys,  allow  employees  to  participate  in                  commuter  activities,  designate  a  liaison  for  commuter  transportation  activities,  distribute                  commuter information to all employees, and otherwise participate in other programs or services                  initiated under a transportation management program.                                         9.   Should any parking spaces be allotted by Landlord to Tenant, either on a reserved or                  nonreserved basis, Tenant shall not assign or sublet any of those spaces, either voluntarily or                  by operation of law, without the prior written consent of Landlord, except in connection with an                  authorized assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises.                                                                                         IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              2  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                                                          EXHIBIT D                                                                                                                 TENANT’S INSURANCE                                                           The  following  requirements  for  Tenant’s  insurance  shall  be  in  effect  at  the Building,  and                  Tenant shall also cause any subtenant to comply with the requirements.  Landlord reserves the                  right to adopt reasonable nondiscriminatory modifications and additions to these requirements.                   Tenant  agrees  to  obtain  and  present  evidence  to  Landlord  that  it  has  fully  complied  with  the                  insurance requirements.                                         1.    Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, commencing on the date Tenant is given                  access to the Premises for any purpose and during the entire Term, procure, pay for and keep                  in full force and effect:  (i) commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Premises                  and  the  operations  of  or  on  behalf  of  Tenant  in,  on  or  about  the  Premises,  including  but  not                  limited to coverage for personal injury, contractual liability, independent contractors, broad form                  property damage, fire legal liability, products liability (if a product is sold from the Premises), and                  liquor  law  liability  (if  alcoholic  beverages  are  sold, served  or  consumed  within  the  Premises),                  which  policy(ies)  shall  be  written  on  an  “occurrence”  basis  and  for  not  less  than  $2,000,000                  combined  single  limit  (with  a  $50,000  minimum  limit  on  fire  legal  liability)  per  occurrence  for                  bodily  injury,  death,  and  property  damage  liability,  or  the  current  limit  of  liability  carried by                  Tenant,  whichever  is  greater,  and  subject  to  such  increases  in  amounts  as  Landlord  may                  reasonably  determine  from  time  to  time;  (ii)  workers’  compensation  insurance  coverage  as                  required by law, together with employers’ liability insurance coverage of at least $1,000,000; (iii)                  with  respect  to  improvements,  alterations,  and  the  like  required  or  permitted  to  be  made  by                  Tenant under this Lease, builder’s risk insurance, in an amount equal to the replacement cost of                  the  work;  (iv)  insurance  against  fire,  vandalism,  malicious  mischief  and  such  other  additional                  perils as may be included in a standard “special form” policy, insuring all Tenant Installations,                  trade  fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment  and  items  of  personal  property  in  the  Premises,  in  an                  amount  equal to  not  less  than  ninety  percent  (90%)  of  their  actual  replacement  cost  (with                  replacement cost endorsement), which policy shall also include business interruption coverage                  in an amount sufficient to cover one (1) year of loss.  In no event shall the limits of any policy be                  considered as limiting the liability of Tenant under this Lease.                                          2.    All policies of insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Exhibit shall                  be  written  by  responsible  insurance  companies  authorized  to  do  business  in  the  State  of                  California and with a general policyholder rating of not less than “A-” and financial rating of not                  less than “VIII” in the most current Best’s Insurance Report.  The deductible or other retained                  limit under any policy carried by Tenant shall be commercially reasonable, and Tenant shall be                  responsible  for  payment  of  such  retained  limit  with  full  waiver  of  subrogation  in  favor  of                  Landlord.   Any  insurance  required  of  Tenant  may  be  furnished  by  Tenant  under  any  blanket                  policy  carried  by  it  or  under a  separate  policy.   A  certificate  of  insurance,  certifying  that  the                  policy has been issued, provides the coverage required by this Exhibit and contains the required                  provisions,  together  with  endorsements  acceptable  to  Landlord  evidencing  the  waiver  of                  subrogation  and  additional  insured  provisions  required  below,  shall  be  delivered  to  Landlord                  prior to the date Tenant is given the right of possession of the Premises.  Proper evidence of the                  renewal of any insurance coverage shall also be delivered to Landlord not less than thirty (30)                  days prior to the expiration of the coverage.  In the event of a loss covered by any policy under                  which  Landlord  is  an  additional  insured,  Landlord  shall  be  entitled  to  review  a  copy  of  such                  policy.                                         3.     Each policy  evidencing insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this                  Exhibit  shall  contain  the  following  provisions  and/or  clauses  satisfactory  to  Landlord:   (i)  with                  respect to Tenant’s commercial general  liability  insurance, a provision  that the  policy  and the                  coverage provided shall be primary and that any coverage carried by Landlord shall be excess                  of and noncontributory with any policies carried by Tenant, together with a provision including                  Landlord, The Irvine Company LLC, and any other parties in interest designated by Landlord as                  additional insureds;  (ii) except with respect to Tenant's commercial general liability insurance, a                  waiver  by  the  insurer  of  any  right  to  subrogation  against  Landlord,  its  agents,  employees,                  contractors and representatives which arises or might arise by reason of any payment under the                  policy  or  by  reason  of  any  act  or  omission  of  Landlord, its  agents,  employees,  contractors  or                  representatives;  and  (iii)  a  provision  that  the  insurer  will  not  cancel  or  change  the  coverage                  provided by  the  policy  without  first  giving  Landlord prompt notice.   Tenant  shall  also  name                  Landlord as an additional insured on any excess or umbrella liability insurance policy carried by                  Tenant.                                         4.    In the event that Tenant fails to procure, maintain and/or pay for, at the times and for                  the  durations  specified  in this  Exhibit,  any  insurance  required by  this  Exhibit,  or  fails  to  carry                  insurance  required  by  any  governmental  authority,  Landlord  may  at  its  election  procure  that                  insurance and pay the premiums, in which event Tenant shall repay Landlord all sums paid by                  Landlord, together with interest at the maximum rate permitted by law and any related costs or                    IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              1  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                   expenses  incurred  by  Landlord,  within  ten  (10)  business  days  following  Landlord’s  written                  demand to Tenant.                                                      NOTICE  TO  TENANT:   IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE  TERMS  OF  THIS  LEASE,  TENANT                  MUST  PROVIDE  EVIDENCE  OF  THE  REQUIRED  INSURANCE  TO  LANDLORD’S                  MANAGEMENT AGENT PRIOR TO BEING AFFORDED ACCESS TO THE PREMISES.                                                  IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              2  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                                                          EXHIBIT E                                                                                                              RULES AND REGULATIONS                                                                                                                                                   The following Rules and Regulations shall be in effect at the Building.  Landlord reserves                  the right to adopt reasonable nondiscriminatory modifications and additions at any time.  In the                  case of any conflict between these regulations and the Lease, the Lease shall be controlling.                                         1.    Except  with  the  prior  written  consent  of  Landlord,  or  unless  otherwise  specifically                  authorized  in  this  Lease,  Tenant  shall  not  sell  or  permit  the  retail  sale  of  goods  or  services                  (other than services consistent with the use described in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions)                  in  or  from  the  Premises,  nor  shall  Tenant  allow  the  Premises  to  be  utilized  for  any                  manufacturing or medical practice.                                         2.    The sidewalks, halls, passages, elevators, stairways, and other common areas shall                  not be obstructed by Tenant or used by it for storage, for depositing items, or for any purpose                  other  than  for  ingress  to  and  egress  from  the  Premises.   The  halls,  passages,  entrances,                  elevators, stairways, balconies and roof are not for the use of the general public, and Landlord                  shall  in  all  cases  retain  the  right  to  control  and  prevent  access  to  those  areas  of  all  persons                  whose  presence,  in  the  judgment  of  Landlord,  shall  be  prejudicial  to  the  safety,  character,                  reputation  and  interests  of  the  Building  and  its  tenants.   Should  Tenant  have  access  to  any                  balcony or patio area, Tenant shall not place any furniture  or other personal property  in such                  area  without the prior  written  approval  of  Landlord.   Nothing  contained in this  Lease shall  be                  construed to prevent access to persons with whom Tenant normally deals only for the purpose                  of  conducting  its  business  on  the  Premises  (such  as  clients,  customers,  office  suppliers  and                  equipment vendors and the like) unless those persons are engaged in illegal activities.  Neither                  Tenant nor any employee or contractor of Tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building without                  the prior written consent of Landlord.                                         3.    The sashes, sash doors, windows, glass lights, solar film and/or screen, and any lights                  or skylights that reflect or admit light into the halls or other places of the Building shall not be                  covered  or  obstructed.   The  toilet rooms,  water  and  wash closets  and  other  water  apparatus                  shall  not  be  used  for  any  purpose  other  than  that  for  which they  were  constructed,  and  no                  foreign substance of any kind shall be thrown in those facilities other than those items designed                  to be or customarily thrown in those facilities, and the expense of any breakage, stoppage or                  damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant.                                                 4.     No  sign,  advertisement  or  notice  visible  from  the  exterior  of  the  Premises  shall  be                  inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Building or the Premises without the                  prior written consent of Landlord.  If Landlord shall have given its consent at any time, whether                  before or after the execution of this Lease, that consent shall in no way operate as a waiver or                  release  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Lease,  and  shall  be  deemed  to  relate  only  to the                  particular sign, advertisement or notice so consented to by Landlord and shall not be construed                  as  dispensing  with  the  necessity  of  obtaining  the  specific  written  consent  of  Landlord  with                  respect to any subsequent sign, advertisement or notice.  If Landlord, by a notice in writing to                  Tenant,  shall  object  to  any  curtain,  blind,  tinting,  shade  or  screen  attached  to,  or  hung  in,  or                  used  in  connection  with,  any  window  or  door  of  the  Premises,  the  use  of  that  curtain,  blind,                  tinting,  shade  or  screen  shall  be immediately  discontinued  and  removed  by  Tenant.   No                  awnings shall be permitted on any part of the Premises.  No antenna or satellite dish shall be                  installed by Tenant that is either located or visible from outside the Premises without the prior                  written agreement of Landlord.                                                 5.    Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in the Premises, or bring or keep                  anything  in  the  Premises,  which  shall  in  any  way  increase  the  rate  of  fire  insurance  on  the                  Building, or on the property kept in the Building, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other                  tenants,  or  in  any  way  injure  or  annoy  them,  or  conflict  with  the  regulations  of  the  Fire                  Department or the fire laws, or with any insurance policy upon the Building, or any portion of the                  Building or its contents, or with any rules and ordinances established by the Board of Health or                  other governmental authority.                                                 6.     The  installation  and  location  of  any  unusually  heavy  equipment  in  the  Premises,                  including  without limitation file storage  units, safes and electronic data processing equipment,                  shall require the prior written approval of Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld or                  delayed.  Landlord may restrict the weight and position of any equipment that may exceed the                  weight load limits for the structure of the Building, and may further require, at Tenant’s expense,                  the  reinforcement  of  any  flooring  on  which  such  equipment  may  be  placed  and/or  an                  engineering study to be performed to determine whether the equipment may safely be installed                  in the Building and the necessity of any reinforcement.  The moving of large or heavy objects                  shall occur only between those hours as may be designated by, and only upon previous written                    IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              1  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                   notice to, Landlord, and the persons employed to move those objects in or out of the Building                  must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no                  freight, furniture or bulky  matter of any  description shall be received into or moved out of the                  lobby  of  the  Building  or  carried  in  any  elevator  other  than  the  freight  elevator  designated  by                  Landlord unless approved in writing by Landlord.  Landlord shall use its best efforts to make the                  freight elevator reasonably available to Tenant.                                                 7.     Landlord  shall  clean  the  Premises  as  provided  in  the  Lease,  and  except  with  the                  written consent of Landlord, no person or persons other than those approved by Landlord will                  be permitted to enter the Building for that purpose.  Tenant shall not cause unnecessary labor                  by  reason  of  Tenant’s  carelessness  and  indifference  in  the  preservation  of  good  order  and                  cleanliness.  Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or its employees for loss or damage to                  property in connection with the provision of janitorial services by third party contractors.                                                    8.     Tenant  shall  not  sweep  or  throw,  or  permit  to  be  swept  or  thrown,  from  the                  Premises any dirt or other substance into any of the corridors or halls or elevators, or out of the                  doors or windows or stairways of the Building, and Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be                  used  or  kept  any  foul  or  noxious  gas  or  substance  in  the  Premises,  or  permit  or  suffer  the                  Premises to be occupied  or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other                  occupants of the Building  by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any  way                  with other tenants or those having business with other tenants. Tenant shall not permit any pets                  or  animals  in  or  about  the  Building.  Bona  fide  service  animals  are  permitted  provided  such                  service animals are pre-approved by Landlord, remain under the direct control of the individual                  they serve at all times, and do not disturb or threaten others.  Neither Tenant nor its employees,                  agents, contractors, invitees or licensees shall bring any firearm, whether loaded or unloaded,                  into  the Project  at  any  time.  Smoking  tobacco,  including  via  personal  vaporizers  or  other                  electronic  cigarettes,  anywhere  within  the  Premises,  Building  or  Project  is  strictly  prohibited                  except that smoking tobacco may be permitted outside the Building and within the Project only                  in  areas  designated  by  Landlord.  Smoking,  vaping,  distributing,  growing  or  manufacturing                  marijuana  or  any  marijuana  derivative  anywhere  within  the  Premises,  Building  or  Project  is                  strictly prohibited.                                              9.    No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant on the Premises, except pursuant to                  the  normal  use  of  a  U.L.  approved  microwave  oven,  toaster  oven  and  coffee  maker  for  the                  benefit of Tenant’s employees and invitees, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of                  merchandise  or  for  lodging.   Any  pipes  or  tubing  used  by  Tenant  to  transmit  water  to  an                  appliance or device in the Premises must be made of copper or stainless steel, and in no event                  shall plastic tubing be used for that purpose.                                         10.    Tenant shall not use or keep in the Building any kerosene, gasoline, or inflammable                  fluid or any other illuminating material, or use any method of heating other than that supplied by                  Landlord.                                                 11.    If Tenant desires telephone, telegraph, burglar alarm or similar connections, Landlord                  will direct electricians as to where and how the wires are to be introduced.  No boring or cutting                  for wires or otherwise shall be made without directions from Landlord.                                                 12.    Upon the termination of its tenancy, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all the keys to                  offices, rooms and toilet rooms and all access cards which shall have been furnished to Tenant                  or which Tenant shall have had made.                                                 13.     Tenant  shall  not  mark,  drive  nails,  screw  or  drill  into  the  partitions,  woodwork  or                  plaster or in any way deface the Premises, except to install normal wall hangings.  Tenant shall                  affix floor coverings in the manner customary for office buildings.  The method of affixing any                  floor covering shall be subject to approval by Landlord.  The expense of repairing any damage                  resulting from a violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant.                                                 14.    On Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, and on other days between the hours of                  6:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m., access to the Building, or to the halls, corridors, elevators or stairways                  in the Building, or to the Premises, may be refused unless the person seeking access complies                  with any access control system that Landlord may establish.  Landlord shall in no case be liable                  for damages for the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person whom Landlord                  has the right to exclude under Rules 2 or 18 of this Exhibit.  In case of invasion, mob, riot, public                  excitement, or other commotion, or in the event of any other situation reasonably requiring the                  evacuation  of  the  Building,  Landlord  reserves  the  right  at  its  election  and  without  liability  to                  Tenant to prevent access to the Building by closing the doors or otherwise, for the safety of the                  tenants and protection of property in the Building.                                                 15.    Tenant shall be responsible for using reasonable efforts to protect the Premises from                  theft,  which  includes  keeping  doors  and  other  means  of  entry  closed  and  securely  locked.                     IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              2  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                   Tenant shall cause all water faucets or water apparatus to be shut off before Tenant or Tenant’s                  employees leave the Building so as to prevent waste or damage.                                                 16.    Tenant shall not alter any lock or install a new or additional lock or any bolt on any                  door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.  If Landlord gives its consent,                  Tenant shall in each case promptly furnish Landlord with a key for any new or altered lock.                                                 17.    Tenant shall not install equipment, such as but not limited to electronic tabulating or                  computer equipment, requiring electrical or air conditioning service in excess of that customarily                  used by comparable tenants.                                                 18.    Landlord shall have full and absolute authority to regulate or prohibit the entrance to                  the Premises of any vendor, supplier, purveyor, petitioner, proselytizer or other similar person if,                  in  the  good  faith  judgment  of  Landlord,  such  person  will  be  involved  in  general  solicitation                  activities, or the proselytizing, petitioning, or disturbance of other tenants or their customers or                  invitees, or engaged or likely to engage in conduct which may in Landlord’s opinion distract from                  the  use  of  the  Premises  for  its  intended  purpose.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Landlord                  reserves the absolute right and discretion to limit or prevent access to the Buildings by any food                  or beverage vendor, whether or not invited by Tenant, and Landlord may condition such access                  upon  the  vendor’s  execution  of  an  entry  permit  agreement  which  may  contain  provisions  for                  insurance coverage and/or the payment of a fee to Landlord.                                                 19.     Tenant  shall,  at  its  expense,  be  required  to  utilize  the  third  party  contractor                  designated  by  Landlord  for  the  Building  to  provide  any  telephone  wiring  services  from  the                  minimum point of entry of the telephone cable in the Building to the Premises.                                                 20.     Tenant  shall,  upon  request  by  Landlord,  supply  Landlord  with  the  names  and                  telephone numbers of personnel designated by Tenant to be contacted on an after-hours basis                  should circumstances warrant.                                                 21.     Landlord  may  from  time  to  time  grant  tenants  individual  and temporary  variances                  from these Rules, provided that any  variance does  not have a material adverse effect on the                  use and enjoyment of the Premises by Tenant.                                                                                               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              3  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                                                          EXHIBIT X                                                                                                                     WORK LETTER                                                                                                                 DOLLAR ALLOWANCE                                              [SECOND GENERATION SPACE]                                                                                                                                          The tenant  improvement  work  (herein  “Tenant  Improvements”),  mutually  approved  by  Landlord  and              Tenant, shall consist of any work required to complete the Premises pursuant to plans and specifications              approved by both Landlord and Tenant.  The Tenant Improvement work shall be performed by a general              contractor,  mutually  agreed  upon  by  Landlord  and  Tenant. Landlord shall  competitively  bid the              construction of the Tenant Improvements to at least three (3) general contractors, who shall bid to and              engage  only  Landlord approved  MEP  contractors. The  general  contractor  shall  provide  Landlord  and              Tenant  with  the  subcontractor  bids  for  review  and  mutual  approval  and  selection.    All  of  the  Tenant              Improvement work shall be performed by the general contractor in accordance with the procedures and              requirements  set  forth  below.   Subject  to  Landlord’s  reasonable  approval,  Tenant  may  select  the              architect, space planner, general contractor and subcontractor for the Tenant Improvements.                             I.  ARCHITECTURAL AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES                                   A.      Tenant  and  Landlord  shall  approve  both  (i)  a  detailed  space  plan  for  the  Premises,                             prepared by the  architect engaged by Tenant for the work described herein (“Tenant’s                             Architect”),  which  includes  interior  partitions,  ceilings,  interior  finishes,  interior  office                             doors,  suite  entrance,  floor  coverings,  window  coverings,  lighting,  electrical  and                             telephone  outlets,  plumbing  connections,  heavy  floor  loads  and  other  special                             requirements  (“Preliminary  Plan”),  and  (ii)  an  estimate,  prepared  by  the  contractor                             engaged by Landlord for the work herein (“Landlord’s Contractor”), of the cost for which                             Landlord will complete or cause to be completed the Tenant Improvements (“Preliminary                             Cost Estimate”). Tenant shall approve or disapprove each of the Preliminary Plan and                             the  Preliminary  Cost  Estimate  by  signing  copies  of  the  appropriate  instrument  and                             delivering  same  to  Landlord  within  five (5)  business  days  of  its  receipt  by  Tenant.   If                             Tenant disapproves any matter, Tenant shall specify in detail the reasons for disapproval                             and  Landlord  shall  attempt  to  modify  the  Preliminary  Plan  and  the  Preliminary  Cost                             Estimate to incorporate Tenant’s suggested revisions in a mutually satisfactory manner.                              Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  however,  Tenant  shall  approve  in  all  respects a                             Preliminary Plan not later than July 1, 2018 for Suite1700 and Suite 1800, and December                             1, 2018 for Suite 300, it being understood that Tenant’s failure to do so shall constitute a                             “Tenant Delay” for purposes of this Lease.                                          B.      On  or  before  its  approval of  the  Plan,  Tenant  shall  provide  in  writing  to  Landlord  or                             Tenant’s  Architect  all  specifications  and  information  requested  by  Landlord  for  the                             preparation  of  final  construction  documents  and  costing,  including  without  limitation                             Tenant’s  final  selection  of  wall  and floor  finishes,  complete  specifications  and  locations                             (including load and HVAC requirements) of Tenant’s equipment, and details of all other                             non-building  standard  improvements  to  be  installed  in  the  Premises  (collectively,                             “Programming Information”).  Tenant understands that final construction documents for                             the  Tenant  Improvements  shall  be  predicated  on  the  Programming  Information,  and                             accordingly that such information must be accurate and complete.                                            C.      Upon  Tenant’s  approval  of  the  Preliminary Plan  and  Preliminary  Cost  Estimate  and                             delivery  of  the  complete  Programming  Information,  Tenant’s  Architect  and  engineers                             shall  prepare and  deliver  to the  parties  working  drawings  and specifications  (“Working                             Drawings  and  Specifications”),  and  Landlord’s Contractor  shall  prepare  a  final                             construction  cost  estimate  (“Final  Cost  Estimate”)  for  the  Tenant  Improvements  in                             conformity with the Working Drawings and Specifications.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,                             Landlord’s  MEP  engineers  shall  prepare  the  related  documents. Tenant  shall  have                             five (5)  business  days  from  the  receipt  thereof  to  approve  or  disapprove  the  Working                             Drawings  and  Specifications  and  the  Final  Cost  Estimate;  provided  that  Tenant  shall                             have  the  right  to  request  changes  or  additions  to  the  Working  Drawings  and                             Specifications for the purpose of utilizing any unused portion of the Landlord Contribution.                              Should Tenant disapprove the Working Drawings and Specifications and the Final Cost                             Estimate,  such  disapproval  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  detailed list  of  revisions.   Any                             revision  requested  by  Tenant  and  accepted  by  Landlord  shall  be  incorporated  by                             Tenant’s  Architect into a revised set of Working Drawings  and Specifications  and Final                             Cost Estimate, and Tenant shall approve same in writing within five (5) business days of                             receipt.                                            D.      In the event that Tenant requests in writing a revision in the approved Working Drawings                             and  Specifications  (“Change”),  then  provided  such  Change  is  acceptable  to  Landlord,                             Landlord  shall  advise  Tenant  by  written  change  order  as  soon  as  is  practical  of  any                             increase  in  the  Completion  Cost  such  Change  would  cause.   Tenant  shall  approve  or                             disapprove  such  change  order  in  writing  within  three (3)  business  days  following  its                             receipt from Landlord.  Tenant’s approval of a Change shall be accompanied by Tenant’s                             payment  of  any  resulting  increase  in  the  Completion  Cost  if  the  Tenant  Improvement               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              1  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                              Allowance has been fully utilized.  It is understood that Landlord shall have no obligation                             to  interrupt  or  modify  the  Tenant  Improvement  work  pending  Tenant’s  approval  of  a                             change order.                                          E.      It is understood that the Preliminary Plan and the Working Drawings and Specifications,                             together with any Changes thereto, shall be subject to the prior reasonable approval of                             Landlord.  Landlord shall  identify any disapproved items within three (3) business days                             (or  two  (2)  business  days  in  the  case  of  Changes)  after  receipt  of  the  applicable                             document.  In lieu of disapproving an item, Landlord may approve same on the condition                             that Tenant pay to Landlord, prior to the start of construction and in addition to all sums                             otherwise  due  hereunder,  an  amount  equal  to  the  cost,  as  reasonably  estimated  by                             Landlord,  of  removing  and  replacing  the  item  upon  the  expiration  or  termination  of  the                             Lease.   Should  Landlord  approve  work  that  would  necessitate  any  ancillary  Building                             modification or other expenditure by Landlord, then except to the extent of any remaining                             balance  of  the  Landlord  Contribution,  Tenant  shall,  in  addition  to  its  other  obligations                             herein, promptly fund the cost thereof to Landlord.                                          F.      Notwithstanding any provision in the Lease to the contrary, if Tenant fails to comply with                             any of the time periods or dates specified in this Work Letter, requests any Changes, fails                             to make timely  payment  of  any sum  due  hereunder,  furnishes  inaccurate  or  erroneous                             specifications or other information, or otherwise delays in any manner the completion of                             the Tenant Improvements (including without limitation by specifying materials that are not                             readily available) or the issuance of an occupancy certificate (any of the foregoing being                             referred  to  in  this Lease as  “Tenant  Delay”),  then  Tenant  shall  bear  any  resulting                             additional construction cost or other expenses, and  the Commencement Date for Suite                             1700  and  Suite  1800 or  Commencement  Date  for  Suite  300 shall  be  deemed  to  have                             occurred  for  all  purposes,  including  Tenant’s  obligation  to  pay Rent,  as  of  the  date                             Landlord reasonably determines that it would have been able to deliver the Premises to                             Tenant  but  for  the  collective  Tenant  Delays.  Should  Landlord  determine  that  the                             Commencement Date should be advanced in accordance with the foregoing, it shall so                             notify  Tenant  in  writing.   Landlord’s  determination  shall  be  conclusive  unless  Tenant                             notifies  Landlord  in  writing,  within 10 business  days  thereafter,  of  Tenant’s  election  to                             contest  same  by  binding  arbitration  with  the  American  Arbitration  Association  under  its                             Arbitration Rules for the Real Estate Industry, and judgment on the arbitration award may                             be  entered  in  any  court  having  jurisdiction  thereof.   Pending  the  outcome  of  such                             arbitration  proceedings,  Tenant  shall  make  timely  payment  of  all  rent  due  under this                             Lease  based  upon  the  Commencement  Date    for  Suite  1700  and  Suite  1800  or                             Commencement Date for Suite 300  set forth in the aforesaid notice from Landlord.                                           G.      Tenant  hereby   designates   Lisa  Goodwin,    Telephone   No.   (858)  649-2510                              (lgoodwin@bofifederalbank)  as  its  representative,  agent  and  attorney-in-fact  for  the                             purpose of receiving notices, approving submittals and issuing requests for Changes, and                             Landlord shall be entitled to rely upon authorizations and directives of such person(s) as                             if  given  directly  by  Tenant.   Tenant  may  amend  the  designation  of  its  construction                             representative(s) at any time upon delivery of written notice to Landlord.                                   II.    COST OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS                                           A.      Landlord  shall  complete,  or  cause  to  be  completed,  the  Tenant  Improvements,  at  the                             construction cost shown in the approved Final Cost Estimate (subject to the provisions of                             this Work Letter), in accordance with final Working Drawings and Specifications approved                             by  both  Landlord  and  Tenant.   Landlord  shall  pay  towards  the  final  construction  costs                             (“Completion  Cost”)  as  incurred  a  maximum  of Four  Million  One  Hundred  Eleven                             Thousand  Nine Hundred  Sixty  Dollars ($4,111,960.00)  (“Landlord  Contribution”)  (i.e.,                             One  Million  Five  Hundred  Six  Thousand  and  Eight  Hundred  Twenty-Five  Dollars                             ($1,506,825.00) based  on  $75.00  per rentable square  foot  of Suite  1700,  One  Million                             Three Hundred Five Thousand Nine Hundred Fifteen Dollars ($1,305,915.00) based on                             $65.00 per rentable square foot of Suite 1800 and One Million Two Hundred Ninety-Nine                             Thousand Two Hundred Twenty  Dollars  ($1,299,220.00)  based  on  $65.00  per  rentable                             square  foot  of  Suite  300), and  Tenant  shall  be  fully  responsible  for  the  remainder                             (“Tenant  Contribution”). Tenant  shall  be  allowed  to  utilize  up  to  Three  Dollars  per                             usable  square  feet  of  the  Landlord  Contribution  towards moving,  FF&E,  and/or  low                             voltage  cabling. Tenant  understands  and  agrees  that (i) any  portion  of  the  Landlord                             Contribution for  Suite  1700  and  1800  not  utilized  by  December  31,  2018  and  (ii) any                             portion  of  the  Landlord  Contribution for  Suite  300  not  utilized  by  December  31,  2019,                             shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of  Landlord  and  Tenant  shall  not  be  entitled  to  any  credit  or                             payment.                                           B.      Landlord shall provide to Tenant an additional allowance not to exceed Three Hundred                             Thousand  Dollars  ($300,000.00) (“Additional Allowance”)  to  be  utilized  towards  (i)                             moving,  FF&E,  and/or low  voltage  cabling,  or  (ii)  a  credit  applied  to  Basic  Rent                             commencing on the 1st full month following the Commencement Date until such amount                             is exhausted.  Tenant shall be reimbursed for expenses incurred pursuant to item (i) in                             the  preceding  sentence  by submitting  copies  of  all  supporting  third-party  invoices  to                             Landlord  by December  31,  2019.   Landlord  shall  reimburse  Tenant  in  one  installment               IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              2  

 

DocuSign Envelope ID: 43B24BFE-6B71-40B5-9EAC-4FF499B872E1                              within 30 days following receipt of all such invoices.  Tenant understands and agrees that                             any  portion  of  the Additional Allowance  not  utilized  by  Tenant  by December  31,  2019,                             shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of  Landlord  and  Tenant  shall  not  be  entitled  to  any  credit  or                             payment.                                   C.      The Completion Cost shall include all reasonable direct costs of Landlord in completing                             the Tenant Improvements, including but not limited to the following:  (i) payments made to                             architects, engineers, contractors, subcontractors and other third party consultants in the                             performance of the work, (ii) permit fees and other sums paid to governmental agencies,                             (iii) costs of all materials incorporated into the work or used in connection with the work,                             and  (iv)  keying  and  signage  costs.  The  Completion  Cost  shall  also  include  an                             administrative/supervision fee to be paid to Landlord in the amount of three percent (3%)                             of all such direct costs.                                          D.      Prior to start of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall pay to Landlord                             the amount of the Tenant Contribution set forth in the approved Final Cost Estimate.  In                             addition, if the actual Completion Cost  of the Tenant Improvements is greater than the                             Final  Cost  Estimate  because  of  modifications  or  extras  requested  by  Tenant  and  not                             reflected  on  the  approved  working  drawings,  or  because  of  delays  caused  by  Tenant,                             then  if  there  is  any  unused  portion of  the  Landlord  Contribution,  Tenant  shall  pay  to                             Landlord,  within  ten  (10)  business  days  following  submission  of  an  invoice therefor,  all                             such additional costs, including any additional architectural fee.  If Tenant defaults in the                             payment of any sums due under this Work Letter, Landlord shall (in addition to all other                             remedies) have the same rights as in the case of Tenant’s failure to pay rent under the                             Lease.                                                                                                                                                IOPLEGAL-10-26611                                                                  5/11/2018-248639-4.2                                                              3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00283-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00283-of-00352.parquet"}]]